Professional Documents
Culture Documents
PROJECT
Issued
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 164
0
Rev.
For Construction
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Giancarlo Alibrandi
10-08-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Giancarlo Alibrandi
16-07-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
Jun 10 - 2007
TABLE OF CONTENT
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 164
Page
Project description
10
Introduction.
11
Object.
12
Scope.
12
The Program.
12
13
19
25
3.1 Objective.
3.2 Organization.
3.3 Legal Framework.
3.4 Powers of the Committee.
3.5 Committee Candidates Requirements.
3.6 Meetings.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health at Work Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 164
32
4.1 Activities.
4.2 Risks Identification.
4.3 Risk Analysis Guide Preparation.
Purpose
Scope
38
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 164
40
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 164
6.8 Grinding.
6.9 Waste Material Disposition.
6.10 Scaffolding Erection And Dismantling.
6.11 Excavation.
6.12 Backfilling and Compaction.
6.13 Fastening Of Steel Structures.
6.14 Concrete Mixing And Forms.
6.15 Concrete Pouring.
6.16 Steel Structure Fabrication.
6.17 Steel Structure Erection.
6.18 Pipe And Valve Fittings Installation.
6.19 Radiographic Work
6.20 Electricity Work
6.21 Pressure Tests
6.22 Cable Laying
6.23 WSH Division General Provisions
6.24 Disciplinary Actions
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 6 of 164
56
61
8.1 definitions
8.2 equipment, machinery & tools inspection
8.3 personal protective equipment (P.P.E.)
8.4 fire fighting equipment
9 JOBSITE CONDITIONS
65
9.1 Housekeeping.
9.2 Signalization and Delimitation.
67
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 7 of 164
76
78
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 8 of 164
96
99
14.1 Motivation.
14.2 Incentive Plans.
14.3 Training.
14.4 Competence Certification Program.
14.5 Preliminary Safety Briefings.
14.6 Safety Briefings.
14.7 Repetition Of Preliminary WSH Briefing.
14.8 Occupational Certification.
14.9 Workshops For WSH Reinforcement.
14.10 Risk Analysis Reading Program.
14.11 Sign Posting And Publications Program.
105
108
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 9 of 164
113
17.1 Procedure.
17.2 Corrective Actions.
17.3 Reports.
17.4 Statistical Summary.
17.5 Sequence Of Actions To Follow In Case Of Accidents.
18 LEGAL DOCUMENTS
121
122
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 10 of 164
Attachments
RISK NOTICES
128
Forms.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 11 of 164
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The Consortium Moron Fertilizers Complex(C.C.F.M.) covers the activities of field and construction
procurement to be performed in the municipality of Juan Jos Mora located in Carabobo State, of the
Bolivarian Republic of Venezuela, required for the complete project execution: An ammonia Production
Plant with capacity of 1.800 Tons/day, a granular urea production plant with capacity of 2.200 Tons/day
and all associated auxiliary installations in the Moron Pequiven Petrochemical Complex.
The following program of Health and Safety at work has been developed in accordance with what is
established in the Work Environment Conditions, prevention Organic Law (LOPCYMAT) and its Rules
and Regulations, with the firm purpose of satisfying the legal requirements and in compliance with the
Consortiums Health and Safety at Work Policy.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 12 of 164
INTRODUCTION
The Safety and Health at Work Program (SHWP), contained on volumes I and II, is the guide
to be used to implement safety, hygiene, health, ergonomics, and environment components to all
activities throughout the different stages of execution of the Moron Fertilizer Plant Project.
The Program of CONSORCIO aims to prevent accidents, occupational illnesses, and adverse
environment impact, to assure personal and facilities safety, personnel health through Safety and
Health at Work (SHWP) processes and procedures, to control occupational risks, and to assure the
harmonization with the surroundings and nearby communities.
In addition, this Safety and Health at Work Program promotes the Zero Accidents and/or
Adverse Effects to the Environment and Occupational Health aim through training, medical
care, and motivation of the human resources, control of CONSORCIO and its contractors
operations, implementing the environment plan, regular meetings with unions and
communications representatives, Prevention, Safety and Occupational Health Committees.
The definitions of SHWP, Inspection procedures, Audit and Training Programs, safety analysis
and safe practices at work, environment plan, events notice, and occupational health plan are
included in order to prepare, raise awareness, and set up a work team highly committed to
implement SHWP processes and procedures contained in this Program.
This program establishes the processes of our companies as well as the standards, specifications,
and regulations set forth in the Organic Law on Work Prevention, Conditions and Environment
(LOPCYMAT) and its Regulation, and COVENIN standards, the Organic Labor Law, the
Hygiene and Safety Conditions at Work Regulations, the Environment Penal Law, among others.
The CONSORCIO, aware of all the risks involved in all activities of the Project, is committed to
and assures our Client, through its representatives, the implementation and compliance of this
Program in order to maintain the Projects day-to-day operations, safeguard the facilities and
client and third parties assets, do not harm the environment, implement the measures planned for
emergencies, prevent the occurrence of non predictable events, and to protect people's health and
safety.
The CONSORCIO will, during the progress of the works, impose the compliance of the standards
and procedures thereof, and will assure contractors have Safety and Health at Work Services as
provided for in Article 39 of the LOPCYMAT.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 13 of 164
OBJECT
To establish the guidelines to be observed on Safety and Health at Work (SHW), being used as a guide for
all services provided by the CONSORCIO, designed to comply with our SHWP Policy and Clients
requirements.
SCOPE
This applies both to companys personnel and the personnel of all companies involved, under any
employment relationship, with the services provided by CONSORCIO.
THE PROGRAM
In order to make this Safety and Health at Work Program easy to consult, the SHWP Project was
divided into NINETEEN ELEMENTS for all personnel to use this Program as a work tool.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 14 of 164
Vincenzo Rossi
Manager
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 15 of 164
The CONSORCIO policy is to conduct all its activities, from the commencement of the
engineering, within proper safety and health at work conditions with a clear objective of
zero accidents and occupational illnesses, guaranteeing the well-being of the workers,
both from the company and outsourced, the safety of its equipment, the environment
conservation, the protection of nearby communities, and the interests of our Clients, in
agreement with the provisions of the Organic Law on Work Prevention, Conditions and
Environment and its Regulation.
Vincenzo Rossi
Manager
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 16 of 164
In the foregoing statement of our SHW Policy, the Safety, Health and Environment conservation are
a value, a founding principle that is part of our objectives and work processes and reaffirms the
CONSORCIO commitment in all its activities.
This document, which can be audited both by the company of by a third party, presents the Safety
and Health at Work Program that will guide all activities and operations of the CONSORCIO and
will be used by all personnel involved with the works or service. The Policy complies, through this
document, with the specific terms of the Project to be developed and, at the same time, will be
regularly improved with more clear details, comments, and what we learn, systematically including
specific elements and parameters to each activity that assure compliance of our policy, which will
comply with the following general guidelines:
Strict compliance of Laws, Decrees, National and International Guidelines and Regulations,
as well as the Guidelines and Procedures established by our client.
Include, in the hiring process, the companys procedure to evaluate and rate hiring processes
in order to determine their organizational level on safety and health at work.
All activities of the Project must include required studies and foresight to prevent
environmental damages and risks to third parties, assuring the health of workers and the
safety of facilities and equipment.
All workers will, both from the company or outsourced, be made more aware, trained, and
instructed on safety and health at work areas, as provided for in the Organic Law on Work
Prevention, Conditions and Environment and its Regulation, placing particular emphasis on
prevention and handling risk where the work is performed based on the activities schedule
detailed in Table 1.
All activities are to be planned and performed in a safety manner, using the companys
personnel and outsourced well selected, informed, and aware of all risks attached to said
activities.
All non predictable events, such as accidents, incidents, occupational illnesses, and damages
to the environment must be informed, as provided for in the laws and guidelines in effect, to
the people responsible on behalf of the client, as well as competent authorities. All these
events will be investigates and timely and truthfully disclosed, taking immediate corrective
actions in order to prevent reoccurrence of these events.
All facilities, equipment, and activities of the Project will be regularly inspected in order to
detect any act, operations, or condition that may lead to an incident, accident, illnesses, or
damage to the environment.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 17 of 164
DAILY
WEEKLY
BIWEEKLY
MONTHLY
Management Visits
Safety Orientation
Tool Inspection
10
Vehicle Inspection
11
12
Orientation
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
X
X
X
IF EVENT OCCURS
X
X
Upon hiring a new worker, upon relocation, and after being transferred
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 18 of 164
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 19 of 164
Gerencia de
Proyecto
Servicio de seguridad y
Salud en el Trabajo
Gerencia de
Construction
Servicio de seguridad y Salud
en el Trabajo
Gerente
Cord. Adiestramiento
Inspect
or 1
Inspect
or
2
Inspect
or
3
Cord. Ambient
Coord. Seguridad y
Salud en el Trabajo
Inspect
or 1
Inspect
or
2
Inspect
or
3
Cord. Salud
Occupational,
Coord. Seguridad y
Salud en el Trabajo
Inspect
or
1
Inspect
or
2
Inspect
or
3
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 20 of 164
2 AWARENESS PROGRAM
2.1 Alcohol & Drugs Policy
Employees, contractors, suppliers, and visitors must be informed of the CONSORCIO Policy on the
consumption of alcohol and drugs within Project areas and/or facilities. This information will include at
least:
The CONSORCIO Policy on maintenance of work areas free from alcohol and drugs,
emphasizing that personnel cannot use drugs and alcohol within the facilities.
The risks involved in working under the influence of alcohol and/or drugs.
The prohibition to use alcohol and drugs in vehicles for personnel transport and vehicles of direct
allotment due to work related activities during non working hours.
Disciplinary actions that may result in the violation of these policies.
The Alcohol & Drugs Policy will be informed to employees, contractors, suppliers, visitors, and third
parties by:
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 21 of 164
To assure all personnel attend a notification and hazards information meeting before
commencing their participation in the Project.
To analyze, discuss, and approve all descriptions on work methods and risk analysis regarding
vital tasks and activities such as heavy loads, hoisting surveys with complex rigging, uncommon
duties, and other appropriate circumstances.
To assure application and duly compliance of safety and health at work procedures, as well as to
create and maintain an prevention of occupational illnesses, preventive medicine and
epidemiological surveillance program.
To provide the required funds to implement the motivation and incentive Program for
supervisory personnel and craftsmen involved in the Project.
To investigate and analyze together with the SHW supervisor and action prevention delegates the
accidents and incidents occurring at jobsite.
Top revise the Safety and Health at Work Program to keep it updated with laws in effect on
SHW.
To disclose the results of the Safety and Health at Work Program in jobsite to the Project
Management and prevention delegates.
To have proper measures to assure facilities and equipment used in all work activities are of top
quality and ergonomically designed for workers.
To prepare together with supervisors and prevention delegates all work processes and assure
their compliance within work facilities.
To promote and participate in SHW meetings and talks with supervisors and personnel, sharing
ideas to promote compliance of SHW guidelines within Project scope.
To verify the existence of equipment and tool certificates to process jobsite entrance
authorization and the use thereof.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 22 of 164
Construction Superintendence
To promote safety practices at work and lead by example as well as comply with all SHW
standards and procedures included in the Project.
To daily verify work permits have been issued according to the procedure established by the
Client and that all activity risks involved have been considered.
To give advise to works supervisor on preparing work instructions and safe practices at all
levels.
To participate in the investigation of accidents/incidents that may occur during the Project.
To coordinate Project activities and make sure SHW measures established in the safety work
procedures are being applied.
To assure availability of specific processes for the mechanical safety and operation of the
facilities and equipment.
To establish and apply procedures to issue certificates of the machines and equipment used in
the Project.
To promote and participate in the development of SHW standards and Programs according to
Project needs.
To assure all workers attend the risks meeting and receive risks information upon hiring and
before commencing their activities.
To instruct personnel on the use, care, and maintenance of personal protection equipment.
The supervisor is responsible for assuring all necessary precautions are taken at jobsite in
case of emergency.
To verify that during orientation everyone is informed that the use of firearms, psychotropic
substances, cell phones, and equipment that are not explosion proof is prohibited.
To actively participate in the selection process and usage audit of personal protection
equipment and the right use of work equipment and tools.
To advise the project manager on all matters regarding Safety, Hygiene, Health, Ergonomics,
and Environment performance.
To maintain relationships with the community and the different public and private agencies
related to SHW.
To maintain its presence and verify all jobsite areas inspections are conducted.
To audit work permits requested during the course of the Project.
To promote and hold alignment meetings with supervisors to analyze SHW results and discuss
actions taken to correct unsafe acts and conditions detected during field inspections.
To assure all workers receive attend risk notification meeting upon their report and before
commencing their work activities.
To know and inform SHW policies to contractor and assure their strict compliance.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 23 of 164
To suggest sending an ill or injured persons to the closets health care center, if necessary, prior
authorization of the project manager.
To investigate accidents and incidents together with supervisors and prevention delegates to
disclose the results thereof to all personnel and prevent similar accidents from occurring again.
To prepare weekly and monthly reports on SHW management results based on organization
guidelines, recording accident statistics rate.
To develop a control system and follow up of corrective and prevention measures suggested
during SHW inspections and audits.
To advise the construction coordinator to assure all risk analysis requirements are understood
and being applied in all work activities.
To conduct an audit of the activity, comparing their execution with risk analysis requirements
established to confirm they are in compliance.
To promote and participate in the risk analysis of specific tasks and hazard studies.
To take proper measures, including contractors, to maintain a high level of organization and
tidiness of the jobsite.
To ensure the safety and health at work service is in good hygiene and operative conditions.
OPERATIONAL LEVEL
Contractors
To provide basic technical information to describe risk methods and analysis, which will be
reviewed before distribution.
To coordinate the development and implementation of a safe work system including the
requirements established in this program and corresponding risk analysis.
To ensure availability of resources for risk analysis in a suitable and efficient manner.
To process the implementation of disciplinary actions due to non compliance of Safety and
Health at Work Program guidelines.
To provide and maintain the safety of machines, equipment, and tools used in the Project prior
approval of the CONSORCIO SHW department.
To assign responsibilities within their organization for their equipment control and maintenance.
To issue expertise certificates for their operators, assuring only competent individuals will be
hired for the Project.
To execute the training and motivation program according to the SHW Program.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 24 of 164
To ensure materials and waste substances removed or collected on field are taken to the place
designated by the Client in order to comply with official provisions to prevent environment
damages.
To ensure compliance of risk notification to personnel.
To develop a control and follow up system of programmed tasks for preventive maintenance of
equipment and tools.
To inspect tools, equipment, and facilities in order to confirm their perfect operation.
To inform SHW policy and guidelines to the personnel under their supervision.
To participate in the revision of the SHW Program and make recommendations and suggestions.
To participate in the description of safe work methods and processes and in risk analysis.
To read, review, and have signed the risk analysis by everyone involved in the task.
To ensure only qualified operators and competent drivers authorized to operate the machines and
equipment are employed.
To maintain all work permits on field, in a safe place to prevent wear and tear.
To review equipment inventory and verify whether the equipment used in the right one for the
Project.
To give a talk to the personnel under their supervision on operating and safety matters regarding
their activities on a weekly basis.
To ensure all work equipment, machines, and tools are in good conditions and are properly used.
To inform the immediate supervisor, the SHW representative, and prevention delegates the
occurrence of any incident or accident and to prepare the corresponding report.
To impose disciplinary actions on those workers that fail to comply with SHW standards
established for the Project.
To identify and immediately correct unsafe acts and conditions during the development of the
Project.
To briefly instruct the personnel under their supervision on the safe manner to carry out activities
before commencement of everyday work.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 25 of 164
To comply with and apply the recommendations given by the SHW supervisor and prevention
delegates.
To assign responsibilities within their organization for the waste material control and disposition.
To carry out their tasks in a safe manner according to their classification and instructions
received on Project safe guidelines.
To be responsible for their own protection and assure the protection of their coworkers.
To inform unsafe conditions and acts at work to their immediate supervisor, SHW supervisor
and prevention delegates.
To review their work tools before commencing any activity and make sure they are in good
conditions.
To maintain their personal protection equipment in good conditions and notify the SHW
supervisor or prevention delegates of any wear and tear or loss thereof.
To not to remove safety protectors to equipment or tools, or damage any warning sign or
personal protection equipment or safety sign.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 26 of 164
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 27 of 164
The Committee shall be integrated by the delegates of prevention, on one side, and by the employer or its
representatives in the same number of the delegates of prevention, on the other side, according to the
following Table.
Table 2
Number of
Employers
Representatives
Number of Workers
Number of
Prevention Delegates
One (1)
One (1)
Two (2)
Two (2)
Three (3)
Safety and Occupational Health Committees will be established bodies given that their members will,
simultaneously and at the same level, have the same responsibilities; therefore, Committee joint
decisions are the decisions of the body and not of its members.
Where prevention delegates are elected, it will be decided which delegates will join the Safety and
Occupational Health Committee at the same time.
In order to determine the number of workers to calculate the number of Safety and Occupational
Health Committee members, any and all workers of the work center, establishment, or exploitation
unit will be counted, no matter whether they are employees or workers or the type of agreement
executed with them, whether indefinite or definite agreement or for a specific work.
Committee members who stop rendering services will leave the Committee.
The Safety and Occupational Health Committee will be integrated, on the one part, by prevention
delegates upon election thereof pursuant to the mechanisms provided for in the Organic Law on Work
Prevention, Conditions and Environment (LOPCYMAT), the Partial Regulation thereof, and the
Technical Prevention Guide (TPG 1), prevention delegates, and, on the other hand, by the employer
or its representatives, that is, any individual that, on his own of on behalf of the employer, has senior
managerial or administrative duties (directors, administrators, industrial relations chiefs, personnel
chiefs, captains of vessels or aircrafts, liquidators or receivers, and any other individuals with
managerial or administrative posts) representing the employer before workers or third parties and act
on its behalf, in all or part, of its duties.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 28 of 164
To participate in the preparation, approval, start-up and evaluation of the Program of Safety and
Health in the Workplace. For this purpose, in its field it shall consider, before their start-up and with
regards to their impact on safety and health in the workplace, the projects related to matters of
planning, work organization and introduction of new technologies; organization and development of
the activities of promotion, prevention and control, as well as of recreation, use of spare time, rest and
social tourism, as well as of equipment, maintenance and protection of the infrastructure of the areas
intended for those purposes, and of the project and organization of training in the subject.
To promote initiatives regarding methods and procedures for the effective control of dangerous
working conditions, proposing the improvement of the existing controls or the correction of the
detected deficiencies.
To approve the project of Program of Safety and Health in the Workplace of the company and the
surveillance of its fulfillment, in order to submit it to the consideration of the National Institute of
Occupational Prevention, Safety and Health (INPSASEL).
To watch over the conditions of safety and health in the workplace and to have direct knowledge of
the situation related to the prevention of work related accidents and occupational illness, and to the
promotion of safety and health, as well as the execution of the programs of recreation, use of spare
time, rest and social tourism, and the existence and conditions of the infrastructure of the areas
intended for such purposes, carrying out, for those purposes, the visits it may deem appropriate.
To supervise the services related to health in the workplace of the company, work or exploitation
center
To examine all documents and reports related to the working conditions which may be necessary for
the fulfillment of its responsibilities, as well as those resulting from the activity related to the
prevention service, as the case may be.
To denounce unsafe conditions and the non-compliance with the agreements achieved in its scope
with respect to the conditions of safety and health in the workplace.
To consider and analyze the damages to health, in order to determine the causes and propose the
preventive measures.
To consider and approve the annual programming and memory of the Service of Safety and Health in
the Workplace.
The constitution of the Prevention, Safety and Occupational Health Committee shall be the responsibility
of:
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 29 of 164
The delegates of prevention, the workers trade union organizations and the workers in general.
The employers, which must participate actively in its constitution and operation.
The National Institute of Occupational Prevention, Safety and Health acting by means of its
officers, and the Labor Inspectors and Supervisors, who shall be able to call the parties to carry
out the procedures necessary for its constitution.
The agreement to constitute the Prevention, Safety and Occupational Health Committee shall, for
the first and only time, reach fruition during a formal act during a prevention delegates and
employer representatives meeting where the internal statutes and Committee constitution shall be
approved.
All workers and employers representatives shall personally appear to the Committee constitution
act. A certificate of constitution and statutes shall be issued after this act including at least:
Identification of the members (name, last name, ID number, and whether they represent
employees or the employer)
Denomination
Organization
Meeting rules
The Committee certificate of constitution and statutes shall be signed by all members thereof.
The Committee shall not have a limited duration except for committees constituted for the
performance of a contract for a given work, which shall be dissolved upon termination as long as it
does not exceeds two (2) years. Upon termination of the works for which the Prevention, Safety and
Occupational Health Committee was constituted and registered, the Committee shall be dissolved and
informed this dissolution to INPSASEL within ten (10) working days from termination of the works.
Committees of unlimited duration shall amend their statutes and update their registration in the
following events:
In case of change of name of the work center, establishment, or exploitation unit, institutions
or cooperatives, or any other productive or service provider association or community group.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 30 of 164
A record shall be drawn up of this reorganization where all agreed changes by the Committee be included,
issuing the original copy together with the Committee registration update form to INPSASEL.
The employer shall only designate as representatives before the Prevention, Safety and Occupational
Health Committee the following individuals:
Management employees
Trusted employees as long as they take part in the business administration or employees
supervision
Any other person not related to the company, premises, installations or workplaces
The appointment of employers representative before the Prevention, Safety and Occupational Health
Committee (PSOHC) shall be in writing as well as the acceptance thereof.
The following shall not be prevention delegates representing workers before the PSOHC:
Employers relatives in direct or collateral line within the fourth degree of consanguinity or
affinity.
The above shall be stated in a form provided by INPSASEL. All Committee members shall personally
appear to the formal constitution act.
The PSOHC shall be deemed as not constituted should this formal agreement is not executed or there is
no evidence thereof as provided for in this Article.
Process to register Prevention, Safety and Occupational Health Committees
The employer shall register the Prevention, Safety and Occupational Health Committee before the
National Prevention, Safety and Occupational Health Committees Registry in compliance with the
following requirements:
File the National Institute of Occupational Prevention, Safety and Health application form.
A letter signed by all Committee members, together with the photocopies of the following
documents and the original copies for examining purposes.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 31 of 164
Finally, PSOHC members shall request the Registration Office Chief the issuance of a registration
certificate copy of the PSOHC for each party.
The officer of the Registration Department to whom the foregoing documents are filed with shall review
them and make sure they comply with all legal requirements. Should there be any comments thereon, the
officer shall forward them in writing to the Committee members for the correction thereof.
To be of age.
To have the required level of instruction or schooling which permit candidates to discharge the
duties of the position they wish to reach.
To have always observed good conduct and be responsible in the discharge of their duties.
The should preferably have duties within the plant or be familiar with the risks involved with
the process.
To show proof of have taken Industrial Hygiene and Safety given by official or private
institutions of recognized authority by the company where they work.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 32 of 164
3.6 MEETINGS
The SHW Committee shall regularly meet with the presence of all its members once a month. The
Committee may also hold special meetings upon joint request of a workers and employers
representative, members of the Committee.
Meetings shall be held during work hours, being considered as work time of Committee members.
The company shall provide the location for the meetings and implement all necessary measures
for the Committee to properly operate.
In case of emergency, prevention delegates may meet as long as an employees and employers
representative personally appears prior notice to SHW Coordinator of the Project to call the
meeting.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 33 of 164
General
Personnel transportation
001
General
Transportation
002
General
Transportation on field
003
General
Handling of materials
004
General
Handling of steel
005
General
Handling of wood
006
General
Diesel engines
007
General
Welding
008
General
009
General
010
General
Grinding
011
General
012
General
013
Provisional works
Scaffolding assembly
014
Provisional works
015
Provisional works
Scaffolding disassembly
016
Civil works
Excavation
017
Civil works
Backfill excavation
018
Civil works
019
Civil works
020
Civil works
Concrete casting
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 34 of 164
021
Civil works
Fences erection
022
Civil works
Structures fabrication
023
Civil works
Structures assembly
024
Mechanical works
025
Mechanical works
026
Mechanical works
027
Mechanical works
028
Mechanical works
X-ray
029
Electric installation
Electric works
030
Electric installation
031
Electric installation
Cables pulling
032
Electric installation
Exothermic welding
033
Electric installation
034
035
036
037
Mechanical/Precommissioning
Mechanical/Precommissioning
Electric/Precommissioning
Mechanical/Precommissioning
Ergonomics Risks
Work Elements
Possible Harmful
Effects to Health
Physical load
Limited mobility.
Wrong postures.
Work environment.
Chair Desk
PC location
Discomfort.
Musculoskeletal aches
and pains (shoulder,
neck, back, hands, and
wrists)
Leg circulatory
conditions.
Environment
Conditions
Lighting
Visual alterations
Visual fatigue
Type of Risk
Work Specifications
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 35 of 164
Air Conditioning
Bad temperature-humid
regulation
Excessive low
temperature
Lack of facilities
cleaning
Discomfort
Respiratory disorders
Visual discomfort
Noise
Noise sources
Facilities with bad
acoustics
Difficulty to
concentrate
Biological Risks
Type of Risk
Work Specifications
Work Elements
Possible Harmful
Effects to Health
Consumption of water
not for drinking
Water dispenser
Digestive system
disorders
Pathogenic agents
infection
Indoors environment
quality
Ventilation system
People with certain
pathologies
Infections, viruses,
intoxications,
respiratory system
problems, skin allergies
Inappropriate sanitary
conditions
Accumulated garbage
Facilities surroundings
Allergic reactions,
rabies, infections, death
Work Elements
Possible Harmful
Effects to Health
Nearby facilities
Occasional works in
facilities
Respiratory,
circulatory, digestive,
nervous systems
condition, burns,
asphyxia, poisoning, or
death
Chemical Risks
Type of Risk
Work Specifications
Inappropriate storage
Damages to cylinders
and/or cylinder
mishandling
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Page 36 of 164
Cleaning products
Medicines
Allergies, chemical
burns, dermatitis, death
Work Specifications
Work Elements
Possible Harmful
Effects to Health
Flammable materials
Stationary, electric
circuits, stored fuels or
fuels occasionally used
Energized equipment
Overloaded electric
system, electric office
equipment and
accessories
Floors
Slippery or unleveled
floors, carpets in bad
conditions
Injuries, contusions,
dislocations, fractures
Stairs
Banisters, anti-slippery
accessories
Injuries, contusions,
dislocations, fractures
Injuries, contusions,
dislocations, fractures
Physical Risks
Type of Risk
Fire
Electricity
Inappropriate storage of
products
Wrong labeling of
products
Allergic reactions to
medicines
Rev. 1
Psychosocial Risks
Type of Risk
Work Specifications
Work Elements
Possible Harmful
Effects to Health
Psychosocial disorders
Type of task
Work organization
Work pressure
Software programs
Work processes
Stress, dissatisfaction,
physical changes Sleep
disorders, irritability,
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Relationship with
people from different
levels and organizations
Physical or moral
aggressions
Social environment of
facilities
Rev. 1
Page 37 of 164
nervousness,
depressions. Fatigue,
lack of concentration,
etc. Performance drop
Crime, muggers, drug
addicts in work center
surrounding areas
Physical and
psychological stress
Meteorological Risks
Type of Risk
Work Specifications
Work Elements
Possible Harmful
Effects to Health
Drowning
Floods
Surrounding streams
level increase
Asphyxia, laceration,
contusion, fracture,
epidemic, death
Rain
Inappropriate facilities
maintenance
Respiratory system
condition
Hailstone
Inappropriate facilities
maintenance
Glass windows
Injuries, laceration,
contusion, fractures
Lighting struck
Lighting rod
malfunction
Difficulties to
concentrate
Weather conditions
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 38 of 164
Clients construction supervisor and operations area supervisor. In addition, the form shall be randomly
audited by the supervisor/Safety, Hygiene and Environment Inspector SHW of the Client.
Name and signature of all responsible, both from contractor and Clients construction supervisor
Name and signature of contractors and Clients construction supervisors involved according to
Risk Analysis extension
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 39 of 164
Training Program
Audit Program
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 40 of 164
Procedure Incentive
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 41 of 164
Risks
Turn over.
Site conditions.
Control Measures
Drivers, operators, escorts and signalmen of vehicles, machinery and mechanical equipment shall be
qualified, skilled, and shall be at least 18 years old. Only accredited and authorized drivers and
operators shall be allowed to use the vehicles, machinery and equipment.
Drivers and operators should be trained in the correct handling of vehicles, machinery and
equipment, as well as in the limitations of their use and the potential risks of using them
inappropriately.
The record procedure shall be implemented for vehicles, machinery and equipment to record their
condition when beginning to be part of the Project, operating reports from operators, compliance
with the preventive maintenance program, and record of carried out repairs.
Non essential personnel shall be kept away from the operating area, and trained signalmen and
escorts shall be employed where necessary.
Measures shall be taken to prevent reduced visibility due to dust, such as watering roads when
necessary and, if practicable, establishing a one-way road for the traffic.
Site speed limits shall be observed and strictly enforced (20 Km/h).
Transit of heavy-duty vehicles without audible alarm, with exhaust pipe and broken windows, bald
tires and no spare tire, faulty brakes, faulty lights and faulty windshield wipers, no fire extinguisher
(min. 10 lb PQS or CO2) and no current civil liability insurance policy, is banned.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 42 of 164
Vehicles may park only in assigned areas and as established by the SHW field unit.
Machinery and equipment shall not be parked so that they stand in the way of other machinery or
impede jobsite activities, or so close to each other that they endanger the personnel in the
surrounding area. If required, a parking area away from the activity area shall be good enough.
The machinery and equipment for personnel transport shall have warning alarms that activate when
moving in reverse.
Drivers shall not be inside a vehicle being loaded, unless it is on an appropriate security story.
Personnel should stay far away from loading operations.
Personnel shall be trained to warn the driver before crossing the road.
Vehicles shall be maintained in good conditions and fully operable, and timely repaired. Basic
maintenance shall be provided by the driver/operator on a daily or weekly basis. Faults shall be
repaired before using the vehicle. The periodic servicing of vehicles shall be performed as per the
manufacturers instructions. Drivers shall be required not to transport unauthorized passengers in
their vehicles.
Safe work procedures shall be planned to reduce the chance of personnel being hit by vehicles in
reverse. These procedures may include: (I) avoiding the need to reverse establishing a one-way road
system; (II) keeping pedestrians away from the areas where vehicles have to reverse; (III) employing
signalmen; and (IV) providing the vehicles with warning alarms that ring when reversing.
Vehicles shall be prevented from falling into the excavations by (a) installing a clear signposting of
the drifting roads, and firmly fencing the area next to the excavation; (b) providing a signaling device
that guides vehicles and warns personnel of the excavation so they can get away; and (c) installing a
fixed stop signal, such as a balk or steel beam firmly secured, far away from the border of the
excavation.
Vehicles shall not be overloaded, and loads shall be evenly distributed, secured, with no excess
overhanging from the sides or the back of vehicles. If there is no way to avoid overhanging load, then
the load shall be dully marked to assure that it is clearly visible.
Dump trucks shall not be allowed to transit with the open-box bed in a vertical position, unless they
are moving in slow speed for unloading.
Connections between trailers and towing units shall be firmly secured using the right wrist pin, and
the trailer shall be stopped with parking brakes before being disconnected from the towing vehicle.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Muscle fatigue.
Rev. 1
Page 43 of 164
Control Measures
When practicable, auxiliary mechanical resources shall be used. For example: cranes, hoists, etc. in
order to lighten the manual handling required.
The Supervisor shall evaluate weight, center of gravity, etc., and determine the number of persons
required to carry out the work safely.
People in charge of handling material shall wear hard hats, protection lens and safety shoes.
Manual handling.
Control Measures
Personnel shall use appropriate personal protection equipment when handling steel and materials.
Personnel shall be trained in slinging charge/signaling devices to assure safe use of the material.
Optimal cleaning standards shall be observed in the areas where steel is stored in order to prevent
slides, slips and falls.
Tag lines shall be used when lifting/ transporting steel structures with a crane.
Personnel not involved in any operation that implies handling of steel shall stay away from the work
area.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Electric contacts.
Rev. 1
Page 44 of 164
Control Measures
Exhaust pipes of diesel engines shall be equipped with spark arresting gears.
6.5 WELDING
Risks
Electrocution.
Ocular irritation.
Control Measures
Welders shall be provided with the following mandatory personal protection equipment: welding
gloves, welding pants, and welding visor or glasses.
No welding activities shall be carried out without the corresponding hot work permit.
All flammable materials shall be removed from the areas where welding activities would be carried
out.
When flammable materials cannot be removed, appropriate measures shall be taken to minimize
risks of fire and explosion. For example, the designation of a security officer to prevent or extinguish
fire immediately, if it occurs.
A fire extinguisher shall be available in the surrounding area where welding activities are carried out.
Prior execution of any welding activity, the materials to be used, as well as the substances produced
for the use thereof, shall be identified.
Wires and connections used for welding shall be maintained in good conditions.
Welding return conductors shall be firmly connected to the metal where welding is carried out. Only
ground clamps of reliable manufacturing can be used for these connections.
In order to prevent eye illnesses caused to other workers due to ultraviolet radiations of the welding
arch, screens shall be installed around the area where welders are at work.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 45 of 164
Conditions of the area humid or wet shall be taken into consideration when determining the type
of converter to be used and the tension thereof.
Control Measures
Cylinders shall be divided per type of product in order to prevent risk of fire or explosion.
Loading and unloading of cylinders shall be executed by people qualified in appropriate handling
techniques.
When being unloaded from a vehicle, cylinders must be prevented from falling into the ground and
should never be rolled over the floor.
Ocular irritation.
Fire.
Control Measures
No gas cutting activities shall be carried out without the corresponding hot work permit.
Pipes and gas meters shall be maintained in a safe operating condition and daily inspected. Faulty
pipes and meters shall be immediately replaced.
Cylinders shall be used in vertical position and secured to prevent them from falling.
Personnel carrying out gas cutting activities shall wear appropriate protection lens.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 46 of 164
Appropriate measures shall be taken to prevent fire resulting from gas cutting operations. For
example, provision of fire blankets and designation of security officers for fire prevention.
Prior start-up of gas cutting activities in areas of processes in operation, the areas shall be surveyed to
detect the presence of gas. The operations shall be executed under the requirements of the
corresponding work permit.
6.8 GRINDING
Risks
Fire/explosion.
Control Measures
Grinders shall be maintained in good conditions and checked before being used.
No grinding activities could be carried out without the corresponding hot work permit.
Replacement of abrasive grindstones shall be carried out by qualified and authorized personnel, using
appropriate flat spanners.
Personnel executing grinding activities shall wear protection lens and hearing protectors.
Grinding operations in areas of processes in operation shall be executed under the requirements
specified in the work permit.
Grinding operations shall be monitored in order to prevent injuries to other persons caused by
sparks/shards of metal.
Areas where grinding operations are carried out shall be carefully cleaned.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 47 of 164
Control Measures
Personnel in charge of material waste disposal shall wear safety gloves, foot protection and hard hats.
Minor waste material shall be swept out and loaded on a small cart.
Major waste material, e.g. remains from steel plates, drums, etc. shall be removed using mechanical
equipment such as forklifts, trucks, excavators, etc.
A competent company qualified for that activity should remove hazardous waste material.
Control Measures
Duly qualified scaffolders under competent supervision shall perform scaffolding erection.
Safe ways to access/egress shall be provided and maintained for workers performing mounting tasks.
All appropriate items and material will be supplied in enough amounts for proper mounting of
scaffolding.
Any scaffolders must be provided with safety gloves, foot protection, hard hats and safety harness
while performing those activities.
Safety procedures for lifting scaffolding components shall be applied, they will never be thrown to
any person or to the floor.
Access of non-authorized personnel shall not be permitted to the scaffolding mounting area.
Each scaffolding will bear an inspection tag stating it has been subject to inspection by industrial
safety personnel. If tag is red, it means scaffolding is unsafe for use and if green, scaffolding is safe
for use.
The supervisor in charge will evaluate the conditions for minimizing risks like for instance, fall of
materials and lack of stability of scaffolding, to decide the best method for scaffolding dismantling.
All fasteners and/or braces shall not be removed from any scaffolding before total dismantling.
Work platforms shall be cleaned-up and cleared from all material and debris before starting
scaffolding dismantling.
Every possible access to any dismantled scaffolding sections must be restricted with a visible
warning sign posted.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 48 of 164
Great care must be exercised when lowering materials from scaffolding. It shall not be permitted to
throw away these materials to the floor.
All planks and accessories not used in platforms shall be removed insofar as, the work advances and
at the end of each workday.
All tubes and accessories shall be piled up and duly organized on the floor unless that, the design of
the first stage of scaffolding considers an additional load.
Collapse of excavation.
Control measures
Only mechanical shovels approved by contractor must be used for this work.
Backfilling equipment must have an updated inspection and must be in safe working condition.
Flagmen will be used to control backfilling operation in order to avoid machinery working near the
edge of excavation.
Non-authorized personnel shall not be allowed in areas where backfilling operations are underway.
Data from the area will be collected in order to evaluate potential risks for adjacent structures and/or
services. Operators shall be informed on any identified potential risks.
Back injuries.
Cutting wounds.
Control measures
Duly experienced and trained personnel working under competent supervision will perform steel
structures fastening.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 49 of 164
Workers in charge of steel structures fastening must use proper safety gloves and foot and eye
protection as well.
Reinforcement bars will be placed in the work area using certified hoisting and rigging devices.
Any trimmings and/or wires must be removed in order to minimize risks such as sliding, stumbling
and falling.
Workers in charge of steel structure fastening must use proper tools to assist bar bending.
Uncovered vertical bars that could be potentially hazardous to personnel must be bent, covered or
protected by other means.
Struck by forms.
Control measures
Access ways must be foreseen for personnel working with forms. Access ways will be supplied at all
times in order to prevent falls from different levels.
Personnel shall be provided with proper PPE such as, protection gloves, safety rubber shoes,
respiratory protective devices, hearing protection, etc while working with concrete/cement.
Instructions on the risks involved during cement and/or concrete activities, for personnel performing
these tasks will be supplied.
Hand and mechanical tools will be duly maintained. Defective tools shall not be used.
Material falling.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 50 of 164
Control measures
Personnel in charge of concrete pouring must use proper safety gloves and/or foot and eye
protection.
Trained and authorized personnel who shall be under supervision shall handle machinery and
equipment used for concrete pouring.
All machinery and equipment must be kept in safe conditions. Defective machinery and equipment
will be withdrawn from service taking the corrective measures in this respect. Machinery and
equipment inspected and approved by CONSORCIO only shall be used.
Access of non-authorized personnel in areas where pouring concrete activities are underway, shall
not be permitted.
An access way above the fastening spot of the reinforcement bars will be provided with wooden
planks, in order to guarantee safe access and safety in the work place.
Vibrators and its associated hoses must be firmly held by the operator and his assistant during
pouring activities. If necessary, a resistant rope or cord should be employed.
Material falling.
Fire or explosion.
Body injuries.
Electrical discharge.
Control measures
Personnel that have been instructed on the application of safe work practices shall perform steel
structure fabrication.
Personnel shall use protection gloves, foot protection and welding lens with the appropriate garments
while working in these tasks.
Welding will be performed in free-humidity conditions and according to the requirements of the
corresponding work permit.
Oxyacetylene cutting will be performed in accordance with the requirements of the corresponding
work permit.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 51 of 164
Good housekeeping must be maintained in the area where fabrication works are underway.
The sets of oxygen and acetylene cylinders shall be placed in a safe place (cylinder carts).
Any cylinder shall be positioned in up-right position with the valve wrenches on.
Control measures
Qualified and competent personnel working under supervision shall perform steel structures erection.
A description of the work methods to be employed together with a detail of the mounting schemes
and the characteristics of the site with potential risks and any other aspects which may represent an
unsafe condition for mounting activities, shall be made.
Steel structures shall be erected until its final location using rigging and hoisting devices that have
been properly and duly authorized and inspected.
Personnel shall be provided with protection gloves, eye protection, foot protection and hard hats.
When performing mounting activities, a safety harness fastened to a safe anchorage spot while
working in high places, also shall be required.
Personnel involved in this operation will be instructed on safe load hoisting operations and the
correct use of devices.
The area affected by mounting activities shall be designated as a restricted area and barriers to
avoid access of non-authorized personnel and no-access signs will be placed.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 52 of 164
Control measures
Qualified and competent personnel working under supervision shall install fittings.
Heavy accessories shall be lifted using certified rigging and/or hoisting devices with proper lead
ropes.
Personnel shall use protection gloves, foot protection, hard hats and eye protection.
Good housekeeping practices will be followed in areas where installation works are underway.
Pipes are to be installed only on mechanically completed, duly inspected and certified structures
or in those structures safe for working.
Control measures
Previous notice should be given to any radiographic technicians, contractor, people working in
adjacent areas and the WSH Division.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 53 of 164
Control measures
Qualified and competent electricians will perform electricity works. They have the technical
knowledge and experience to understand the risks that may arise during electrical works and the
precautionary measures to be taken.
Safe ways for access to work in high places, for instance, hand ladders, scaffolding towers, etc. shall
be provided for electricians.
Tags and locks must be placed on equipment whenever there is a possibility to accidentally activate
the power source.
Blowouts while pressure tests are underway due to manufacturing failures in flanges, blinds, pipes
and/or fittings.
Control measures
Pressure tests in piping shall be performed only by competent and trained personnel.
Piping that will be tested and the adjacent area shall be restricted or delimited by placing barriers and
signs warning of pressure tests being underway.
Personnel will be instructed not to access the area where piping and equipment pressure tests are
underway.
Any fittings (e. g. indicator pipes, gages, rupture disks) with a possibility to fail under test pressure
must be removed.
Injuries by contact.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 54 of 164
Control measures
Personnel shall use protection gloves and/or appropriate foot protection when performing cable
laying and/or cable termination.
Warning signs next to cable lying and/or cable termination areas should be placed.
Personnel shall be instructed on cable lying and/or cable termination techniques as required, to assure
the use of proper handling techniques.
Trained and qualified personnel, using appropriate tools, shall make Cable terminations.
A work permit system shall be used to guarantee that cable collars and terminations are placed in
insulated electrical switchboards.
Reels for cables will be placed in reel racks designed for that purpose with a proper capacity and
foundation.
The use of mobile phones and radio equipment not intrinsically safe shall not be permitted in the
industrial area.
For any work to be executed within the Project a work permit will be required, therefore,
compliance with its procedure and instructions shall be mandatory.
Authorized work permits must be documented and its compliance should be verified.
All personnel working in the Project will be informed about the risks and safety regulations
necessary for performing their tasks.
It is strictly forbidden to work under the effects of alcohol or drugs in the industrial area.
Likewise, persons under the effects of toxic substances, sick persons or persons without enough
sleep will not be allowed to perform any work.
Any person authorized to drive a vehicle must strictly comply with all traffic regulations and the
maximum speed limit authorized in the work areas.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 55 of 164
Before starting any work, each supervisor has the obligation to identify the risks present. Also, he
must inform the personnel about the potential risks and preventive measures (Reading and
signature of Risk Analysis).
Attendance to daily safety briefings will be mandatory for each worker.
It shall be mandatory for each worker to immediately notify the direct supervisor about any
unsafe conditions and actions.
Any work accident and/or incident must be informed at the earliest and documented, investigated
and published for establishing future corrective actions.
The work area must be kept safe, clean and organized. All debris, waste and surplus material must
be placed in the locations designated for such material in order to comply with the environmental
regulations and guarantee the best conditions to maintain good housekeeping.
Equipment for fire fighting (extinguishers) must be used only for that purpose. Free access to
such equipment should be maintained at all times.
Water, compressed air and firewater only can be used for cases for which, use has been prescribed
and authorized.
Transportation of personnel shall be permitted only in appropriate vehicles.
It shall not be permitted transportation of materials with persons.
In general, a person must think before acting, asking whenever he does not know how to perform an
activity, avoiding to stay under or within the scope of loading or handling activities, or in the way of
vehicles or machinery in movement, staying away from restricted areas, using the proper tools,
employing tools carefully in confined spaces or if there are fellow workers nearby, not using
inappropriate clothing such as, baggy shirts, pants with loose folded ends or any accessory that may
get entangled or hooked in prominent objects or obstacles, avoiding falls of materials or tools that
may hurt other worker in a lower level (safety ropes for tools should be used if necessary) not
operating any equipment and/or machinery which, he has not been acquainted with.
6.25. DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS
The disciplinary actions to be applied for the Project are based on the Organic Labor Law, article 102;
Organic Law on Work Prevention, Conditions and Environment with its Regulations. For that purpose it
has been established as follows:
Non-compliance of Safety Procedures and Regulations without exposition to a Risk
1)
Verbal admonition.
2)
Written admonition.
3)
Non-compliance of Safety Procedures and Regulations with LOW and/or MEDIUM Risks.
1)
Written admonition.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
2)
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 56 of 164
Non-compliance of Safety Procedures and Regulations with high risk or low and/or medium
consequences.
1)
2)
Legal actions.
These disciplinary actions shall be applied with no exception, under the responsibility of the Project
Manager and the WSH Corporative Management of the Contractor.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 57 of 164
DAILY
WEEKLY
BI-WEEKLY
MONTHLY
X
Management visits
Safety Briefings
Tool Inspection
Vehicle Inspection
10
11
Housekeeping
12
13
14
Introductory Orientation
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
15
16
17
18
19
20
X
X
IF THE EVENT TAKES PLACE
X
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 58 of 164
Makes it possible to identify, analyze and correct the probable causes of incidents and/or
accidents.
The WSH supervisors must contact the person responsible for the working area to perform the
inspections.
A good inspection depends on the previous knowledge of the aspects or issues to observe,
therefore, it is important to follow a guide of the aspects to be observed while walking the
area.
During the walk in the area, all conditions regarding compliance with safety regulations
pursuant to Venezuelan Law and established by the CONSORCIO shall be observed. As soon
as any deviation should be observed, it must be notified immediately so that it can be used as a
basis for subsequent reports.
When performing the inspection, the area shall be systematically covered in a methodic and
detailed manner, describing and locating clearly each irregularity and correcting immediately
after, those unsafe conditions that could indicate the presence of an immediate risk.
The reports must be addressed to the Construction Manager, a copy of which will be delivered
to the persons responsible for correcting the deviations detected and to the prevention
delegates.
A lapse of time will be established for the compliance of recommendations and subsequently,
an evaluation and control inspection on all recommendations shall be performed until these are
satisfactorily fulfilled.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 59 of 164
RECORD FORM
Management Visits
Form N
Form N
Form N
Risk Notification
Form N
Safety Briefings
Form N
Risk Analysis
Form N
Form N
Tool Inspection
Form N
Vehicle Inspection
Form N
10
Form N
11
Form N
12
Form N
13
Form N
14
Contractor Evaluation
Form N
15
16
17
Supervisory Commitment
Form N
19
Form N
20
Form N
21
Waste Generated
Form N
22
Form N
23
Form N
24
Form N
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 60 of 164
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 61 of 164
Monthly
Bi-weekly
Weekly
Daily
Level
Management
Management
WSH Committee
Work Coordination
Supervisors
Responsible
Construction Vice-president
Project Manager
Construction Manager
Construction Superintendent
WSH Coordinator
Project Manager
Construction Manager
Construction Superintendent
WSH Coordinator
Project Manager
Job Manager
Construction Superintendent
WSH Coordinator
Job Manager
Construction Superintendent
Field Supervisors
WSH Coordinator
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 62 of 164
Dumping trucks
Vehicles in general
Backdiggers
Compressors
Hoisting equipment
Pigman Truck
Oxyacetylene equipment
Manual grinders
Welding machines
Earthwork equipment
Hand tools
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 63 of 164
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 64 of 164
Hard hats, in accordance with COVENIN Standard 815 (ANSI Z89. 1 - Z89.2).
Risks inherent in any work activity in particular, shall be assessed by the WSH service, selecting
the suitable PPE according to the following criteria:
Provided that, it grants protection against risk(s) without generating a greater risk by itself.
If suitable for the personnel involved in the work, including a tight fit.
PPE shall not be acquired without previous written authorization of the WSH service which shall
be responsible for performing PPE quality inspections to determine whether it will be accepted .
All employees shall be provided with the necessary PPE for each specific work activity.
Likewise, they will be given the required instructions and training for its correct use. The
employer will give the PPE and the necessary training courses to the worker.
The employee will be responsible for the due care and use of any PPE given to him. The
employers shall replace, with no cost for the employee, any PPE that could be damaged in
any way due to the normal use in work or due to normal wear and tear so, the worker may
count at all times, with suitable protection.
Normal wear and tear refers to the period of useful life specified by the manufacturer and the
required basic hygiene standards.
Supervisors in the jobsite shall be responsible for watching that all personnel in the jobsite
should have or use the required PPE for the activity and environmental conditions of the work
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 65 of 164
activity underway. Personnel not properly equipped with PPE, for any reason whatsoever shall
not start or continue working.
All employees must use at all times, the suitable PPE supplied to them while working on the
assigned tasks. The supervisors on any employee not complying with the above shall apply
the disciplinary actions described in this manual.
The basic PPE must be used in the industrial facilities and jobsite and whenever there exists a potential
hazard. These locations include, but are not limited to:
Wherever there are visible signs indicating that such PPE should be used. Those signs shall be
written in Spanish and also, visual signs or portable flashing lights must be placed specifically
for works performed at the roadside.
During excavation works, including digging a trench, when the work is performed close to any
excavation equipment or to any other work where depth could cause material falling inside the
pit.
While working with any machinery or equipment with a probable risk to be struck by
fragmented material, like for instance, when using mechanical saws, heavy cutting equipment,
etc.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 66 of 164
9. JOBSITE CONDITIONS
9.1 HOUSEKEEPING
The purpose of this section is to define the requirements for compliance with good housekeeping in the
jobsite and it will be applied for all facilities of the project, offices, camps, warehouses or workshops.
Once the job has been finished, all facilities installed in the jobsite, shall be cleared from all elements
strange to the natural surroundings generated by the job. Also, the same shall apply for any adjacent land
to roadways where some remains from the job could be found.
The purpose is, to maintain the work environment free from any unnecessary waste, thus maintaining a
valuable safeguard standard against accidents and injuries. Good housekeeping is the responsibility of all
personnel and the staff commitment will be reflected in the efforts made by the supervisory personnel for
this activity.
Instructions
These instructions shall apply in equal manner for field, offices, warehouses and workshops areas during the
Project execution.
Every route for emergency exits, hallways, fireproofing doors, alarm stations, fire fighting
equipment, first aid modules and any other emergency module must be kept clean, free from any
obstacles and in suitable conditions.
Every place in the jobsite, for access and egress must be kept free from any waste, remains and from
any other waste material, which must be placed for disposal in separated containers.
Any liquid spill, especially if oily or greasy, must be immediately cleaned-up by absorption means
with clean sand or using any other suitable material. Toxic substances, corrosives or any other
hazardous substances shall be removed according to the manufacturing or material safety data sheet
instructions. Any other material used to remove the spill shall be taken to a safe place and placed
inside of a closed container for disposal.
A minimum amount of tools, equipment and material only, required for the efficient work execution,
will be kept in the jobsite. Whenever the work is finished, any tools and equipment must be removed
from the site and placed, as soon as possible, in the proper storage area in order to keep the work area
free.
Whenever any material, boxes, pallettes, containers, etc. need to be stored or placed, common sense
and safe work practices must be applied so, they shall not become a threat to any worker when lifting
them or walking near by or blocking any way of access. Offices must be kept organized and cleaned
on a regular basis, as well as the warehouses and workshops.
The required time to assure the best housekeeping should be taken. Housekeeping could be
performed by the office employees and warehouse and workshop workers or, upon the judgment of
the management, by specific cleaning service personnel.
The required measures in order to assure that bathrooms and dressing rooms for personnel shall be
kept hygienically clean and organized should be taken.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 67 of 164
Any lack of good housekeeping which may cause stumbling, sliding or fire hazards, should be
immediately corrected.
All materials will be piled up or stored in a safe way to avoid sliding, falling or collapsing of it.
When performing openings or any other activity, which could produce risks of splinters, nails, or any
other sharp edges, the work activity shall be controlled by means of debris removal or by any other
suitable method.
Disposal containers for organic waste should be located in proper places; lunch areas must be kept
clean and organized.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 68 of 164
10.1 INTRODUCTION:
The Consortium, avant-garde with the worldwide tendency towards investment in prevention, as a
response and solution to occupational illness problems and labor or non labor accidents, develops an
Occupational Health Plan, giving shape to an organization working as a unit of occupational medical
attention, with a doctor in occupational health, a para-medic in rescue techniques, an ambulance driver
with First Aid knowledge and an ambulance equipped appropriately to fulfill preventive functions,
healings, emergency and contingency with great work mystique, as established in the Organic Law for
Prevention, Conditions and Work Environment.
10.2 OBJECTIVE:
To establish and organize the occupational medical service inside the installations of the Morn Fertilizers
Plant Project, responding to any emergency and maintaining mechanisms helping to achieve the workers
physical, mental and social well being.
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 69 of 164
sicknesses and occupational accidents, decreasing not only the expenses of healing attention and
compensation but also the personal, familiar and social impact represented that these represent.
10.4.1 Specific Objectives
To make a workers integral study at the moment of being admitted to the company to determine
through a medical exam, para-clinic examination and (ANAMNESIA?) of personal, familiar or
occupational history if he is apt for the position requested, taking into account the list of functions
for each post determined by the labor department.
Control and follow up of personnel showing symptoms or illness related to the job through a
labor medical history.
Control of those workers exposed to any type of activity which could cause in the future
professional illnesses.
Diminish medical visits for symptoms acquired during the working day, by means of orientation
plans in safety, sanitation and health at work to control the risks factors.
To achieve effectiveness on this occupational Health Plan, the following programs of prevention,
evaluation and control will be implemented:
.
General Program of medical vigilance
General Program of epidemic vigilance
General Program of medical surveillance to workers exposed to chemical substances
General Program o medical surveillance to workers exposed to respiratory risks
General Program of medical vigilance to workers exposed to noise.
General Program of medical surveillance to workers with dermatitis
General Program of medical surveillance to workers exposed to ionizing/non ionizing radiations
General Program of medical surveillance to workers exposed to non ergonomic risks
Health Promotion and endemic illness Preventive Programs
Program for handling of medical waste
General Program of medial surveillance to workers with smoking habits
Program for handling and control of narcotics and sycotropic substances (Alcohol and Drugs)
Plan of response to emergencies in First Aid cases
Program of control on the possible sources of vibration
General Program on handling of loads
10.4.2 Pre-employment Medical Exam
The health of candidates for employment should be evaluated prior to being employed, in order to make
sure they qualify biological, functional, physical and mentally to perform their duties without harming
their health or well being and without putting in danger other peoples health. Likewise the health of
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 70 of 164
employees and those under contract must be revaluated prior to making new tasks different from the usual
ones.
10.4.3 Para-clinic Exam
Additional para-clinic exams could be associated to specific occupational risks,suggested by the
evaluating doctor and/or suggested by the Consortiums Ocupational Health coordinator.
Investigate and verify evidence of substances or harmful elements in the working environment,
capable of producing an unhealthy condition.
Verify the observance of norms such as the use of protection equipment, risk control system being
used and its operation, plus the basic sanitation conditions.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 71 of 164
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 72 of 164
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 73 of 164
It shall be strictly forbidden the consumption, sale and possession of drugs, alcohol or any toxic
substance in CONSORCIO premises or at any location where CONSORCIO executes projects,
jobs or operations. The parking area and vehicles used for transportation of personnel to and from
the jobsite will be included within the scope of the above prohibition.
This policy applies likewise, to all associated companies and contractors that have any
relationship with CONSORCIO for projects, jobs or operations as well as, to visitors and
suppliers.
Any medication under medical prescription required by any employee must be notified and
controlled by the Occupational Health Division of the project, job or operation.
CONSORCIO reserves its right to make any inspections on transportation vehicles as deemed
necessary or convenient or, to any person related with its projects, which will assure full
compliance with this policy.
All personnel must be informed about the contents and mandatory compliance of this policy,
which application for accident prevention and penalties in case of breaching are established by the
Venezuelan Legislation.
The Human Resources Manager, WSH Manager and Project Manager shall be responsible for
updating, communicating and auditing this policy in order to verify its compliance.
The Construction, Job or Operation Manager in the site shall be responsible for the strict compliance with
anything established in this policy and shall report accordingly to its immediate supervisor.
Vincenzo Rossi
Manager
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 74 of 164
The Area Supervisor shall immediately notify the emergency to the Construction Manager
and/or to the available WSH personnel.
The Construction Supervisor coordinates with logistics and requests the required services
according to the emergency.
The injured person(s) will be properly transported medical centre, in accordance with the
nature of the injury sustained.
Depending on the type of injury or the need for an immediate transportation, ambulance
services will be required.
The WSH Field Division shall be notified of the event so that, the investigation can be carried
out in order to mitigate the consequences and afterwards, determine what caused the event.
The construction coordinator in agreement with the WSH Supervisor, will decide on the
possibility to continue working under safe conditions or, suspend work in case that the
emergency had been caused by any operation performed in the jobsite.
The accident/incident report will be elaborated in accordance with the procedures established
in this chapter.
Inform briefly to the driver and/or paramedics about the patient condition indicating any
change occurred.
The WSH Supervisor must elaborate a report explaining all actions and activities taken at the
moment of the accident, which will be submitted, to the Construction Coordinator.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 75 of 164
The Shift Supervisor, Client WSH Supervisors and CONSORCIO shall be informed about the event in
order to make a joint investigation and take the necessary corrective actions to prevent recurrence of
similar events.
10.17 MAJOR FIRES
In cases where the situation cannot be controlled by means of portable equipment in the jobsite, it shall
proceed with evacuation of personnel from the facilities under the instructions of the Client personnel in
coordination with CONSORCIO construction personnel.
It is CONSORCIO responsibility to inform its personnel about the escape routes and actions to
be taken when evacuating the facilities and the meeting area.
CONSORCIO shall verify that all its personnel is at the meeting area and will inform
accordingly to the Client Coordinator.
In case of any person missing, actions to be taken will be coordinated under the supervision of
the Client Evacuation Team.
The work activities shall be resumed only, with the Client authorization.
The activities where the accident took place shall be suspended placing a barrier in the site
until investigations are concluded.
The Construction Manager and/or WSH Personnel shall be notified about this event.
Construction personnel shall notify to the Project Management and this shall notify to the
Client.
The Project Management, Client Management and Contractor Management will decide and
evaluate the method to be followed by the investigation committee.
The Human Resources Division shall inform about the fatality to the competent authorities in
accordance with the LOPCYMAT regulations.
Under no circumstance whatsoever, the equipment involved in the accident and the body of
the deceased will remain untouched until the competent authorities arrive to the scene.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 76 of 164
10.19 ENTRAPMENT
Evaluate the possibility of rescuing him with the company own resources and if not viable,
request for assistance from the available fire brigade.
Once the rescue has taken place, the person must be assisted and if necessary, taken to the
closer medical care centre, in accordance with the procedures established.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 77 of 164
Portable lunch-rooms
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 78 of 164
provided a suitable place for the storage of bottles, coolers for ice, for filters filling which will be sealed
with tape, writing on the date of use. Personnel working in such activity must have a valid health
certificate. A qualified company shall perform quality testing on water and ice on a quarterly basis. Test
records with the results will be filed and submitted.
11.5 HAND WASH
Each lunchroom must have a hand wash (1 each 8 persons), according to article 96 (chapter 3) and article
108 (chapter 4) of the Regulations for WSH Conditions.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 79 of 164
Identify actions and processes, which could generate waste, effluents or emissions.
Describe the most suitable practices for handling and disposal of each kind of waste.
Instruments for recording results and factors of compliance with environmental regulations.
Basic structure and frequency of environmental supervision reports, internally and externally
distributed.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 80 of 164
With the purpose of facilitating the identification of the Project activities that will require more
supervision for being potentially hazardous for environmental impact, a schedule with the activities
subject to environmental inspection shall be elaborated as well as, its date and level of supervision based
on the construction schedule proposed by the CONSORCIO. This schedule shall be reviewed and
updated with basis on the environmental impact study approved by the MARN.
Identification of activities and actions to be supervised
In order to perform an effective supervision, it is important identify the activities associated with the
construction stage of the Project which could produce adverse impacts on the environment. This leads us
to find out the potential impacts from these activities and, to implement the proposed actions in order to
minimize, prevent or control same, which, at the end, shall be subject to environmental inspection and
continuous adjustment.
Subsequently, the activities to be performed during the construction stage, which could generate any
environmental impact on the area, will be identified and, the required actions to prevent, mitigate and/or
correct such impact will be established.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 81 of 164
Potential Impact
Activation/increment of erosive
processes
Action
Earthworks: laying
out, excavations,
sectioning, filling and
compaction
Dust generation
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Activity
Mobilization of
construction
equipment &
machinery
Potential Impact
Noise generation
Construction of civil
engineering,
mechanical, electricity
and instrumentation
works
Effects of noise
Construction of civil
engineering,
mechanical, electricity
and instrumentation
works
Gas emissions
Page 82 of 164
Action
Rev. 1
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Activity
Potential Impact
Equipment
maintenance
Rev. 1
Page 83 of 164
Action
varnishes)
The results from the primary physical-chemical composition of the water to be used in the
hydrostatic test shall be delivered to the MARN, as a part of the hydrostatic test procedure.
Afterwards, at the test completion, the water physical-chemical composition and quality
evaluation shall be performed previously to any water discharge, having as reference the values
corresponding to the limits established in Decree 883, Article 10. A laboratory authorized by the
MARN shall perform the analysis.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 84 of 164
It shall be strictly forbidden, any discharge of liquid effluents not complying with the quality
limits, as established in Decree 883, Chapter III.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 85 of 164
The contracting company by means of the custody slip supplied by MARN shall perform control of
transportation and provisional storage.
12.6 USED LUBRICANTS
This waste can be generated while mechanical maintenance takes place or by any defect. Afterwards, the
lubricants will be deposited in metallic drums and stored in a specific area until its final disposition by the
selected contractor.
The type of waste and the date generated must be clearly identified.
Used lubricants will be temporarily stored in a restricted access area, without having any direct contact
with the soil (concrete slab) protected from the bad weather and with a weather protected drainage
channel in case of spillage.
Any cloth embedded with used oil or other oily substances, will be stored in containers tightly closed and
duly identified, in the corresponding areas.
12.7 STORAGE OF OTHER HAZARDOUS WASTE MATERIAL
Worn out batteries, equipment and machinery tires, oil filters, paint and solvent cans and containers, any
other containers and bags contaminated with, hazardous chemicals, oleophilic blankets contaminated with
oils and hydrocarbon derivates, also must be stored in a proper location.
12.8 ENVIRONMENTAL SUPERVISORY PLAN
The environmental supervisory activities will be reported by cards in such a manner that the relevant
information can be systemized to perform supervision. Each card must contain issues, as follows:
Work and environmental control plans considered in the building design and, the proposed
actions by the environmental impact studies corresponding to identified residual impacts.
Activities that will confirm by means of true evidence the compliance with the environmental
regulations requirements.
The majority of these activities consist of, periodical visits and inspections to places where, the
environmental impact studies have determined the need for application of actions. Also, meetings
with the personnel in charge of Project construction, inspection, maintenance and contractors will
be required as well as, verifications in drawings, descriptive memories and other documents.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 86 of 164
Person responsible: Is the person in charge of supervision activities described in such card.
Instrument for recording: Is the form with the information recollected from supervision activities
in field. This instrument also shall be used for calculation and registry of the rate of compliance
of the guidelines being supervised.
Supervision frequency: frequency according to the season of the year (dry or rainy season), for
the recurrent Project activity that could generate the impact or for the need of applying such
action at a certain time.
The pre-established supervision activities in this environmental program have been stated in the following
table. In the table below, supervision activities related to the jobsite preparation shall be specified.
Mobilization of equipment and material, civil engineering construction work, mechanical, electrical and
instrumentation works.
The control cards must be adjusted according to the Environmental Supervisory Program included in the
environmental impact study, approved by the MARN.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 87 of 164
Impact
Dust generation
Action (s)
Keeping the soil humid by irrigation with cistern truck to minimize dust. Irrigation
by layers is recommended.
Use of protection personal equipment by all personnel involved in the job (safety
masks and glasses).
Use of canvas by trucks that transport borrowed and waste material to prevent
dissemination of dust particles or granulometric material along the road.
Aspects to supervise
Time of execution
Supervise that frequent irrigation with water in the jobsite should be supplied to
keep the soil humid to minimize dust generation.
Watch that speed limits should not be exceeded in road traffic, in order to reduce
dust generation.
Verify cistern truck availability for soil surface irrigation whenever earthworks are
underway and also verify that, all soil surfaces engaged should be adequately
irrigated. If dry areas are detected, the case must be notified and, a second
irrigation should be requested.
Verify the uses of canvas to cover any borrow or waste material loaded transported
by road to and from the Project.
Supervise soils irrigation to prevent from using polluted waters with hazardous
chemicals for irrigation, which could contribute with the soil erosion.
Inspection frequency
Daily
Inspection Method
Start-up of supervision
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Impact
Noise generation
Action (s)
Aspects to supervise
Rev. 1
Page 88 of 164
Inspection method
Start-up of supervision
Execution period
Inspection frequency
Permanent
Report frequency
Environmental supervisor
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 89 of 164
Impact
Debris, waste and surplus material generation from earthworks and land
sectioning
Action (s)
Aspects to supervise
Look for a provisional area within the Project where material from land
sectioning can be stored to be used for leveling of uneven surfaces or
for landscaping.
Segregation of different kinds of surplus material, depending on its
kind to maximize its reuse such as soil, cement and asphalt surplus and
soil contaminated with hydrocarbons.
Surplus material not to be reused by the Project with the construction
debris must be kept temporarily stored in specific areas and then,
transported to the dumping area authorized by the Ministry of
Infrastructure and Environment.
CONSORCIO shall propose to the Client, for its approval, the
maximum volume of surplus material that can be stored and, the time
of permanence in that place, before transporting it for its re-use and/or
final disposition. Likewise, CONSORCIO will propose said place.
Verify segregated storage of surplus material.
Assistance for selecting a place for provisional storage of surplus
material.
Verify the possibility that, backfilling stored could be used for
landscaping or any other area impacted by earthworks of Project, after
conclusion of earthworks.
The environmental supervisor must supervise the transportation of
surplus material to the area previously authorized by the MARN.
Inspection method
Start-up of supervision
Execution period
Inspection frequency
Daily
Report frequency
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 90 of 164
Impact
Action (s)
Aspects to supervise
Domestic waste
Watch that bags are properly sealed and transported to the Sanitary
Backfill where the delivery slip should be obtained.
Verify compliance with the frequency stated for waste recollection and
supervision of it.
Inspection method
Start-up of supervision
Execution period
Inspection frequency
Report frequency
A report of this activity will be issued and included in the monthly report.
This report must include statistics of production of waste handled (volumes)
during that period.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 91 of 164
Impact
Action (s)
Publish notice in the local and national newspapers about major equipment
hauling, routes and times scheduled.
Place signals and position flagmen along the road during equipment hauling.
Assure that activities for equipment and material hauling, as required for
construction, have been carefully planned.
Aspects to supervise
Verify that loading capacity shall not be exceeded and compliance with traffic
regulations in accordance with the contract terms.
Supervise that assistance for traffic control in high risk or crowded traffic
places, should be provided.
Inspection method
Direct field observation of the signals placed and road traffic. Compilation of
copies of press advertisements or contract invoices, photographic evidence.
Start-up of supervision
Execution period
Inspection frequency
Periodically.
Report frequency
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Impact
Action (s)
Supervision aspects
Rev. 1
Page 92 of 164
Supervise tags placed on containers with waste (burnt oil, engine filters, cloths,
gloves embedded in oil) where its characteristics as well as, hazards caused by
handling or spills, should be stated.
Supervise provisional storage of used oils in tightly closed containers (8/in red)
properly located.
Verify the existence of proper storage areas for waste or hazardous material
within the contractor premises and perform follow-up to its subsequent
recycling or disposition. Under any circumstances, the disposal of used
lubricants shall be by pouring them into the water or soil.
For handling activities in general:
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Supervision aspects
Rev. 1
Page 93 of 164
Inspection method
Start-up of inspection
From the moment that, equipment and machinery which produce hazardous waste,
should be installed.
Execution period
Inspection frequency
On a daily basis. This is one of the environmental key aspects during construction
stage.
Report frequency
A weekly report of this activity shall be issued and included in the monthly report.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Impact
Action (s)
Page 94 of 164
Design, locate and signalize properly the provisional storage areas for
consumables (fuels and lubricants, etc.) and waste (used oils, etc.), as well as,
its containers. This applies also, to the areas and containers for domestic
waste, for the control of any transmissible diseases.
Use of PPE.
Aspects to supervise
Rev. 1
Supply trucks suitable for waste transportation to the provisional storage areas
(in or off-site) for reuse, treatment and final disposition, in order to avoid any
leaks, filtering, dissemination and bad odor throughout the roadways used for
transportation.
Inspection of containers with hazardous and domestic waste waiting to be
transported, in order to detect any potential leaks, corrosion, swelling or dents.
Make sure that each area, where domestic and industrial waste (hazardous and
non-hazardous) and its respective containers will be stored, has visible signals
posted and identification tags with the relevant information.
Verify that workers collect and place used batteries in the storage area and, use
PPE, foot protection, safety gloves and glasses and a protective apron made of
synthetic material, whenever handling these and any other hazardous material.
Verify that all workers have received daily safety briefings and, the required
training for handling hazardous material and know the actions to be taken in
case of emergency.
Inspection method
Direct field observation (in the job area and roadways for transportation),
photographic material and by talking with the workers.
Start-up of supervision
Execution period
Inspection frequency
Report frequency
A weekly report of this activity will be issued and included in the monthly report.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Impact
Action (s)
Aspects to supervise
Rev. 1
Page 95 of 164
Install a portable tightly closed tank, for deposit of sewage and grey waters
from service areas.
Supervise that all sewage and greywaters from the bathrooms, will be
recollected and fully treated by a company duly registered and certified by
the MARN, with valid RASDA, during the Project execution.
Verify the recollection of the liquid effluents from the services area in a
portable tank for sanitary water and its transportation afterwards, by a
special vacuum unit to the treatment plant.
Verify performance of daily maintenance/cleaning-up of portable
bathrooms and tank, according to the frequency stated.
Verify installation of the required amount of portable bathrooms according
to, the number of people in the work areas and, the installation of a portable
tank in the services area, checking that venting from those will not cause
discomfort among workers.
Verify compliance with the environmental regulation as per Decree 883.
Official Gazette No. 5,021 dated December 18, 1995.
Inspection method
Start-up of supervision
Execution period
Inspection frequency
Daily
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Impact
Action(s)
Aspects to supervise
Rev. 1
Page 96 of 164
Inspection method
Direct field observation on the application of actions with instruments such as,
metric tapes, photographic cameras, and review of compaction tests (file records).
Start-up of supervision
Execution period
Inspection frequency
Report frequency
A weekly report on this activity shall be weekly issued and included in the regular
MARN report.
Responsible for supervision Environmental supervisor and personnel responsible for earthworks.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 97 of 164
Battery
Exhaust
system
Lights
Components
Brakes Direction
Fire
extinguisher
Engine
X
X
X
The inspections made by the WSH Service will be according to the Vehicle Inspection Plan
guidelines stated in the activity schedule as inTable 1.
The drivers of transportation units will be instructed by briefings about the regulations for driving
vehicles in the Project premises and roadways; likewise, they will be instructed on safe driving
techniques.
Any driver must have a current medical certificate and a fifth degree driver license, issued by the
Ministry of Transportation.
13.1
Authorized vehicles only, shall be permitted in the Project premises. A pass to access the site
shall be issued to any authorized vehicle.
All personnel driving any transportation vehicle shall follow the safe driving practices and shall
observe all traffic signals, barricades, etc.
Drivers shall restrict the speed, 20 Km/h for roadways within the Project and 70 Km/h for roads
outside the facilities, in working areas and crowded roads and if necessary, the vehicle shall be
stopped at all, in order to avoid any potential risk for a traffic accident.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 98 of 164
Pedestrians shall have the right to cross first and drivers must be aware that workers share the
same roads in the Project.
Any vehicle for personnel transportation must be provided with a backward alarm. Drivers of
vehicles not requiring of backward alarm will hit the horn twice before backing.
The consumption of alcoholic beverages shall not be permitted in the transportation units.
Whenever vehicles must be supplied with fuel, the engine shall be completely stopped.
Vehicles must be parked only in the designated areas and in backward position, with the front
heading to the exit.
Personnel in charge of the vehicle operation shall be acquainted by himself with the operation of
such automotive vehicle before operating it.
Any contractor/subcontractor shall not be allowed to access the Project with vehicles of their own
which, are in unsafe conditions or have not approved the preliminary inspection and/or inspection
certification made by the WSH Supervisor or by any of his deputies.
The copy of each inspection (preliminary or monthly) shall be delivered to the WSH service.
Vehicles shall be inspected by the operator, previous to the start of each work shift, as follows:
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 99 of 164
Personnel traveling in vehicles must be seated on a proper seat equipped with a safety belt.
Vehicles shall not be used when conditions represent a hazard to the vehicle safe operation.
All transportation vehicles in the Project must be equipped with a fire extinguisher of 20 pounds,
ABC type, fastened to its base.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
The incentive program shall be based on the achievement of key milestones, on the number of
man-hours worked, without accidents of lost work days and with zero damages to the
environment. This previously determined according to the Project scope, whenever a determined
amount of worked hours without any lost workdays accidents and zero damages to the
environment should be accumulated, CONSORCIO shall grant awards to all its personnel.
The CONSORCIO will review the total manhours worked in the contract and will establish
safety milestones for recognition and awarding.
Regular contests on accident rates with zero accidents happened, within a certain amount of
manhours worked (the amount of manhours shall be determined according to the Project scope),
should be implemented.
The best achievements by a work crew on WSH aspects of housekeeping, safe behavior,
environmental will be determined, on a monthly basis.
Awards shall be granted to the best safety briefing or participation in safety groups or meetings.
Promote and communicate among workers, the milestones and awards granted by CONSORCIO
and the contractors.
Establish the awards to be granted to the direct personnel when achieving the established
milestones.
When granting of awards takes place, in order to certify it, the act should be recorded and the
photographs should be published in the information board of each work area.
Each contractor will present in his Safety and Health at work program, his motivation and incentive plan.
Each contractor shall be required to apply the incentive program before the works start. The contractors
shall delivery a copy of the award program on WSH activities, stating such in the monthly activity
schedule for WSH activities, to be delivered to CONSORCIO.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Example of Incentives
During the Project execution, for granting the awards it shall be taken in consideration, the specifications
of the client on this matter; it should be pointed out that sometimes the client demands that incentives be
awarded in cash money and the consortium will have to make arrangements to comply with the clients
request.
Among the most common incentives are, delivery of:
Keychains
Pens
Certificates
Hats
T-shirts
Electrical appliances
Raffles
Information boards shall be made and placed in the site, with slogans related to accident
prevention.
Bulletins and publications with WSH general information shall be supplied to all personnel.
14.3 TRAINING
Training is of mandatory compliance, no worker shall be available for any work activity without
previously have been duly informed on hazards and acquainted with actions for safe work, in accordance
with the Organic Law on Work Prevention, Conditions and Environment (LOPCYMAT).
14.4 COMPETENCE CERTIFICATION PROGRAM
The purpose of this program is, to assure that all responsible personnel in the Project know how to manage
the concepts, rules and procedures of the Industry on matters such as WSH and, especially those referred to
work permits.
Additionally, CONSORCIO Human Resources Division in the job shall submit to the Client Human
Resources Division, the complete pre-employment medical examinations performed on each worker in order
to assess and process same, together with their credential evaluation that shall be subject to verification by
the Client Loss Control and Protection Division, for the corresponding hiring authorization.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Become acquainted with the Corporative WSH Policy, guidelines and objectives.
Develop awareness on Project hazards and be acquainted with the actions towards safety
assurance.
Inform workers on PPE and fire fighting practices, that personnel should know during the job
execution.
Inform workers on the use and maintenance of equipment and tools utilized during work
performance of contracted works in order to, maintain same in excellent working conditions.
Emergency procedures
Use of PPE
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Housekeeping
Accident prevention
Load hoisting.
Rev. 1
It is the responsibility of each supervisor or crew leader, to give re-induction chats if for any reason,
changes of activity or work area within the Project. It considers among other objectives, the following:
Be aware of the hazards present in the work area assigned and inherent to the activity to be
performed.
Be aware of installations and services available in the area for personnel such as, bathrooms,
transportation, lunchroom, water, and ice.
Inform the worker about the steps to be followed in case of an emergency situation in the work
place assigned.
Follow-up and control shall be performed to any formal training provided by the CIED or any
other qualified institution which issues certificates for those activities that require same, specially
those referred to work permits, scaffolding and hoisting equipment (cranes).
Work permits: for supervisors who will be solicitors and/or depositary of work permits.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Housekeeping
Use of grinders
Emergency plans
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
The qualification form GS-011 (of the subcontractor qualification procedure) contains the questions
related to the program and safety performance of subcontractor. All questions must be answered.
Incomplete answers will be considered as not answered.
With the application, the following information should be included:
A summary with lost time incidents happened during the last three years, including:
A brief description of each accident.
Time and date of each event.
Actions/changes adopted to prevent recurrence.
The number of workdays lost (severity).
All requested information with the qualification form must be submitted to the Project. The information
supplied shall be assessed. Any false answer or incomplete requisites shall cause indefinitely suspension
of contractor qualification.
15.1 EVALUATION PROCESS
The evaluation of the contractor application for qualification is the most crucial part of the process. In
this, the contractor level as well as, its safety, hygiene and environment performance shall be assessed.
When the applicant company receives the questionnaire of evaluation, it will also be informed on how to
fill out the questionnaire and the requisites to be submitted. These orientations will be given in order to
minimize or avoid any doubts during the evaluation process. The issues in the contractor program must be
in line with the CONSORCIO guidelines in matters of work safety and health as prescribed by the
Organic Law on Work Prevention, Conditions and Environment.
15.2 QUALIFICATION OF CONTRACTOR
After reviewing the submitted information and qualification form, in order to establish whether a
contractor should be qualified or not, the following guides must be observed:
Approval
The contractor has submitted all complete information and it has been evaluated as satisfactory in all
categories of the qualification form.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Disapproval
The contractor has not submitted the complete information and has been evaluated as unsatisfactory in
one or more categories of the qualification form.
Contractor approval
Once the contractor has been approved, the contractor will be in the list of eligible companies for
contracting.
Non-approval of Contractor
A non-approved contractor shall not be authorized to work under contract for CONSORCIO, until
improving the aspects not complying with the minimum requirements, to an acceptable level. This will
be determined when performing a new and complete qualification procedure. The contractor will be
rejected if it is found out that; any of the information supplied has been false. In these cases, the
contractor shall be indefinitely disqualified.
Non-approved contractors by submitting incomplete information and/or answers may resubmit their
information for a new evaluation, if authorized by the CONSORCIO Project Manager in charge of the
evaluation process.
Index of Accident Statistics
When the statistical information on accidents is not available or doubtful, the contractor shall be requested
to submit three references under revision. If the references are positive and demonstrate safety, the
qualification process will be resumed. If the contractor references are totally or partially negative, the
contractor shall be rejected with an observation regarding to the injuries and illnesses statistics being little
satisfactory and attaching the interview documentation thereon.
Evaluator
A person shall be considered as evaluator when the following conditions are met:
Has at least three years of experience regarding safety, hygiene and environment.
Has been instructed on the Contractor Evaluation Form, Evaluation Process and the Role
and Responsibility of Evaluator
Has been accepted by the Manager Leader /Responsible of the contractor qualification.
The evaluator must complete the evaluation form and will deliver it to the responsible for final approval of
contractor.
The evaluator shall not be authorized to approve, disapprove or approve under exception, any contractor
application.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Approver
A person shall be considered as "approver" when the following conditions are met:
Has been instructed on the Contractor Qualification Form, Evaluation Process and Role
and Responsibility of Approver.
Has been accepted by the Manager Leader / Responsible for the contractor qualification.
The approver cannot change the assessment of evaluator (satisfactory, unsatisfactory, incomplete answer).
It shall be required that the approver reviews the evaluation form, comparing it with the contractor
qualification and the information submitted, only to the extent to, satisfy the approver regarding the
completeness and accuracy of the evaluation.
The approver, based on the evaluator estimates, will determine the contractor qualification status as
Approved, or Disapproved.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Evaluate the seriousness of the emergency and the potential for its increasing.
The emergency situations which, can occur in the workplace, are events that have a potential to produce
serious injuries, deaths and damages to property and environment.
The following list, even though, is not a detailed one, presents the potential events that can be classified as
emergencies, for the purposes of this procedure:
Scaffolding collapsing.
Vehicle accidents.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Potential hazards from operation plants next to the site (fire, explosions).
Rev. 1
Requests the construction supervisor the listing of personnel present in the workplace.
Withdraws the work permit and risk analysis elaborated at the beginning of the work shift.
Verifies that, all equipment is shut-off with their keys placed and that, vehicles and mobile
equipment, are properly positioned.
Verifies the wind direction and considers this condition, in order to, coordinate the personnel
evacuation through a safe way to the meeting area.
Performs the head count of personnel and informs to the Client General Evacuation Coordinator.
Waits for the Client instructions for re-entry to the Project and evaluates the conditions for
resuming work activities.
In case of not being available, the evacuation coordinator shall assume his functions.
Withdraws the work permits and risk analysis and delivers it to the evacuation coordinator.
Cooperates with the evacuation coordinator for the mobilization of personnel to the meeting area.
Gives advise to the Evacuation Coordinator on the potential magnitude of the event.
Assists the coordinator to follow the safest way for evacuation to the meeting area.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
If required, he shall give support to plant personnel for assisting the emergency.
Evaluates with the Evacuation Coordinator, the conditions for resuming work activities.
Turn off the equipment (welding machines, oxyacetylene equipment, power generators, etc.).
Park vehicles and heavy equipment at the side of the road, turn engines off and leave the keys in
the unit.
Together with the Evacuation Coordinator will walk in a quietly and orderly manner through the
evacuation way to the meeting area.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
RESUME WORK
CONSTRUCTION
SUPERVISOR
INFORMS
NO
WSH OPERATIONS
SUPERVISOR
Control Room
SERIOUS
SITUATION
YES
EVACUATION
STAND-BY
AREA
Activate
CLIENTS
EMERGENCY
PLAN
NO
YES
CONTROLLED
SITUATION
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
KEY PERSONNEL
POSITION
PROJECT MANAGER
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER
WSH MANAGER
QA/QC COORDINATOR
WSH COORDINATOR
WSH SUPERVISOR
TELEPHONE
CLIENT
NAME
KEY PERSONNEL
POSITION
PROJECT MANAGER
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER
WSH MANAGER
WSH SUPERVISOR
FIREMEN
INTEGRAL PROTECTION
TELEPHONE
TELEPHONE
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
In case that, one or more workers suffer an accident with some kind of injury or, if there is property
or environmental damage involved, the affected parties should, if possible, immediately inform to
the work supervisor in charge, otherwise, the witnesses or fellow workers in the site, must notify the
event.
Construction management must be present in the site once notified to evaluate all damages caused
by the accident and notify the client.
The WSH service or any member of the emergency response team must communicate with the
ambulance services of the Project and, activate the corresponding procedure to provide immediate
assistance to the injured worker, coordinating his mobilization to a medical centre, if required.
The WSH service shall be informed of the event in order to, take the control actions and notify
accordingly to the custodian of the plant or issuer of the work permit, about the event.
The WSH service with the Construction Management shall carry out the investigations of the event;
the corrective actions shall be communicated and supervised, to avoid the recurrence of the event.
The WSH service must deliver to the Client WSH responsible person, the accident notification in
the appropriate form, within twenty-four hours after occurring the accident.
The Construction Manager and the Project Manager shall submit the event and the corrective
actions taken before the representatives appointed by the Client.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
17.3 REPORTS
Any incident or accident shall be reported to INPSASEL by e-mail, within 60 minutes after occurred the
incident, then, the INPSASEL 24 hours report found in the web page will be filled out and taken for its
final report to the DIRETSAR office corresponding to the state where the job is underway.
Afterwards, the ACCIDENT REPORT as per the accident report procedure for the Project shall be
filled out, where the primary and root causes of the event as well as, the implemented actions to avoid any
recurrence of similar events shall be stated.
A weekly and monthly statistical report shall be delivered in accordance with the COVENIN standards and it
shall include:
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Form GS-021
Contractor name:
Date of incident:
Employee name:
Location of incident:
Age:
Position:
Period worked in Project:
Foreman name:
Immediate supervisor name:
Safety representative name:
Time of
Incident:
Telephone (home):
2. INCIDENT CLASSIFICATION
Fatality
FAT
First aid
FA
LTI
Vehicle accident
VA
Restricted work
RW
Environmental accident
EA
Medical treatment
MT
Near-miss
NM
Other incidents
OI
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
4. INJURY DESCRIPTION
BODY PARTS
01 - Head
05 - Shoulders
09 Hip
13 Legs
02 - Eyes
03 - Ears
04 - Neck
06 - Back
07 - Chest
08 - Stomach / belly
10 Arms
11 Hands
12 Fingers
14 Foot
15 Toes
16 Internal
organs
20 Burns
21 Crushing
22 Cuts
23 Shock (Electrical)
24 Sprain/Stretch
25 Dislocation
26 - Others
NATURE OF INJURY
17 Amputation
18 Fracture
19 Concussion
05 Services
09 General construction
02 Instrumentation
06 Inspection
10 Pre-Commissioning
03 Electrical
07 Hoisting/Cranes
11 Special operations
04 Mechanical
08 Excavations
12 Normal operations
6. TYPE OF CONTACT
01 - Struck against
05 Caught between
10 Heat
14 Electricity
02 Struck by
03 Caught in
04 Caught on
11 Cold
12 Radiation
13 Noise
15 Corrosive
16 Toxic or
hazardous
substances
PRIMARY CAUSES
(Factors leading to an immediate consequence)
17 External factors
18 Personal factors
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
8. CORRECTIVE ACTIONS
Person Responsible
Start date
Status
YES
NO
Photos
Sketches, diagrams, drawings
Risk analysis (attached)
Work permit (attached)
Copies of Licenses / Certifications and other
documentation
Report of medical services
List of machinery / equipment involved
Signature:
Position:
Company:
Date:
Signature
Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
2000
2004
2000-2004
2000
2004
2000-2004
INJURIES
Fatalities
Lost time
Restricted work
First aid medical
treatment
Lost work days
RATES
Net frequency
Gross frequency
Severity
YEAR
Manhours Worked
INJURIES
Fatalities
Lost time
Restricted work
Medical treatment
Lost Work days
INJURY RATES
Lost time
Total Recordable
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Form GS-022
SUMMARY OF MONTHLY STATISTICS
JOB OR PROJECT
AREA
MONTH
NUMBER OF WORKERS
DATE
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
No
injury?
No
Yes
Yes
Type of
injury
First aid
Damages to
machinery
and/or
equipment?
No
Damages to
environment?
The event is an
incident
Yes
FATALITTY
Notify to Safety
Governmental
Offices
Take control
actions
Lost time
First aid
treatment to
injured worker
Mobilization to
medical centre
Notify
Client
Record statistics
Investigate the
causes
Establish corrective
actions
Relevant?
Yes
Submit to
Client
No
Follow-up
End
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Environmental Licenses
Mercantile Registry.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
OFFICIAL GAZETTE N
G.O. 36860 (1 public.)
G.O. 5453 (2 public.)
G.O. 5152-E
G.O. 5199-E
G.O. 38.236
G.O 38.596
G.O. 1631-E
DATE
30-12-1999
24-03-2000
19-06-1997
30-12-1997
26-07-2005
03-01-2007
31-12-1973
G.O. 3270-E
G.O. 4322-E
G.O. 31004-E
G.O. 4358-E
G.O. 3238-E
G.O. 36396
31-10-1983
03-10-1991
16-06-1976
03-01-1992
11-08-1983
16-02-1998
G.O. 3312
10-01-1984
G.O. 32731
23-05-1983
G.O. 35105
13-03-1985
G.O. 4044-E
08-09-1988
G.O 36395
G.O. 4418-E
13-02-1998
27-04-1992
GAO. 4418-E
27-04-1992
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
TITLE
Rev. 1
OFICIAL GAZETTE N
G.O. 4418-E
DATE
04-27-1992
G.O. 4418-E
04-27-1992
G.O. 4418-E
04-27-1992
G.O. 4418-E
04-27-1992
G.O. 4418-E
04-27-1992
G.O. 4418-E
04-27-1992
G.O. 35206
05-07-1993
G.O. 36164
03-12-1997
G.O. 5212-E
02-12-1998
G.O. 5021-E
12-18-1995
G.O. 4899-E
05-19-1995
G.O. 35946-E
04-25-1996
G.O. 5554-E
11-13-2001
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
TITLE
Colors, symbols and dimensions for safety signs
Codification for the identification of liquid transporting pipes.
Injuries login, classification and statistics
Security measures for different arc welding risks
Minimal security conditions for subcontracted jobs
Color code for gas cylinders
Scaffolding security requirements
Material and equipment handling. General safety measures
Industrial safety and hygiene program. General aspects
Guide for general aspects to be considered during the inspection of safety and
hygiene conditions at work
Welding and metal cutting. Safety requirements
Industrial safety and hygiene committees. Integration and functioning
Gide for inclusion of safety matters in standards
TITLE
Occupational noise. Hearing conservation program. Permissible levels and
evaluation criteria
Stationary sources. Noise determination
Illumination in jobs and work places
Ventilation in work places
Asbestos. Transportation, handling and storage. Public safety measures and
occupational hygiene.
Dust. Determination of concentration at the work place
Permissible ambient concentration of chemical substances at work places and
biological exposition indexes
Heat and cold. Permissible exposure limits at the work place
Occupational vibration
Ergonomic principles for the work system conception
Occupational health services at work places
Ergonomic requirements at work stations with cathodic data monitors
Respiratory protection program guide
Work in confined spaces. Occupational health measures
Radiation protection program
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
TITLE
Safety footwear requirements
Dielectric rubber gloves requirements
Industrial use personal protection helmets
Hearing protectors
face and eye protectors
toe tips for safety footwear
Personal protection belts, slings and harnesses
Respiratory protection equipment selection criteria part I
Respiratory protection equipment against particles part II
Respiratory protection equipment combined for gas, vapors and particles part III
Life vests
Industrial use leather gloves
Natural rubber gloves and synthetic materials for industrial use
Dielectric rubber sleeves
Dielectric rubber blankets
Electricians safety footwear
TITLE
Ionizing radiations basic symbols
Transportation of radioactive material equipment and containers
Ionizing radiation. Amounts of radioactivity. Devices and sources except
of notification. Record and license concession
Radiation protection. definitions
Ionizing radiations. Classification, signaling and demarcation of work
areas
Radiation surveillance. requirements
Ionizing radiation. Annual limit doses
Laboratory for personnel dosimetry. Operation requirements
Protection for radioactive source containers. Minimum requirements
Radiation protection program
Non-ionizing radiations. Exposition limits. Protection and control
measures
TITLE
Building escape route characteristics by occupation type
Fire protection systems for non-constructed buildings. Part 2: Industrial
Fire detection, alarm and extinguishing systems instructional guide
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
0823/1-89 (O)
1040-89 (O)
1041:1995 (O)
1176-80 (O)
1213-79 (O)
1329-89 (O)
1377-79 (O)
1382-79 (O)
1420-80 (O)
1443-79 (O)
1472-80 (O)
2061:1997 (O)
2062-83 (O)
3026-93 (O)
2605-89 (O)
Rev. 1
TITLE
Flammable and combustible materials. Storage and handling. Part I
Liquids
Hazardous materials. Incident or accident emergency response guide
Hazardous materials. Emergency plan that shall accompany the
transportation manifest.
Hazardous materials. Radioactive material data sheet minimum
requirements.
Hazardous materials. Classification, symbols and dimensions of
identification signs
Hazardous materials. Training guide for personnel that handles, stores
and/or transport hazardous materials
Guide for the elaboration of emergency control plans
TITLE
Environmental management systems. Specifications with use guide
Environmental management systems. General guidelines for principles, systems
and support techniques.
Guidelines for environmental audits. General Principles
Guidelines for environmental audits. Audit procedures. Environmental
management systems audit.
Guidelines for environmental audits. Environmental auditors qualification
criteria.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
9. PDVSA STANDARDS
Manual
MID-General
METM-General
MI-General
MSDS-General
TITLE
Design engineering manual
Material technical specification manual
Inspection manual
Chemical product information manual (MSDS)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
ATTACHMENT I
RISK NOTICES
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Biological
Video screens,
terminals (VDT) that
worker has to use
during the elaboration
of advancement and
safety reports
MEASURES/
PREVENTIVE
SYSTEMS AND
EXISTENT
CONTROLS
PROBABLE
EFFECTS ON
HEALTH
AGENT
RISK
MANAGEMENT:
Digestive system
illness (i.e.:
Diarrhea,
amebiasis, etc)
Headaches
Infections
Viruses i.e.:
Dengue
Intoxications
Respiratory
system and skin
illness
Allergies
Headache
Visual fatigue
Sampling program
and physicalchemical and
bacteriological
analysis to drink
water
Basic industrial
inspection and
healing program:
drink water
sources, cafeteria,
water and excreta
disposition
PRE-employment
exam
Antiglare screens
Medical
examination
(Visual test and
medical control)
Maintenance and
replacement
program of
CONTROL
MEASURES THAT
WORKERS MUST
COMPLY WITH
Participate in
Preventive
Medicine
Programs
Adopt good
personal hygiene
practices
Inform
deficiencies or
inadequate
sanitary
conditions in the
work area
Inform
inadequate
conditions of
computer rooms
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Psychosocial
Mental or
physical stress
Headache
Muscular pain
Loss of
concentration
2. Fortuitous contact
with combustibles
and/or hydrocarbons
Illness of
Respiratory
system,
circulatory
system,
digestive
system, nervous
system and
hematopoietic
system (liver
functions)
Allergies
Chemical burns
Asphyxiation
Intoxication
Death
Physical Risk
Such as:
Fire or explosion
Switchboards and
energized
electrical
equipment,
especially if these
are operated and
maintained in a
deficient manner,
close to explosive
atmospheres.
Fire or explosion
Burns
Electrical Shock
Lacerations
Contusions
Fractures
Death
Rev. 1
Motivation and
orientation
programs for the
personnel
Periodic medical
control
Supervising
meetings of
communication
Work procedures
and Safety
STANDARDS
Safe design of
facilities
Personnel
orientation
Personal
protection and
respiratory
Equipments
Emergency plan
provided by
PDVSA
Equipment
inspection and
maintenance
program
Issuance of
licenses
Safe work
procedures
Elaboration of
Work License and
Operational Risk
Analysis (ARO)
and Specific Work
Risk Analysis
(ARETE)
Safety Standards
Certified
personnel and
Mandatory usage
of personal
protection and
respiratory
equipment
Follow
emergency and
evacuation
procedures
Inform
immediately any
health alteration,
specially if you
worked at high
altitude and
Signed an
Specific Work
Risk Analysis
(ARETE)
Follow the work
procedures and
industrial safety
standards
Inform about
unsafe conditions
Follow all Safety
Signals
Respect, use and
care of protection
and fire combat
equipments
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Falls to a same
level in work
area
Ergonomic
Conditions
Slippery floor
Objects
left
unattended in a
disorganized
manner in work
area
Prominent objects
on
personnels
way
Desks
wheels
chairs
Personal
protection
equipment
Emergency and
evacuation plans
Extinguisher
usage
Injuries
Contusions
Dislocations
Fractures
Death
Safe work
procedures
Safety standards,
making emphasis
on the work
concentration
Personnel
Orientation
Inspection and
maintenance of
equipment and
(SOL) areas
Safety Warnings
Furniture
maintenance,
replacement and
adaptation
program
Lights inspection
and maintenance
program
Ventilation system
(Air Conditioning)
inspection and
maintenance
program
To not maintain
eyes on the road,
to walk carelessly
Inadequate
postures due to
furnitures
characteristics
Environmental
noise
Deficient
Illumination
Inadequate
ventilation
safety orientation
at the beginning of
the job
Physical Risk
represented by:
Rev. 1
Illness of the
Muscular skeletal system
Mental and
physical stress
Follow work
procedures and
industrial safety
standards
Inform unsafe
conditions
Follow the Safety
Signals
Concentration at
worksite, avoid
distractions and
hand games
WORKER:
IMMEDIATE SUPERVISOR:
NAME:___________________________________
NAME:___________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
PROJECT
Safety Hygiene and Environment
Rev. 1
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE BEEN INFORMED ABOUT THE RISKS TO WHICH I AM EXPOSING TO,
DURING THE WORK ACTIVITY ASSIGNED TO ME BY CONSORCIO.., WITHIN THE PROJECTS
OPERATIONAL AREAS AS WELL AS WITHIN THE COMPANY ITSELF.
LIKEWISE, I CERTIFY THAT I AM AWARE AND SHARE THE COMPANYS EFFORT IN INFORMING ME,
THROUGH COURSES, CHATS AND PAMPHLETS REGARDING THE STANDARDS AND PREVENTIVE
MEASURES THAT I MUST TAKE INTO ACCOUNT FOR THESE RISKS SO THAT MY PHYSICAL INTEGRITY
IS NOT AFFECTED, AS WELL AS THAT OF MY CO-WORKERS.
ALSO, WITH MY PARTICIPATION IN THIS EVENT, I HEREBY COMMIT MYSELF TO COMPLY WITH AND
RESPECT THE RECOMMENDATIONS CONTEMPLATED IN THE SAME AND TO ACTIVELY
COLLABORATE IN COMPLYING WITH THE COMPANYS SAFETY PLANS AND PROGRAMS
ADDITIONALLY I ALSO ACCEPT HAVING BEEN INFORMED ABOUT THE PENALTIES CONSIDERED BY
THE LAW AND THE PROJECTS STANDARDS REGARDING THE NONCOMPLIANCE OF THE SAFETY,
HYGIENE AND ENVIRONMENT PROVISIONS.
PERSONAL DATA:
LAST NAME:
NAME:
I.C.:
NATIONALITY:
ENTRANCE DATE:
AGE:
CLASSIFICATION:
DATE:
SIGNATURE:
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
PROJECT
Safety Hygiene and Environment
_________________________ YEAR___
COMMITMENT LETTER
ADDRESS TO:
PROJECTS MANAGEMENT
I,
HEREBY COMMIT MYSELF TO INFORM AND TRAIN ALL PERSONNEL UNDER MY SUPERVISION, ON THE WEEKLY SAFETY
ORIENTATIONS AS WELL AS ABOUT THE DAILY ELABORATION OF THE SPECIFIC WORK RISK ANALYSIS (ARETE) IN THE
DIFFERENT WORK AREAS.
ME COMPROMETO A INFORMAR E INSTRUIR AL PERSONAL A MI CARGO, SOBRE LA EMISION DE
ALSO, I HEREBY CERTIFY MY OBLIGATIONS ACCORDING TO ARTICLE 20 (TITLE 9) OF THE ORGANIC LAW ON WORK
PREVENTION CONDITIONS AND ENVIRONMENT
FOREMAN, OVERSEERS, BOSSES, HEAD OF GROUPS OR CREWS AND, IN GENERAL ALL THOSE THAT IN
SOME PERMANENT OR OCCASIONAL MANNER ACT AS HEAD OF GROUP, INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTION LINE OR
STAFF (), ARE OBLIGED TO WATCH THE COMPLIANCE OF THE SAFETY STANDARDS BY THE PERSONNEL
UNDER THEIR DIRECTION AND REQUEST FROM THEIR IMMEDIATE SUPERVISORS THE CORRESPONDING
PROVISIONS
PROJECT MANAGER
SUPERVISOR/FOREMAN
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
ATTACHMENT II
RISK ANALYSIS MODEL
ANLISIS DE RIESGO EN TAREAS ESPECIFICAS
ARETE
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
DATE OF BEGINNING OF
THE PROJECT/ SERVICE (2)
DATE OF MANUFACTURE
DAY
MONTH
YEAR
HOURS:
No.
ACTIVITIES (5)
Formwork material
transport
Formwork placement
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
DATE OF BEGINNING OF
THE JOB/ SERVICE (2)
DATE OF MANUFACTURE
DAY
ACTIVITIES (5)
MONTH
YEAR
HOURS:
To make sure that excavation edges are steady and avoid to stand
up on them
To keep the work area clean and tidy
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
DATE OF BEGINNING OF
THE JOB/ SERVICE (2)
DATE OF MANUFACTURE
DAY MONTH
YEAR
HOURS:
Concrete pouring
No.
ACTIVITIES (5)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
SIGNATURE
SIGNATURE
IN COMPLIANCE WITH WHAT THE ORGANIC LAW ON WORKING PREVENTION, CONDITIONS, AND
ENVIRONMENT STATES, THE ABOVEMENTIONED SUBSCRIBERS DECLARE TO BE AWARE OF, AND
THEREFORE THEY STATE IT, THE RISKS INHERENT TO THE WORK THEY PERFORM AND THE
PREVENTIVE ACTIONS TO CONTROL THE SAME.
EXTENSION OF SPECIFIC WORK RISK ANALYSIS (ARETE) (11)
DIA
MES
AO
DIA
MES
AO
SIGNATURE:______________________________________________
____EXT:________
SIGNATURE:____________________________________________
______EXT:________
NAME:
NAME:
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
ATTACHMENT III
FORMS TO BE USED
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
LLLLLLLLLLLLLLL
LIST OF FORMS
ACTIVITIES
FORMS REGISTRY
Form N GS-001
Form N GS-002
Safety Orientation
Form N GS-003
Form N GS-004
Tool Inspection
Form N GS-005
Vehicle Inspection
Form N GS-006
Form N GS-007
Form N GS-OO8
Form N GS-009
10
Form N GS-010
11
Contractors Evaluation
Form N GS-011
12
Form N GS 012
13
Warning Letter
Form N GS-013
14
Revision of Compressors
Form N GS-014
15
Form N GS-015
16
Form N GS-016
17
Form N GS-017
18
Form N GS-018
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Form N
GS-001
Project
Work permit
STRA (Specific task risk analysis)
Safety Talk
Work Permits
Personnel entrance Permits
Vehicle entrance Permits
cleaning
Good
Regular
Bad
N/A
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Welding Equipment
Hoses, Valves, Wires, Clamps
Grounding
Angle grinder
Personal Protection Equipment
Safety Supervision and Performance
Daily Inspections
Programmed Inspections of Machinery and
Equipment
Incident/ Accident Report
New Employees Induction
Fire Prevention
Fire extinguishers
Fire Exits and Signals
Flammable Material Storage
Electric Works
Proper personal protection equipment
Usage of proper tools
Standards and Procedures Compliance
Work at heights
Safety Harness usage
Ladder and Scaffolding usage
Manbaskets and suspended scaffolds
Industrial Health
Area Confinement
Gas Monitoring
Proper personal protection equipment
according to the job to be done
Remarks:
INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
CUSTOMER
ENGINEERING AND
PROJECT
CUSTOMER
INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
CONSORCIO..
RESIDENT ENGINEER
CONSORCIO..
NAME AND
NAME AND
NAME AND
NAME AND
SIGNATURE
SIGNATURE
SIGNATURE
SIGNATURE
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
FORM GS-O02
Form N
Form N
SHW Form
CONTRACTOR:
DATE
PROJECT:
INSP. No.
DESCRIPTION
YES NO
YES NO
YES NO
YES NO
REMARKS:
INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
CUSTOMER
ENGINEERING AND
PROJECT CUSTOMER
INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
CONSORCIO..
RESIDENT ENGINEER
CONSORCIO..
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
EXPONENT:
DATE:
PROJECT:
SUBJECT:
NAME
I.C
SIGNATURE
DURATION:
N OF PARTICIPANTS:
WHAT DID WE LEARN:
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
FORM GS-004
FS.S.T,
DATE
INSP. No.
1
YES
2
NO
YES
3
NO
YES
4
NO
YES
NO
RESIDENT ENGINEER
CONSORCIO..
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
CONTRACTOR
WORK OR
PROJECT
AREA
MONTH
TYPE OF TOOL
DATE
BRAND
CONDITION
INSPECTED BY:________________________
REPAIRED
OBSERVATIONS
DATE:_____________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Form N GS-006
VEHICLES INSPECTION
Vehicle DATA
Owner:
Brand:
Type:
Usage:
S.H.W
Model:
Color:
Plate:
Project
Work Project:
DATE
INSPECTION No.
1
YES
DESCRIPTION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
2
NO
YES
3
NO
YES
4
NO
YES
NO
REMARKS:
INDUSTRIAL SEGMENT
CLIENT
INDUSTRIAL SEGMENT
CONSORCIO..
RESIDENT ENGINEER
CONSORCIO..
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Form N GS-007
S.H.W.
CONTRACTOR:
DATE
PROJECT:
INSP. No.
DESCRIPTION
1
YES
2
NO
YES
3
NO
YES
4
NO
YES
NO
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
The engine ignition and stop system is operative and was tested
120 volt plugs located on the panel are in good working order (operative, wellfixed and without breakages)
The exhaust system is in good working order (without splits, fixed to the base,
with a water muffler, free of combustion gas out rush)
The equipment engine is in good working order (without smoke from the
exhaust pipe, free of oil and/or water leaks, without vibrations)
The engine cooling system is in good working order (radiator with hermetic
cap and without leaks, hoses with clamps)
The engine fuel supply system is in good working order (tank and hermetic cap
without leaks)
The equipment electrical system is in good working order (proper joint,
terminal screws, cable, equipment, cable without joints, no sparks)
Protective covers are properly fixed and provided with retaining supports
16
18
The equipment tires are in good order (not worn down, all with the same
measure, without bulgings or splits)
The towing attachment system of the equipment is in good working order
(without fissures, provided with a lock latch)
19
20
17
REMARKS:
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
CUSTOMER
CONSTRUCTION
CUSTOMER
INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
CONSORCIO..
Rev. 1
RESIDENT ENGINEER
CONTRACTOR
CONSORCIO..
Form N GS-008
Form N GS-008
2.
NO
N.A
THE JOB DESCRIPTION ON THE PERMIT IS EXPLICIT, AND INCLUDES THE PLACE,
EQUIPMENT, KIND AND EXTENT OF THE JOB, IF NOT,
EXPLAIN:
3.
YES
_________________________________________________________________
LICENSE VALIDITY:
EXPLAIN:_______________________________________________________________
4.
5.
PREVENTIVE MEASURES:
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
7.
Rev. 1
6.
GAS TESTS:
RISK ANALYSIS:
8.
A HOISTING PLAN HAS BEEN CARRIED OUT AND ATTACHED TO THE PERMIT.
END OF JOB
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Form N GS-009
DATE
WORK:
INSPECTION
No.
CYLINDER CONDITION
HANDLES
HOUSE
PRESSURE GAUGE
PRESSURE
SAFETY PIN
SAFETY TIE WRAP
REMARKS:
INDUSTRIAL SEG.
CLIENT
INSPECTOR
CLIENT
INDUSTRIAL SEG.
CONSORCIO..
RESIDENT ENGINEER
CONSORCIO.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Form N GS-010
S.H.W.
DATE
Plant:
N OF INSP.
DESCRIPTION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
YES NO
YES NO
YES NO
STOCK
MIN
MAX
OBSERVATIONS:
INDUSTRIAL SEG.
CLIENT
INSPECTOR
CLIENT
INDUSTRIAL SEG.
CONSORCIO..
RESIDENT ENGINEER
CONSORCIO.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
FORM GS-011
The evaluation Program contains different questions regarding the Safety and Verification Program. All
questions must be answered in whole. Incomplete answers will produce the rejection of your companys
safety evaluation request.
Further the following information must be included:
A demonstration of the three most recent years payments to workers for the Compensation of
accidents taken place during work time. If there are no compensations payments to workers during the
last three years, a letter from behalf the workers must be presented stating so.
A summary of the Companys injuries and illness registry books (OS.S.T.) from the last three most
recent years
The total number of employees accumulated hours, per year, from the three most recent years.
All given information and complete evaluation format must be delivered in advance to CONSORCIO
as a simple requirement. This information will be evaluated by CONSORCIO VE Falsifying any of the
evaluations answers or process requisites invalidates the contractor indefinitely.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
1. USE THE INJURIES AND ILLNESS REGISTRIES FROM THE LAST THREE YEARS TO FILL IN THE FOLLOWING:
19_____
19_____
19_____
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
NUMBER OF FATALITIES
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
STEEL STRUCTURES
STEEL STRUCTURES
STEEL STRUCTURES
GENERAL CONTRACTOR
GENERAL CONTRACTOR
GENERAL CONTRACTOR
GENERAL CONTRACTOR
NO
YES (FREQUENCY)
WEEKLY
MONTHLY
NO
FREQUENTLY, IF
NECESSARY
5. HOW DO YOU REPORT ACCIDENTS REGISTRIES AND SUMMARIES? WHAT IS THE REPORT FREQUENCY?
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
NO
YES
MONTHLY
QUARTERLY
YEARLY
TOTAL OF ACCIDENTS
OF THE WHOLE
COMPANY
TOTAL OF ACCIDENTS
PER PROJECT
SUB-TOTAL PER
SUPERINTENDENT
SUB-TOTAL PER
SUPERVISOR
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
6. WHO IS INFORMED ABOUT THE ACCIDENTS SUMMARIES AND REPORTS (OS.S.T, 200) WITHIN THE COMPANY?
WITH WHAT FREQUENCY ARE THEY REPORTED?
YES
NO
MONTHLY
QUARTERLY
YEARLY
SITE SUPERINTENDENT
VICE-PRESIDENT
PRESIDENT
7. HOW DO YOU CALCULATE THE TOTAL COSTS OF INDIVIDUAL ACCIDENTS? HOW FREQUENTLY ARE THEY REPORTED? ___
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
MONTHLY
QUARTERLY
YES
NO
YEARLY
NO
9. WHAT SUBJECTS ARE ADDRESSED IN YOUR SAFETY PROGRAMS? PLEASE INDICATE THEM
YES
NO
NA
YES
HEAD PROTECTION
VEHICLE SAFETY
HEARING PROTECTION
FEET SAFETY
RESPIRATORY
PROTECTION
FALL PREVENTION
LADDER AND
SCAFFOLDING SAFETY
WATCH PERIMETER
EDIFICATION
MAINTENANCE
CORPORATIVE SAFETY
POLICY
NO
N/A
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
OSHA INSPECTION
HANDLING
FIRST AIDS
MEDICAL EXAM
ASSESSMENT
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
CONFINED SPACES
TOXIC SUBSTANCES
HIGH PRESSURE
VESSELS
MAN-BASKETS
ASBESTOS SAFETY
SIGNALS AND
BARRICADES
ELECTRICAL SAFETY
ACCIDENT
INVESTIGATION
SUBSTANCE ABUSE
HEAD PROTECTION
NO
NO
YES
Rev. 1
N/A
YES
NO
N/A
HEARING PROTECTION
SIGNALS AND
BARRICADES
RESPIRATORY
PROTECTION
ELECTRICAL SAFETY
FALL PREVENTION
WATCH PERIMETER
EDIFICATION
MAINTENANCE
FEET SAFETY
FIRST AIDS
LADDER AND
SCAFFOLDING SAFETY
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
TOXIC SUBSTANCES
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
11. DO YOU HAVE A PROGRAM TO DEVELOP WITH NEWLY HIRED OR PROMOTED CONTRACTORS
WHICH BELOW )
YES
NO
NO
Rev. 1
YES
( PLEASE INDICATE
YES
ACCIDENTS INVESTIGATION
SAFETY SUPERVISION
EMPLOYEES DISCIPLINE
NEW WORKERS
ORIENTATION
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
SUBSTANCES ABUSE
NO
FIRST AIDS
12. DO YOU HAVE FREQUENT SAFETY MEETINGS WITH YOUR EMPLOYEES?
NO
YES (FREQUENCY)
WEEKLY
MONTHLY
13. IDENTIFY THE IN CHARGE PERSON FROM YOUR COMPANY WHO IS DIRECTLY RESPONSIBLE OF THE SAFETY PROGRAMMING
MANAGEMENT
FILLED BY:
TELEPHONE:
TITLE
DATE:
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
WARNING LETTER
MR.:_______________________________________________________________
I.C.:__________________________
CLASIFICATION:_______________________________________________________
THIS LETTER IS INTENDED TO INFORM YOU THAT ON ________ YOU ARE BEING
ADVISED ON HAVING INCURRED IN THE FOLLOWING OFFENSES:
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
WE WISH TO REMIND YOU THAT SUCH BEHAVIOR REVEALS AN ATTITUDE
OPPOSITE TO THE REQUIRED COLLABORATION HARMONY AND SAFETY
SPIRIT IN THE WORKSITE.
FURTHER WE LET YOU KNOW THAT IF YOU REPEAT A SIMILAR OFFENCE, THE
PROJECTS SAFETY AND INTEGRAL PROTECTION SHALL SEE THE NEED TO
CONSIDER APPLY THE MAXIMUM SANCTION. THEREFORE WE EXPECT THAT
YOU WILL ADJUST YOUR BEHAVIOR AND COMPLY WITH THE SAFETY AND
INTEGRAL PROTECTION STANDARDS IN THE COMPANYS BENEFIT AS WELL
AS YOURS.
______________________________
COORDINATOR S.H.W,
_____________________________
EMPLOYEE WARNED
DATE:_______________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
COMPRESSOR INSPECTION
AIR COMPRESSORS
Equipment No.:
Model:
Hours:
Brand:
Inspection date:
Place:
Manufacture date:
1. GENERAL
APPEARANCE
Hood and panels
Paint
Suspension
Tires, type and size
2. ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
Level/Oil condition
Filter condition
Fan, Radiator, Belts
Control System
Exhaust System
Gas/Water/Oil/Lines
Antifreeze level
Battery test
3. OPERATION
PANEL
Controls
Serial No.
Project:
GOOD
TO REPAIR
N/A
COMMENTS
GOOD
TO REPAIR
N/A
COMMENTS
GOOD
REPAIR
N/A
COMMENTS
REPAIR
4. AIR COMPRESSOR GOOD
Oil Condition and Level
Exhaust
Air Valve and
Connections
Oil Separator
Protection System
Cooling System
6. ESTIMATED REPAIR HOURS:
N/A
COMMENTS
- Major Repairs
Decal and Labels
Signature:
Date:
Company:
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Contractor:
Verifier:
Environment Supervisor:
TYPE
ORIGEN
QUANTITY
HANDLING
AND/OR
TREATMENT
SERVICE
COMPANY
REMARKS
FORM GS-016
Jun 10 - 2007
Month:
Contractor:
Verifier:
Environment Supervisor:
N OF
RESTROOMS
N POPULATION
SERVED BY
RESTROOMS
MONTHLY
GENERATED
VOLUME
N AND CAPACITY
OF SERVICE
VEHICLE
Rev. 1
FINAL DISCHARGE
PLACE
Observations
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
FORM GS-O17
Worn Oils.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Jun 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
FORM GS-018
Index 2
3. Domestic Waste
Is stored in plastic bags an then in capped containers.
The maximum storage time is 2 days.
The storage is dedicated, identified and known.
Is disposed in the land field
The workers use personal protection equipment.
Index 3
Global Index non-dangerous waste handling
Remarks:
Recommendations:
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Work Safety and Health Program
Aug 03 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 1 of 15
EVACUATION PLAN
CONSTRUCTION
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definitive to be implemented
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
Prepared by
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
03-09-07
Description
Made
Revised
Approved
Date
___________________________________________________________________________________________
T:\Proyectos\1307\180_Procedure\01_Original\HSE\1002 Evacuation Plan (2).doc
Aug 03 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 2 of 15
1. OBJECTIVES:
To define and establish proper actions to insure a quick and effective response to evacuate all personnel in
the project area, which could be affected in case of a situation requiring evacuation from the installations.
2. SCOPE:
It applies to all Consortiums personnel, as well as contractors working for the Pequiven Morn Fertilizers
Plant, minimizing the risks of accidents in case of internal or external emergencies caused by:
Gas leak
Toxic or Chemical Substances spills
Fire / Explosion
Sabotage
Natural Phenomena
3. LEGAL REFERENCES:
4.1 Evacuation:
It is the interruption of normal activities being performed in order to move over to a safe place as a
consequence of an emergency situation.
4.2 Emergency Brigades (Squads):
It is specifically trained personnel for emergency control and rescue activities.
4.3 Concentration Area:
It is any space free of risk and established in the Evacuation Plan which could be identified inside and
outside the project.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
T:\Proyectos\1307\180_Procedure\01_Original\HSE\1002 Evacuation Plan (2).doc
Aug 03 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 3 of 15
To make sure there is an Evacuation Plan, assign the resources for its implementation and demand
results.
Motivate and promote a positive atmosphere of communication and keep a preventive attitude
towards those events which could demand the execution of this plan, so insuring immediate
attention to the working team.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
T:\Proyectos\1307\180_Procedure\01_Original\HSE\1002 Evacuation Plan (2).doc
Aug 03 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 4 of 15
To demand that all Consortiums employees, contractors and particularly supervisors understand
and perform the functions and responsibilities indicated in this Evacuation Plan.
To make sure that all contractors are conscious and carry out everything required by this
Evacuation Plan.
To coordinate all information and actions related to the development of the Evacuation Plan,
reporting directly to the Construction Manager in a documented and systematic way the results and
immediately any deviation and actions taken.
To provide the information flow among the different Consortium managing levels, allowing the
participation, integration and consensus needed to implement actions to optimize the execution of
the Evacuation Plan.
To coordinate the application of this Evacuation Plan and to insure the fulfillment of the corrective
measures recommended if necessary.
To keep this Evacuation Plan updated and prepare escape practices with the participation of
personnel working for the project.
The physician shall send the ambulance to the place indicated by the Health and Safety coordinator
at work.
The physician shall keep contact by radio with the Health and Safety Coordinator at work at all
times in order to wait for instructions.
In case of assistance to an injured person, he shall transfer him to an evacuation place and stabilize
him in site.
Avoid admission of non authorized personnel to the project (main gates shall be kept open).
After keeping the areas cleared, they shall head for their concentration areas.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
T:\Proyectos\1307\180_Procedure\01_Original\HSE\1002 Evacuation Plan (2).doc
Aug 03 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 5 of 15
To comply with all procedures established in this Evacuation Plan, as well as to insure the
fulfillment of the established conditions and their follow up.
To report all unsafe conditions to come up in order to be able to establish the necessary changes or
precautions in the updating of this Evacuation Plan.
6. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS USED:
Field and office areas signaling showing the escape routes and spots of concentration.
Updated diagrams of evacuation routes with the responsible persons for evacuation by area and
guides.
Brochures with detailed information on the Evacuation Plan for the Project distributed to all
personnel.
7. EMERGENCIES:
They are those scenarios which could require at a certain moment the application of the Evacuation Plan.
7.1 Operational:
It is originated by emergencies of the operational type, fires, explosions, leaks, accidental escapes of toxic
gas, exposure to hazardous material, spills of chemical products.
7.2. Third Party Affectations:
It refers to a third party performance on the Project; these can be emergencies caused by nearby plants or
the action of natural persons.
7.3 Natural Catastrophes:
It refers to any type of disaster caused by nature: earthquakes, hurricanes, storms, floods, etc.
8. ALARM SYSTEMS:
8.1 Local Alarm
This alarm is of the pneumatic manual type and will be activated by the Consortiums personnel in those
areas where a punctual and specific evacuation is required.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
T:\Proyectos\1307\180_Procedure\01_Original\HSE\1002 Evacuation Plan (2).doc
Aug 03 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 6 of 15
Inspection Personnel
Third Party
Other companies from the area
Industrial Condominium
___________________________________________________________________________________________
T:\Proyectos\1307\180_Procedure\01_Original\HSE\1002 Evacuation Plan (2).doc
Aug 03 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 7 of 15
The receiver notifies the Health and Safety at Work Consortiums Manager.
The evacuation coordinator keeps contact with the nearby plant and/or
affected installation representative to inform or receive new instructions to
be observed by all personnel in the concentration areas.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
T:\Proyectos\1307\180_Procedure\01_Original\HSE\1002 Evacuation Plan (2).doc
Aug 03 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 8 of 15
Verify the total evacuation of the Project personnel to the concentration areas assigned in the
Project.
Insure safety conditions for the return of personnel to the Construction areas.
They are the construction supervisors carrying the responsibility of transferring all personnel to the
concentration areas and preparing a list of all persons to detect any missing worker.
9.5 Contractors
The concentration areas established in the Consortiums Evacuation Plan will be used by all contractors
personnel working for the Project. Each contractor will be responsible for the transfer of its personnel to
those areas assigned as concentration spots and this will be the responsibility of the Health and Safety at
Work supervisors for each area affected by the emergency. Likewise, they shall wait in the concentration
areas for instructions from the Evacuation Coordinator.
9.6 All Personnel in Construction Areas.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
T:\Proyectos\1307\180_Procedure\01_Original\HSE\1002 Evacuation Plan (2).doc
Aug 03 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 9 of 15
Evacuation Guides
Construction Supervisors
Environmental
Coordinator
Occupational Health
Coordinator
Paramedic
Ambulance Driver
___________________________________________________________________________________________
T:\Proyectos\1307\180_Procedure\01_Original\HSE\1002 Evacuation Plan (2).doc
Aug 03 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 10 of 15
Escape corridors shall be properly identified and kept free of obstacles and cleared.
The stairs shall have the steps in good condition and the handrails shall comply with what is
established in the Covenin 810 Norm.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
T:\Proyectos\1307\180_Procedure\01_Original\HSE\1002 Evacuation Plan (2).doc
Aug 03 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 11 of 15
___________________________________________________________________________________________
T:\Proyectos\1307\180_Procedure\01_Original\HSE\1002 Evacuation Plan (2).doc
Aug 03 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 12 of 15
9.8.3 Transportation
It will be coordinated by the General Services Department; it will be used for transferring personnel outside
the Project installations, as long as conditions to return to their working sites are safe.
9.9 Earthquakes
9.9.1 Prior to an Earthquake.
Analyze the possible risks in the surroundings: Falling objects, glasses, cables, piping,
bookshelves, lamps, etc.
Analyze your location in relation to the risk elements and emergency exits. Identify a safe place to
go.
Be conscious of actions to follow after an earthquake.
The length of an earthquake goes from a few seconds to close to a minute. What you do or do not
do during this time could be crucial to your life
Most important: KEEP CALM. Do not scream nor create unnecessary alarm.
Look for shelter under desks or tables and adopt a fetal posture.
Keep away from windows, bookshelves, pictures, shelves and other high elements.
Hold on to the hardest objects close to you.
9.9.3 Afterwards.
Keep calm. Do not shout. Try to calm down nervous persons around you.
Verify your physical condition. If you are injured, wait for assistance. If you are not hurt, help
others who may need it.
Do not try to move inappropriately injured persons with fractures, except for other risks such as:
flood, fire or falling objects.
Check the surroundings to detect related risks to: broken piping (flood, fire, electricity, and gas),
hanging objects.
Do not use elevators for the evacuation from the building, pick up only your vital belongings and
observe all recommendations from the floor responsible person. Come down orderly and quietly.
Go to the concentration area and wait there for instructions.
Be prepared for secondary earth tremors.
Keep calm.
Do not leave the building.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
T:\Proyectos\1307\180_Procedure\01_Original\HSE\1002 Evacuation Plan (2).doc
Aug 03 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 13 of 15
Notify at once your immediate supervisor, Security Service or General Services Department.
Do not argue with the demonstrators.
Make all non involved personnel to leave the area or the riot areas (Remember that demonstrators
need an audience).
Lock your respective office doors.
Keep away from windows and outside doors.
If you are trapped, remain inside the building, unless the management or the police officers
recommend otherwise.
Do not make scary comments; it may provoke panic.
Keep calm.
If possible
Take note of the telephone number calling.
Time of the phone call
Sex of the calling person
Voice accent
Location of the bomb.
Estimated time for the bomb explosion.
Contact immediately the Health and Safety at Work Service, and furnish them with the following
information:
The Health and Safety at Work Service will contact the government security agencies in charge of
this type of events.
The government security agencies together with the General Service Department, Human
Resources. S.S.T. Department and High Level Management will take the decision of evacuating or
not the threatened area.
In case it is required to evacuate the building, the alarm will be activated and proceed as
established in the Evacuation Plan
___________________________________________________________________________________________
T:\Proyectos\1307\180_Procedure\01_Original\HSE\1002 Evacuation Plan (2).doc
Aug 03 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 14 of 15
Once the situation is controlled, the usual activities will be resumed with the previous authorization
from the security organizations.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
T:\Proyectos\1307\180_Procedure\01_Original\HSE\1002 Evacuation Plan (2).doc
Aug 03 - 2007
Rev. 0
___________________________________________________________________________________________
T:\Proyectos\1307\180_Procedure\01_Original\HSE\1002 Evacuation Plan (2).doc
Page 1 of 15
Aug 14 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 1 of 13
EMERGENCY PLAN
CONSTRUCTION
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
Elaborado
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
02-08-07
Description
Made
Revised
Approved
Date
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Programa de Seguridad y Salud en el Trabajo
Aug 14 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 2 of 13
1. OBJECTIVES:
Provide personnel with information on actions to take in case of emergencies inside the Project areas.
2. SCOPE:
It applies to all activities performed inside the Project Pequiven Moron Fertilizers Plant executed by the
CONSORTIUM and all contractors.
3. LEGAL REFERENCES:
Aug 14 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 3 of 13
5. RESPONSIBILITIES:
5.1 Construction Manager
Insure the existence of the plan, assign the resources for its implementation and demand results.
Motivate and promote a positive atmosphere for communication and a preventive attitude toward
the events requiring the activation of this plan, insuring immediate attention to the entire working
team.
Demand that all Consortiums employees and contractors and particularly the supervisors
comprehend and fulfill the roles and responsibilities contemplated in this plan.
Make sure the contractor companies are familiar with this plan and fulfill all the requirements..
Coordinate all information and actions related to the development of the plan, reporting directly to
the Construction Manager in a documented and systematic way, the results and immediately any
deviation and actions taken.
Facilitate the flow of information among the different levels of the Consortiums management;
allow the participation, integration and consensus needed to perform actions to optimize the plan
execution.
Coordinate the enforcement of the plan, and make sure that recommended corrective measures are
observed if so required.
Keep this plan updated and prepare practice exercises of evacuation with the participation of all
personnel working in the project.
The ambulance should be sent by the physician, to the place indicated by the Health and Safety at
Work coordinator.
At all moment, the physician shall be in contact with the Health and Safety at Work coordinator by
radio to wait for instructions.
In case of assisting an injured person, he should be transferred to an evacuation post and stabilized
in site.
Avoid entry of non authorized personnel to the Project (the gates shall be kept open).
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Programa de Seguridad y Salud en el Trabajo
Aug 14 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 4 of 13
Be alert to all radio information to wait for future instructions from de evacuation coordinator.
After your areas have been cleared head for your concentration area.
Must comply with the established procedures in this Plan, as well as insure the fulfillment of the
established conditions and their follow up.
Report all those possible unsafe conditions in order to make the necessary changes or take
precautions in the updating of this Plan.
6. ACTIONS TO TAKE IN CASE OF CHEMICAL PRODUCT SPILLS AND GAS LEAKS
In the nearby plants are produced, stored, handled and used a number of chemical products which could, at
any moment, originate a leak of vapors or accidental spill requiring the activation of the Emergency Plan.
Once the alarm system has been activated or notice given by the Supervisor, the worker should proceed
in the following manner:
Keep calm
In case you are driving, reduce speed and park the vehicle to the side of the road, turn the ignition
off and leave the key attached to the switch. Do not park obstructing hydrants, locks or valves of
the Fire Fighting System.
Each area supervisor and Health and Safety at Work contractor supervisor will take all workers. In
an orderly way, to the concentration spots designated in the Evacuation Plan.
Stop the working activities and disconnect the equipment, shut off the welding machines, and
cranes. Fasten all loads.
Do not carry out any work; wait for instructions from your squad supervisor.
Personnel working in high places should go in order to those places indicated by the supervisor and
wait for instructions in the concentration areas. The consortium supervisors will be notified by the
Health and Safety at Work representative, when the emergency has ceased.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Programa de Seguridad y Salud en el Trabajo
Aug 14 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 5 of 13
Identify the area where the emergency is being detected and notify the construction supervisor and
the Health and Safety at Work supervisor.
Try to put out the attempted arson if possible, with the existing resources and equipment in the
working area.
Evacuate personnel to the concentration place (bus parking lot) far from the place of the emergency
with the assistance of the evacuation guides as established in the Evacuation Plan.
The area S.S.T coordinator with the support of the trained fire fighting personnel will proceed to
solve the emergency if it is a minor one.
Personnel involved in solving the minor emergency will use fire extinguishers located in the area
or the fire fighting system (hoses and monitors).
The Health and Safety at Work coordinator will verify in site that the fire has been completely
extinguished; will write a complete report to be evaluated later in order to take the necessary
corrective measures.
The Health and Safety at Work coordinator will notify the Construction Manager of the ending of
the emergency so that the workers may return to their working areas.
8. ACTIONS TO TAKE IN CASE OF EARTHQUAKES.
Earthquakes burst in without previous notice and the main tremor is followed by others which could extend
to weeks or months. The tremor can activate the fire alarms and fire fighting protection devices. Damages
to stairs, crossing ways and structures should be inspected prior to activating their service again.
The main threat for injuries during an earthquake comes from objects and falling waste mostly when
entering or leaving the buildings; therefore it is important to stay inside or far away from windows, glasses
or shelves. Get under a desk or table, or an inside door frame until the tremor has stopped.
8.1 Procedure to protect you in the offices.
Get under a desk, table or any other solid piece of furniture, against the windows.
If there is no furniture close by, seat by the corner against the wall and windows.
Kneel down, cross your hands behind your neck, place your face between your arms, curl up your
body as much as possible, close your eyes and cover your ears with your forearms.
If there are books, jackets close by put them over your head to increase the protection.
Get away from bookshelves, filing cabinets, closets or any other heavy objects.
Stay in this position until the tremor has stopped.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Programa de Seguridad y Salud en el Trabajo
Aug 14 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 6 of 13
In case of a bomb threat, it is important that the person receiving the call remains calm and proceed in the
following manner:
If possible:
Take note of the telephone number of where the call comes from
Time of he call
Sex of the person calling
Voice accent
Indications as to where the bomb was placed
Time the bomb is supposed to explode
Contact immediately the Consortiums Health and Safety at Work Service and furnish them with the
following information:
Actions to follow:
The Health and Safety at Work Service will contact the Construction Manager and at the same time
with the government security organizations which will take the decision of evacuating or not the
project.
In case the Project evacuation is required the alarm will be activated and personnel shall act as
indicated in the Evacuation Plan.
Once the situation is controlled, personnel will return to their normal activities with the previous
authorization of the government organizations.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Programa de Seguridad y Salud en el Trabajo
Aug 14 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 7 of 13
Keep calm
Do not leave the office or the Project installations
Wait for the instructions of your supervisor or Health and Safety at Work personnel.
Do not argue with the demonstrators
Make that all non involved personnel leave the area of disturbance
Lock all offices and warehouse doors
Get away from windows and outside doors
Do not make scary comments which could produce panic.
11. ACTIONS TO TAKE IN CASE OF INJURED PERSONS:
The supervisor and/or the foreman of the injured person inform the Consortiums Health and
Safety at Work supervisor and the Construction Manager.
The injured person shall notify his immediate supervisor; afterwards go to the Health and Safety at
Work Service for First Aid assistance.
The injured person is assisted by the Health Occupational coordinator and the Consortiums
paramedic in the Health and Safety at Work Service, after their evaluation determines if the injured
person requires to be transferred to a medical center to be examined by a specialist.
The Health and Safety at Work Coordinator, together with the working supervisor and/or the
Consortiums Construction Manager will consider the case and take the necessary measures to
avoid further similar events.
Subsequently, the event is duly reported in the Incident Notification and First Aid Formats.
The worker shall attend the next day after the injury, the Health and Safety at Work Service for a
subsequent evaluation and verify the evolution of the injury by the Consortiums Health
Occupational Coordinator.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Programa de Seguridad y Salud en el Trabajo
Aug 14 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 8 of 13
The injured person is evaluated at the working site by the Consortiums Occupational Health
Coordinator and if urgent medical treatment is required, he will be transferred in an ambulance to
the nearest medical institution designated by the Consortium.
Once the injured person has been assisted in site by the Occupational Health Coordinator, the
Consortiums paramedic transfers him in an ambulance to the nearest medical institution, where he
is evaluated and assisted by a specialist, who will determine if he goes back to work or requires
specialized medical treatment.
The Consortiums work Supervisor evacuates the workers from the site of the event in order to
gather information.
The ambulance and supervisors will be provided with a radio to keep permanent contact with the
Health and Safety at Work Service.
A substitute driver should be kept, in case of absence of the main driver; the substitute should be
familiar with the roads, clinic addresses and highway maps kept inside the ambulance.
The Consortiums Labor Relations Supervisor will strictly follow up the evolution of the recovery
of the worker.
The Consortiums Health and Safety at Work coordinator will notify the Construction Management
of the type of injury, treatment and condition of the injured worker
The Contractors health and Safety at Work Service will fulfill the procedures of notification to the
corresponding official organizations in the period of time established in the Consortiums
Notification and Accident Investigation procedure.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Programa de Seguridad y Salud en el Trabajo
Aug 14 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 9 of 13
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Programa de Seguridad y Salud en el Trabajo
Aug 14 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 10 of 13
All necessary technical information allowing insuring the real conditions of the area being
investigated shall be available.
Training and Emergency Exercises: All exercises shall include training and getting involved in the
techniques, useful for the attention of the emergency.
All personnel participating in these activities will be notified of the existing risks during the
activities performed during the exercise.
Take precautions so that the planned exercises do not affect the activities and that these in turn
have influence on the planned activity.
All the guidelines established in the planning for the normal development of the emergency
exercise activity, shall be fulfilled.
Personnel assigned to tasks related with the emergency control shall be duly authorized both
physically and mentally for such task.
Notification of exercises to all area personnel, nearby zones, community and authorities that
emergency exercises will be performed in order not to produce alarm or panic.
Checking Lists.
Installations Plant Drawings / Process Flow Diagrams.
Data Sheet of materials to be used.
Flip Chart sheets, blackboards, markers, color pencils, etc.
All information and materials listed along this procedure.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Programa de Seguridad y Salud en el Trabajo
Aug 14 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 11 of 13
TELEPHONE
0242 - 3645515
0242 3642077
0242 - 3646706
0242 - 3720330
0242 361 9386 Emerg. 166
0414 - 4060647
0242 - 3611285
TELEPHONE
0242 361 4610
0242 364 6658
TELEPHONE
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Programa de Seguridad y Salud en el Trabajo
Aug 14 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 12 of 13
TELEPHONE
Gerente de Proyecto
Gerente de Construccin
Coordinador S.S.T
Coordinador Ambiental
Coordinador de Salud Ocupacional
Coordinador de Logstica
Coordinador Laboral
TELEPHONE
Gerente de Proyecto
Gerente de Construccin
Coordinador S.S.T
Coordinador Ambiental
Coordinador de Salud Ocupacional
Coordinador de Logstica
Coordinador Laboral
TELEPHONES
Gerente de Proyecto
Gerente de Construccin
Coordinador S.S.T
Coordinador Ambiental
Coordinador de Salud Ocupacional
Coordinador de Logstica
Coordinador Laboral
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Programa de Seguridad y Salud en el Trabajo
Aug 14 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 13 of 13
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Programa de Seguridad y Salud en el Trabajo
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 33
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
10-08-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
31-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
23-07-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 33
1. INTRODUCTION.
The occupational health is a branch of public health addressed to the active population, the occupational
medicine is a component of the same, whose main objectives are to foment health, avoid occupational
sicknesses, design programs for early diagnosis, educational, provide preventive and curative attention to
the worker with the purpose of obtaining well-being to the human being in the workplace, thus allowing
their development and personal growth; all this by means of the restitution, promotion and maintenance of
good health of a high grade of physical, mental and social well-being of the worker, in all the occupations.
The Consortium, with a worldwide tendency towards the investment in prevention, as a reply and solution
to problems of occupational sicknesses and accidents originated at work, presents an Occupational Health
Plan, forming an Organization that functions as a unit for occupational medical attention, with a lot of
devotion, formed by a doctor in occupational health, a paramedic in rescue techniques, an ambulance driver
with first aid knowledge and an ambulance equipped appropriately to comply with preventive, curative,
emergency and contingency functions, as established in the Organic Labor Law for Prevention, Conditions
and Work Environment.
2. OBJECTIVE
Establish and organize the occupational medical attention within the installations of the Project -Fertilizer
Plant at Moron, which can respond to any emergency, and to maintain mechanisms that may help obtain
physical, mental and social well-being of the workers.
3. SCOPE
Applies to all the personnel of the CONSORTIUM, and to all the contractors who work in the
construction of the Fertilizer Plant at Moron.
4. LEGAL REFERENCES
Organic Law for Prevention Conditions and Work Environment and its Rule
Rule on the Hygienic and Safety Conditions in the workplace
Organic Labor Law and its Rule
Organic Law of the Social and Integral Safety System
Covenin 2274 Norm Occupational Health Services in the Work Centers
Covenin 2273-91 Norm Ergonomic Principles of the Conception of the Work Systems
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 33
5. LAW
The Organic Labor Law, in its Title VII of the Work Mishaps, as established in Article 560, that the
employers (patrons) are obliged to pay indemnization to the worker for professional accidents or
sicknesses, and also establishes that the worker has the right to medical/surgical assistance and
pharmaceuticals as consequence of such contingencies.
The Organic Labor Law also establishes in Title IV, Chapter I, Article 185, in Work Conditions, that the
work should be done in conditions that give sufficient protection to health and life against sicknesses and
accidents.
On the other hand, the Organic Law for Prevention, Conditions and Work Environment (LOPCYMAT)
establishes in Chapter V of the Safety and Health in the work place, Article 40, that it is obligation of the
employer to guarantee to the workers conditions of prevention, health and well-being in the workplace; as
well as in numeral 13 of the same article establishing that the service should organize the systems of first
aid attention, transport of wounded, emergency medical attention and contingency plans.
In the Rule of the Organic Law of Prevention, Conditions and Work Environment (LOPCYMAT) it is
established in Chapter II of Safety and Health in the workplace Services, Article 20, that these service are
formed by professionals in different disciplines in the area of Safety and Health in the workplace.
The Organic Law of the Social and Integral Safety System, specifies in Title III sub-systems, Article 14,
the promulgation of the special law of the Health sub-system, which in turn establishes en Title III of the
Regimes and Plans, Article 54, that the employers have to supply to the workers a set of actions in health
for risks derived at work, to supply to the worker integral attention in the different phases of prevention of
risks, health promotion, diagnostics and rehabilitation in case of accidents at work and of occupational
sicknesses.
6. DEFINITIONS
6.1 Work Accident:
Is any unforeseen and undesired occurrence that interrupts or interferes in the normal development of an
activity and originates one or more of the following consequences: personal injuries or fatalities, damages
to the equipments and materials, to the installation and damages to the environment.
6.2 Occupational Sicknesses:
Are pathologies where a monocasual relation with a well known effect can exist, for example saturnism
produced by lead exposure.
6.3 Risks:
Is the probability that something that can happen, a health problem in a populated place or to an individual.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 33
7. RESPONSIBILITIES.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 33
7.2 Paramedics:
Elaborate programs for preventive orientation meetings destined to workers on topics such as:
diarrheas, fever, lumbagos, fractures, etc.
Elaborate file for control of arterial pressure for height activities, confined spaces, periodic control,
etc.
Elaborate reports on attention to workers who present any injury within the project and/or
occupational sickness.
Organize and collaborate in vaccination campaigns for workers whose immunization is incomplete.
Collaborate in the filing of medical service material and elaboration of weekly morbility report.
Organize and take care of the storage of medicines and other medicinal material belonging to the
medical service.
Assist the Doctor in specialized and non-specialized topics.
Take care of and revise the transporting unit (Ambulance) and see to it that it is in optimal working
conditions.
Collaborate with the doctor and paramedic in the different activities being performed in the
attention unit (preventive and curative).
Know the exact location of the different medical attention units near work areas and those
designated by the company as reference centers.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 6 of 33
It has been shown worldwide through realization of Cost-Benefit studies that the establishment of medical
attention units in work sites, contribute in an important way to prevention of sicknesses and occupational
accidents, decreasing not only the expenses that the curative attention can cause and the payment of
indemnizations but also the personal, family and social impact that these represent.
8.1 Specific Objectives
Perform an integral study of the worker at the moment on entering the company in order to
determine by means of a physical exam, para-clinical and anamnesia of personal history, family
and occupational, if he is good for the position he is requesting. Taking into account the
description list of activities supplied by the department for each position.
Control and follow-up of personnel who present symptoms or sickness related to work through a
medical work history.
Control of the workers exposed to some kind of activity that can cause future professional
sicknesses.
Reduce the consultations for symptoms acquired during the work hours by means of plans of
safety, hygiene and health in the workplace orientation, in order to control the risk factor.
In order to obtain effectiveness of this Health Occupational Plan, the following programs of Prevention,
Evaluation and Control should be implemented:
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 7 of 33
There are many sicknesses that can affect an important labor section that pay out great quantities of money
in indemnizations and penal demands, apart from other expenses such as the loss of days-man-production,
attending to specialized medical consultation, changes in work positions, etc. One of the Consortiums
norm, to comply with what the law requests and apply as a preventive manner the watch over the health of
the workers in a periodic and systematic form and offer them the possibility of early identification of
functional alterations of organs and corporal systems by means of making periodic medical tests.
9.1 Description of the Process
The Human Resources Department will notify the contracted medical entity, by means of a detailed list of
the candidates, for whom a Medical Form Request will be filled out. The retired employees or the
candidates will go to the service center or the medical entity where the evaluation will be done, taking into
account the position or occupational risk that he has performed or will perform in the contractor company,
after which a final report and a Clinic History of the worker will be sent to the Safety and Health in the
workplace Service, where they will be evaluated and filed.
9.2 Specific Objectives
Identify the physical and mental requirements necessary for performing all the duties of all the
positions in the company.
Guarantee that the work to be performed is adjusted to the biological, functional, physical and
mental conditions of the worker and that he has the capacity to perform them without putting
himself in danger or may provoke damages to others and to the property.
Guarantee that the work environment or the work does not make any preexisting medical condition
worse or provoke a new condition in a susceptible person.
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 8 of 33
The health of the candidates should be evaluated before being employed, to be sure that they are
biologically, functionally, physically and mentally capable of performing their duties without any prejudice
to his health or well-being and without putting others in danger. Equally so the employees and contracted
persons health should be re-evaluated before new duties, other than those habitually performed, are
assigned.
9.4 Para-Clinical Tests
Additional Clinical Exams can be associated with specific occupational risks, suggested by the evaluating
doctor and/or suggested by the Coordinator of the Occupational Health of the Consortium.
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 9 of 33
Investigate and verify the existence of substances or dangerous elements in the work environment
capable of producing any infection.
Control the compliance of norms as use of protection equipment, risk control system used and its
functioning, and basic cleaning-up conditions.
Orientation to the personnel on the physical affections and consequences due to any contact or
exposure to chemical substances without compliance with the due safety norms.
Orientation to the personnel about the attitude to take on contingencies of leaks, spills, explosions
and direct accidental contact with chemical substances.
Periodic physical check of workers exposed to or who perform activities directly with chemical
substances.
11.2. Definitions
11.2.1 Gasoline: chemical liquid substance resulting from the mixture of aliphatic hydro carbons, or brown
color or clear pink, aromatic, explosive, volatile, and flammable when exposed to heat. The exposure to
high concentrations can produce unconsciousness, coma, death, skin irritation, conjunctivitis, affection in
the respiratory tract, dermatitis and kidney problems in severe cases.
11.2.2 Gas-oil: chemical substance resulting from a mixture of aliphatic hydro-carbons, liquid, brown
color, explosive and volatile when exposed to heat. Its decomposition produces toxic vapors such as CO2,
CO, that can affect the nerve system and cause dermis affections.
11.3 Description of the process
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 10 of 33
The workers should be classified according to the work area and according to the exposure that they may
have to different chemical agents subject to the contractors works. This facilitates the control, follow-up
and periodic orientation by means of programmed meetings on exposure and contact risks, use of safety
equipment, etc., to avoid, prevent and detect possible sicknesses.
12. MEDICAL WATCH PROGRAM FOR WORKERS EXPOSED TO RESPIRATORY
RISKS
The respiratory sicknesses are characterized by the obstruction of the air passages, a rise of the resistance of
airflow during forced breathing and which produces characteristic espirometric indications. Among the
occupational respiratory sickness we have: Occupational asthma, Pneumonitis / Alveolitis allergic
extrinsic and chronic Bronchitis, which often coexist and can be difficult in an individual case, which is the
main cause of the obstruction, reason for which on the combination of these the term Chronic Obstructive
Pulmonary Sickness (EPOC) is used.
Perform informative campaigns on occupational sicknesses that affect the respiratory system
making the worker a participant in the preventive measures to put into practice the adequate use of
the safety equipment.
Orientation on the risk that implies time and the duration of exposure to dust, vapor, smoke and
gas.
Establish a weekly program where the workers will be informed on occupational sicknesses of the
respiratory system: Occupational asthma, Alveolitis/Neumonitis allergic extrinsic and chronic
Bronchitis.
Locate the areas where the exposure to dangerous agents and risk factors is higher and emphasize
the prevention measures.
12.1.1 Definitions
12.1.1.1
Occupational Asthma:
Is a respiratory disorder characterized by a reversible obstruction of the air passage, caused by the
inhalation of substances or external materials (vapor, smoke, dust), related with the work. Latent period:
exposure that conditions the sensitivity, where the inhalation of the antigene was produced (substance
capable of producing immunologic response) with the liberation of vaso-active substances which provokes
the bronchial spasm, edema and the bronchial hyper secretion.
12.1.1.2
Allergic Extrinsic Neumonitis/Alveolitis:
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 11 of 33
Clinical disorder due to the inhalation of antigenic particles or organic origin (fungus, bacteria) producing
an immunological response. This occurs in the bronchials and alveolos.
12.1.1.3
Chronic Bronchitis:
Is a sickness of the air passage of small diameter, in a sufficient grade to provoke a significant obstruction
of the air passage, accompanied by hyper secretion mucus and certain structural changes in the bronchial,
due to prolonged exposure to non-specific bronchial irritants.
12.2 Structure of activities
A work plan should be performed to evaluate the control and follow-up of workers with respiratory
sickness history, evaluating the possibility to place them in work areas where they are less exposed to dust,
gas, vapor or volatile substances that can cause a re-occurrence or cause a chronic respiratory sickness.
Also perform the periodic evaluation to workers in exposure areas.
Perform prevention by visiting work areas to establish identification and control of the main noise
sources.
To program informative campaigns on the prevention of hearing problems which include: limiting
working hours in exposure area, personnel rotation, obligatory use of protection equipment.
To apply to the worker preventive measures as health education, pre-employment and periodic
eudometry tests.
13.2 Definitions.
13.2.1
Labor Hypoacusia: is the alteration of the hearing in one or both ears, partial or total, permanent and
accumulative of neuro-sensorial type, which is originated during, or is a result of exposure, to prejudicial
levels of noise in the labor environment.
13.2.2
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 12 of 33
Time of daily exposure: should depend on the intensity of the noise and is contemplated in the Covenin
Norm, according to the last revision of the year 2002-2003.
13.2.3
Intensity of the noise: according to the LOPCYMT it is established an exposure of 85 db of sound
pressure during 8 working hours per day.
13.2.4
Ear Sickness: affection in the middle ear due to repetition of infection, tympanic perforation or anquilosis
in the inner bones.
13.2.5 Pain (ear ache): is variable depending on each individual; the ear ache in normal ears is between
110 and 130 db, and in cases of ears affected with inflammation or any other, the pain can be in lower
levels of 80 to 90 db.
13.2.6 Tinnitus: are sounds that are perceived in the ear that accompany the hypocusia in many cases.
This sensation can be intermittent or continuous and goes on after the exposure to noise.
13.2.7 Extra-auditivos Effects: from a clinical point of view it is a group of signs and symptoms
associated with the exposure to noise, such as cefalea, irritability, anxiety, emotional non-stability, decrease
in sexual desire, insomnio, difficulty in communication, neuro-vegetative alterations such as gastritis,
gastric ulcer and diarrhea, as well as the decrease in the efficiency and performance of manual and
specialized works.
13.3 Structure of Activities
The eudometric results performed on each worker will be evaluated in order to suggest activities to be
performed, taking into account his personal and labor history. Informative meetings would be organized to
brief the workers on the origin and consequences of hearing problems, use of personal and safety protection
measures. To see to the performance of eudometric exams, before, during and finalizing the contract that
each worker should have with the Consortium.
14. MEDICAL WATCH ON WORKERS WITH DERMATOSIS
The pathology in the area of occupational dermatitis is very varied, resulting in occasions a difficult task to
reach an ascertained etiologic diagnosis. In general, the skin sicknesses are one of the most frequent
occupational pathologies, where we can find: Dermatitis, Foliculitis and acneiforme dermatitis, Neoplasias,
Pigmentation and miscellaneous problems. The skin is the organ of huge extension in the human body and
is found to be constantly exposed to environment aggressions, in spite of the gradual advance of knowledge
about the prevention and control methods in work places.
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 13 of 33
To determine through a physical exam any skin injury that can be considered as history on
dermatitis.
To make follow-up on workers who without having any skin alteration, have family or work
history.
Perform informative meetings on personal hygiene and use of protection equipment.
Orientation periodically to workers through informative meetings, brochures, etc., on dermatitis
and its consequences, personally and work-wise.
To control the worker who should present a skin injury, where and when it appears, and too the
watch over the possible existence of the same skin affection in other workers.
14.2 Definitions.
14.2.1
Dermatitis -Eczemas: a) Acute: can be produced by any irritating or causing sensitivity chemical
substance, showing up as: eritema, edema, ppulas, vesculas. b) Chronic: produced by disolvents of
grease, soaps, and detergents, showing up as: eritema, liquenificacion, skin fissures.
14.2.2
Foliculitis and Dermatitis Acneiforme: this occurs by obstruction of the pilo-cebaceous folicle and
bacteria infection and the cause is the exposure to grease, pitch, waxes, hydro-carbons clorados.
14.2.3
Neoplasias: tumors (malign and benign) by queratosis, papilomas y epiteliomas in exposed skin areas and
are generally cause by petroleum derivates, pitch, solar Light, radiation UV and ionized radiation.
14.2.4
Pigmentation Problems: characterized by growth or reduction of the pigmentation in the epidermis.
(Hyperpigmentation) (Hypopigmentation). The Hperpigmentation produced by pitch, petroleum derived
oils and radiations UV. The Hypopigmentation produced by traumatisms, burns, former dermatitis and
hydro- quinonas.
14.3 Structure of Activities
By means of pre-employment exams, perform skin injury tests that may show up as dermatitis. Periodic
visits to the areas to determine the higher risk areas or exposure areas for the workers, then have orientation
informative meetings on the dangerous agents in each work position.
15. MEDICAL WATCH PROGRAM ON WORKERS EXPOSED TO RADIATIONS
(IONIZED / NON-IONIZED)
The radiation is a form of energy and can be classified in two categories: ionized and non-ionized radiation.
Some symptom effects are aleatory, from them the carcinogenesis is considered the principal symptom risk
of the irradiation at a low dose, thus the most important problem in protection. The effects produced by
which the probability of occurrence of the effect, more than its severity, depends on the dose.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 14 of 33
Assure together with the Coordinator of Safety and Health in the work place, that all personnel are
trained in work with radiations (ionized and no-ionized).
Establish a radiological watch system for the personnel occupationally exposed.
Elaborate together with the Coordinator of Safety and Health in the workplace, a plan for safe
protection and radiological signing procedures
Request the company performing the Gammagraphy Works, an emergency radiologic plan,
according to activity, type of work, exposure time to the workers who will perform these activities
and the control of his personal disimetry.
15.2 Definitions
15.2.1
Ionized Radiation:
Is that which has sufficient energy to break the chemical link. It can be of corpuscular nature such as the
particles alpha and beta, neutrons. Of natures wavelength formed by electromagnetic waves similar to the
visible light but more energetic, and are X-rays and Gamma rays. Together they are called electromagnetic
radiation.
15.2.2
Acute Syndrome of Irradiation:
It is a group of signs and symptoms that a human being may present when irradiation is received, in short
period of time, with a dose of more than 0,5 Sv.
15.2.3
No Ionized Radiation:
Are those that in the electromagnetic specter, its energy quantum extends from the radio waves of long
waves to the ultraviolet radiation, thus includes the television waves, the micro waves, infrared rays, visible
light and ultraviolet rays.
15.2.4
Radiologic Emergency:
This is a situation that can produce an unforeseen explosion that originates an absorbed dose of radiation
with or without incorporation of radioactive substances.
15.2.5
Occupational Exposure:
All exposure that workers have suffered during work, with exceptions of the exposures excluded from the
area of the norms and of the exposures caused by the practices or sources exent with arrangement to the
norms.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 15 of 33
The application and use of Ergonomy in the workplace reports many evident benefits: in particular
eliminate and reduces the injuries and muscleskeleton accidents, which are injuries caused to the muscles,
tendons and soft tissue.
16.1 Objectives
Establish guidelines for evaluation of the work positions in order to detect, prevent, eliminate or
control the alterations and/or disorders muscle-skeleton and neurological problems, caused by the
work conditions to which the person is exposed to; through putting into practice notification and
reporting techniques (Analysis of work position), detecting, evaluating / analyzing of the results,
control/follow-up, training and education.
Define the methods to use, in order to determine the disergonomic risk factors.
Comply with the Standards established by Norms, and National and International Laws and Rules.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 16 of 33
Identify the work positions of exposure risk to disergonomic conditions (Attachment 1 Initial
Survey)
Detect or identify early the individual susceptibility of the workers with exposure risk to
disergonomic conditions evaluating the clinical results (signs and symptoms), para-clinical,
sicknesses associated with the neurological system, muscle-skeleton and its relation with the
performance of the duties/activities or the conditions of the environment (Annual medical exams).
Detect differences in the physiological muscle-skeleton conditions between those exposed and not
exposed by means of a questionnaire oriented towards the design of the work stations.
Identify the activities with use of tools that can cause risks to the workers for their physical
condition (height, weight, posture, etc.) and indicate the recommendations and respective actions
for the good handling and use of the tools.
Identify, evaluate, analyze the work activities with risks to the back, shoulder and neck, susceptible
to produce disergonomic conditions of work.
Identify activities with physical effort and manual manipulation of heavy weight using the system
form (REBSA) see attached form.
The workers with exposure risk to disergonomic conditions and with suspected susceptibility
according to factors referred in the medical exams, or subject to change in the process of
production (increment of work-load, etc.)
In workers whose medical results evidence muscle skeleton problems and/or neurologic
problems, and with proven medical history of sickness in the aforementioned systems.
In workers under conditions with bad or doubtful disergonomic risks, above all in those whose
exposure time is considered prolonged during the duty performed and co-exist suggestive signs and
symptoms of muscle skeleton and neurologic system problems.
In workers with exposure risks to manual manipulation of weights, repetitive movements, forced
postures, workers who use visual data screens and office positions.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Changes in operational activities where procedures for equipment / tools are included.
Page 17 of 33
Identify, evaluate and analyze the elements generating injuries (repetitive movements, vibration,
illumination, noise, temperature, physicalstatic load and dynamism etc.). through the Evaluation
of the work position
Identify, evaluate and analyze the elements generating the mental and psico-social problems
(pressure of work times, attention, complexity, initiative, communication, relation with the
supervisors, social status organization) through the system Evaluation of the work position.
Establish the instruments of recollection and register of the medical information related with the
exposure risk to disergonomic conditions.
The worker with health affecting risks due to disergonomic conditions, should be trained and
informed of the possible health effects and the results obtained in the evaluation of the work
position.
The Safety and Health in the workplace Service (own, contracted, via agreement) and the
Coordinator of Safety and Health in the workplace of the Consortium, will form a team to develop
the evaluation of the work position for the workers with posture risks due to extra efforts of
superior and inferior members, risks of the workers who use visual data screens, neurologic
problems such as the syndrome of carpal tunnel, etc.
The Safety and Health in the workplace Service (own, contracted or via agreement) should define
the morbidity tendencies (Common sickness, Occupational sickness, Work injuries, etc.).
The Coordinator of Safety and Health in the workplace of the Consortium, should define the
strategies to diffuse health information and promotion (informative meetings, brochures,
disergonomic factors workshops, etc).
Registers of the evaluations of the Work Positions as contemplated in the Covenin norm 2273-91
Registers of the evaluations of the work positions by means of the evaluation of work units (list of
control for computer work)
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 18 of 33
Register of the evaluations by means of the initial list for work (Attachment 1)
If necessary to carry out updated registers of the environmental and personal measures (dosimetry)
of the physical and chemical risks with its respective recommendations and follow-up.
Psico- social Aspects (Initiative, Communication, Relation with Supervisors, Social Status)
Part of the occupational health program is the re-enforcement that the employees should receive to avoid
the development of some sicknesses that can be prevented by immunizations and some that should be
contemplated in the Project, such as:
Hepatitis vaccination: is one of the most important immunizations due to the biologic risks to
which each worker can be exposed to and should be considered as obligatory.
Toxoid - Anti Tetanus Vaccination: of great importance and should be re-enforced each 5 years
Vaccination against Yellow Fever in spite of Anzotegui state area not being endemic
Perform vaccination campaigns for the workers of the Consortium and all the contractors against
Hepatitis, Tetanus and Yellow Fever.
Evaluate through medical history, work and exposure history, who should receive immunizations
and re-enforcements.
17.2 Definitions
17.2.1 Hepatitis B: is a hepatic-cellular inflammatory sickness caused by specific hepatotrofic virus.
.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 19 of 33
17.2.2 Tetanus: is an acute infectious sickness characterized by intermittent spasms of the voluntary
muscles, caused by an exo-toxin elaborated by the bacillus Clostridium tetani.
17.2.3 Yellow Fever : is a sickness transmitted by a vector, by means of a mosquito bite (Aedes aegypti,
Haemagogus and others). Suddenly fever, slow pulse and cefalea and in serious cases ictericia, hemorrhage
and hematemesis (black vomiting).
18. PROGRAM FOR HANDLING MEDICAL WASTE
In the classification of medical waste we have five groups of which not all have application of the Safety
and Health in the workplace Service, since this is located inside of the plant where they are working,
focusing on the epidemiologic preventive aspect, work, first aid and primary health attention. It will not be
a center for attention to chronic sicknesses nor for major surgical attention.
18.1 Specific Objectives
18.2 Definitions
18.2.1 Medical Waste: Are those materials, substances, fluids, organic and biologic disposable material, in
a medical attention center, which are classified as follows:
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 20 of 33
The physical, work and industrial risk is well known by the Consortium policy, for which smoking is
strictly forbidden, except in indicated and permitted places by the Project, with which all the personnel will
have to comply.
19.1 Specific Objectives
Inform all the personnel on the changes issued by the Consortium about the permitted areas for
smoking.
Perform informative campaigns on the physical and mental damages that the habit of smoking can
cause.
Keep a control on the physical state of the personnel with the habit of smoking, controlling
periodically vital signs and exposure areas.
20. PROGRAM FOR THE CONTROL OF SUBSTANCE ABUSE (ALCOHOL AND DRUGS)
(ESTUPEFACIENTES Y PSIOCOTROPICAS)
The responsibility of the Consortium is to assure a safe and healthy, efficient, biologic, functional, physical
and mental- workforce.
The abuse of alcohol and drugs can prejudice the work performance and increase the probability of
accidents with loss for the worker, company and other work companions, for which it has already been
designed a Drug and Alcohol Policy.
21. EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IN CASE OF FIRST AID
Many dangerous conditions and unsafe actions, cannot always be anticipated, where human faults or faults
in the equipment are the main causes. It is important that all the workers know how to react before an
emergency. The Consortium as a company, elaborates an emergency plan without leaving aside the
participative action of the medical and paramedical personnel in the attention to workers in a situation of
acute sickness or injuries, with a stabilization medical report until criteria is defined for immediate
evacuation and transport is decided to another medical center, using an ambulance which is assigned to the
Project.
22. CONTROL PROGRAM ON POSSIBLE VIBRATION SOURCES
The human body is a complex biological and physical system. When it is considered a mechanical system,
it contains a number of lineal elements, whose properties differ between persons.
The resonance of the body in its totality, for the general vibration has in its frequency limits between 3 and
14 Hz, the other sub-systems can suffer resonant effects as a result of action of the vibrations, according to
the form of action on the organism it is classified in :
General vibration
Local vibration
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 21 of 33
Establish a control program on the possible vibration sources existing in work areas and work
places according to how it may be required.
22.2 Definitions
22.2.1 Vibration: Are mechanical waves on low frequency produced by diverse machines and tools.
22.2.2 Resonance: It refers to the tendency of the human body to react in a coordinated manner with
amplified vibrations generated in the outside. At 5 Hz the human body is in resonance with a vibratory
source.
22.2.3 General Vibration: It is transmitted through the body by means of the support surfaces, i.e. feet or
gluteus region.
22.2.4 Local Vibration: It is the vibration applied to determined parts of the body, such as hands, feet,
head; produced by machine elements.
.
22.2.5 Type of Injury: Among the types of injuries produced by vibrations, we have: hypoacusia, tinnitus,
osteomio, perific vascular, etc.
23. CONTROL PROGRAM ON HANDLING OF HEAVY WEIGHTS
The application and use of the Ergonomy in a workplace, reports many evidence benefits; in particular
eliminates and reduces injury and muscleskeleton accidents, which are injuries caused to muscles, tendons
and soft tissue.
23.1 Objectives
To establish guidelines for the evaluation of the workers that are manipulating manually heavy
weights in order to detect, prevent, eliminate or control the alterations and/or muscleskeleton
disorders, produced by the use of extra force or effort in the manipulation of heavy weights.
Define the methods to be used for determining the disergonomic factor risks.
Comply with the standards established by National and International Norms, Laws and Rules.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 22 of 33
Identify the activities or work places with risk of extra effort where the exposure of the worker is
repetitive. (See Attachment 3 Movement Evaluation )
Detect differences in the physiologic muscle skeleton conditions in the personnel exposed and
not-exposed via Questionnaires oriented to the design of the work stations.
Identify the activities with use of tools that can create risks to the workers because of physical
conditions (height, weight, posture, etc.) and indicate the recommendations and respective actions
for the good handling and use of the same.
Identify, evaluate and analyze the work activities with risks to the back, shoulder and neck
susceptible to produce disergonomic work conditions.
Identify activities with physical effort and manual manipulation of heavy weights using the form
Evaluation of movement (Seer attached Form No. 3)
In workers with exposure risks in manual manipulation of weights, repetitive movements, forced
postures, workers using visual data screens and office positions.
In workers whose medical results evidence any muscle skeleton and / or neurological problems,
and with medical history of any sickness of the afore-mentioned systems.
In workers who are working under doubtful or bad disergonomic risks, above all in those whose
time of exposure is considered prolonged during a duty and co-exists signs and symptoms of
muscle-skeleton and neurological problems.
Operational changes and activities where new equipment / tools and procedures are included.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 23 of 33
Identify, evaluate and analyze the generating elements of injuries (repetitive movements, vibration,
illumination, noise, temperature, physical static load and dynamism, etc.), through the Evaluation
of work position.
Identify, evaluate and analyze the generating elements of mental and psico - social problems (time
work pressure, attention, complexity, initiative, communication, relation with the supervisors,
social status organization) through the Evaluation of work position System.
Establish the instruments for recollection and register of the medical information related to the
exposure risk of disergonomic conditions.
The Safety and Health in the workplace Service (own, contracted or agreement) and the
Coordinator of Safety and Health in the workplace of the Consortium, for a them to develop the
evaluation of the work positions for the workers with posture risks due to extra effort of superior
and inferior members, risks for the workers of visual data on screens and in the office, neurological
problems like the syndrome of carpal tunnel, etc.
The Safety and Health in the workplace Service (own, contracted or via agreement) should define
the morbility tendency (common sickness, occupational sickness, work injuries, etc.).
The Coordinator of Safety and Health in the workplace of the Consortium, should define the
strategies to diffuse the information and promotion of health (informative meetings, brochures,
disergonomic factors workshops, etc.).
Registers of the evaluations of the Work Positions contemplated in the Covenin Norm 2273-91.
Registers of the evaluations of the work positions by means of the evaluation of the work units (list
of control for work in computers).
If necessary updated registers should be made of the environment and personal measures
(dosimetry) of the physical and chemical risks with its respective recommendations and follow-up.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 24 of 33
Psico- social Aspects (Initiative, Communication, Relation with the Supervisors, Social Status)
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 25 of 33
24.2 Ambulance:
Cardio-pulmonar stretcher
Portable stretcher for transport of patient
Emergency medicine briefcase
Neubilizer
Stand for solution
Ferrule Neuma Plastic - Frulas Neuma plsticas
Neck Collar
May xxxxx - Cnulas de Mayo
Endo xxxxxx xxxxx- Tubos endrotraqueales
Equipment xxxxx - Equipo de aspiracin de gleras.
Oxygen tank with regulator and mask
Xxxx Macrogotero
Tensiometer
Stethoscope
Rubber Gloves
Torniquette
Lumbar stretcher
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 26 of 33
Attachment 1
Form for Initial Meeting
The following list of control (initial) will give you an idea of what to look for when inspecting a work place
for risk factors (injuries for repetitive movement). Each worker should be observed to see if he is at risk
for RSI.
Speak with the workers performing the job and ask them the following questions.
In the control list hereunder, the questions where there is a YES answer, suggest that this is a potential
problem in the work.
Date of revision: ____________________________________________ Time: ___________________
Work or work station (note also the name of the machine if it applies):
___________________________________________________________________________________
Departament:________________________________________________________________________
Name of worker:_____________________________________________________________________
Mark YES or NO:
1. GENERAL
YES NO
Does this job require repetitive use of the same part of the body for long periods of time?
Does the employer offer payment by piece or an incentive bonus? Is there any type of quota of
production?
2. DESIGN OF THE WORK STATION
YES NO
Does the worker do everything (or the major part) of his job while seated?
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 27 of 33
Is the equipment or the surface of the equipment that the worker uses, too high or too low for him
to work on?
Is the height of the work station fixed (can it be adjusted)?
3. TOOL DESIGN
YES NO
Does the worker frequently have to bend his wrist when using tools?
The holder (handle, etc), of the tool is it too big or too small for the person using it?
Does the worker use tools that cause direct pressure in the palm of his hand?
Does the worker use tools that vibrate?
4. WORK PROCEDURE : BACK, SHOULDER AND NECK
YES NO
Does the worker have to lift heavy weight?
Does the lifting imply lifting high or low?
Does the worker have to turn when lifting the weight?
Does the worker have to haul heavy weight?
Are the materials that have to be moved difficult to hold or difficult to sustain.
Does the worker have to push or pull the heavy weight?
Is the flooring slippery or broken?
Does the worker have to bend or turn frequently his waist?
Does the worker have difficulty to reach the controls or parts?
Does the worker require to work with his neck bent or inclines?
Does the worker have to maintain an uncomfortable posture for long periods of time?
Does the worker have to stretch his hand forward and backward?
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 28 of 33
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 29 of 33
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 30 of 33
Attachment No. 2
Survey on Pain provoked in the work
Name: ______________________________________ Telephone:____________ Date:___/___/___
Masculine
Feminine
Right handed
Left handed
If YES, please color the circle in the part of the body affected
NO
1. Left elbow
2. Left arm
3. Left shoulder
4. Neck
5. Right shoulder
6. Right arm
7. Right elbow
8. Left back Upper legs
9. Right back Upper legs
10. Left foot
11. Right foot
12. At the top of the back
13. In the middle of the back
14. At the bottom of the back
15. Gluteos
16. Left hand fingers
17. Right hand fingers
18. Left wrist
19. Right wrist
20. Left hand palm
21. Right hand palm
22. Others (please color the area and describe it)
23 Return this sheet signed by the worker
Attachment 3
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 31 of 33
Form for
Movement Evaluation and Manually Lifting Heavy Weight
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 32 of 33
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 33 of 33
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 51
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
03-09-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
29-08-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
31-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-07-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 51
1. OBJECTIVE
Establish adequate practices of classification, recollection, transport, temporary storage and final disposal
of waste that is generated during the Construction activities, according to the national valid norms and
regulations. With the implementation of this Plan the goal is to prevent potential prejudice to the
environment, promote the recuperation, and recycling; taking advantage of residues and to re-enforce the
culture in the personnel at all levels, about the environment.
2. SCOPE
Applies to all the personnel of the Consortium VEC, and also to all the contracting companies, that work
for the construction of the Fertilizer Plant at Moron.
3. LEGAL REFERENCES
Organic Law for Prevention, Conditions and Work Environment and its Rule.
Rule on the Safety and Health Conditions in the workplace.
Decree N 2.216 Norms for the Handling of Solid Waste of Domestic, Commercial,
Industrial origin, or of any other nature that is not dangerous.
Decree N 2.635 Partial Reform of Decree N 2.289 dated December 181, 1997, Published
in the Official Gazette N 5.212 Extraordinary dated February 12, 1998, contained in
the Norms for the Control and Recuperation of Dangerous Materials and the Handling
of Dangerous Materials
Law N 55 On Substances, Materials and Dangerous Waste, Official Gazette N 5.554
Extraordinary, 13-11-2001.
Venezuelan Norm COVENIN 2.670 Dangerous Material Guide to Emergency
Response and Incidents or Accidents
Penal Environment Law and its Rule
Organic Environment Law
Health Norms for Construction Projects
Study on the Environmental Impact of the Project
Rector Plan on Handling of Waste of the Project
4. LEGAL ASPECT
This section contains the general information which has to be considered as reference for the
Environmental Performance of the Project during the construction phase.
Before starting this Project one should know well the Study of the Environmental Impact (EIA) and the
Authorizations and Environmental Permits, approved by the Ministry MARN; in particular, special
attention should be given to the conditions, specifications, restrictions and obligations imposed on the
Project, and should have also inspected before-hand the work area.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 51
The valid environment norms that regulate the construction activity is resumed in Attachment No. 1.
We enumerate in this Attachment the Principal laws and decrees applied to different activities that develop
during the construction and that can cause potential impact on the environment, describing the articles that
regulate them and mentioning the necessary permits to be obtained in order to comply with said norm.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 51
Attachment 1
Valid Environment Norm Applicable to the Project Fertilizer Plant at Moron
ENVIRONMENTAL
LEGISLATION
National Constitution
TITLE / CHAPTER
IX
ARTICLE /
NUMERAL
19, 20, 21
DESCRIPTION
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
PERMIT / AUTHORIZATION
ENVIRONMENTAL
LEGISLATION
Jul 24 - 2007
TITLE /
CHAPTER
ARTICLE /
NUMERAL
Rev. 1
DESCRIPTION
Decree N 1.297
Organic Law of the
Municipal Regime Official
Gazette No. 4.109
Extraordinary dated June
15, 1989
83
Forest, Soil and Water Law
and its Rule. Official
Gazette No. 34.321 dated
October 6th, 1989.
Page 5 of 51
PERMIT /AUTHORIZATION
.
Communication on the transport route of
the dangerous waste for its final
disposal.
VI
29
II / I
30
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
ENVIRONMENTAL
LEGISLATION
Jul 24 - 2007
TITLE / CHAPTER
ARTICLE /
NUMERAL
Rev. 1
DESCRIPTION
Page 6 of 51
PERMIT / AUTHORIZATION
Register of Susceptible Activities that
degrade the Environment (RASDA)
II / I
44
65
66
VI / Sole
67
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 7 of 51
5. DEFINITIONS
4.1 Waste
Material, substance, solution, mixture or object for which there is unforeseen immediate destination and has to
be eliminated or disposed of permanently.
4.2 Dangerous Waste (DP)
Simple or composed material, in solid, liquid or gas form, containing dangerous properties or which is
conformed by dangerous substances, conserving its physical, chemical or biological properties, and in which
case cannot be used, for which a method for final disposal has to be implemented.
4.3 Pathologic Waste
Biological Waste of derived biologically that has the potentiality to cause sicknesses in any living being.
4.4 Non-dangerous Waste
Are those that are not constituted by dangerous substances, so they do not represent health or environment risks,
if they are handled adequately.
The following are considered non-dangerous wastes: rests of food, paper, cardboard, old cloth, bottles, hoses,
dry leaves, rests of wood, ferrous and non-ferrous material, construction rubbish asbestos free, road asphalt,
empty paint tins, empty barrels, caliche, isolation material of fiber glass, and others.
4.5 Final disposal of Dangerous Wastes
An operation that permits minimized maintenance the possibilities of migration of the components of a
dangerous waste to the environment in a permanent way, in conformity with the corresponding technical rule.
4.6 Elimination of Dangerous Waste
Transformation process of the dangerous waste, before final disposal, whose objective is not taking advantage of
some of the components, not from its energetic contents, nor conducts to the recuperation of the resulting
elements.
4.7 Internal Follow-Up Sheet
Form of Obligatory use in the project, utilized for the register and control of the generation and handling of
waste, and by means of which it is authorized the exit from the installations of the project until its final disposal.
4.8 MARN Follow-Up sheet
Form issued by the MARN - Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources that is obligatory for the
handlers of dangerous recuperated material and dangerous waste, which is used for the register and control of the
handling operations that are performed out of the area where generated.
4.9 Dangerous Material
Substance of mixture of substances that because of its physical, chemical or biological characteristics is capable
of producing harm or danger to health, to the property and environment.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 8 of 51
6. RESPONSIBILITIES.
The implementation of the Environmental Plan requires the performance of a series of necessary activities to
optimize the development of different programs that form it, which defines the functions of the participants in
the evolution of this Plan.
All the personnel have to be involved in the Environment activities within this Plan, from the Manager of the
project to their own workers or the contractor company. It is important that each of the workers, without taking
into account his position, emphasize his responsibility for the environment prevention and supervision, in order
to reach its proposed goal.
Nevertheless, there are positions directly involved in the Environmental Plan, who will be the ones in charge to
support, execute and control the planned activities, as well as diffuse the principles, goals and stipulated
procedures to maintain the control and follow-up of the activities.
The basic responsibilities of these positions are the following
6.1 Project Manager
Assure that the Plan exists, assign the resources for its implementation and demand results.
Motivate and promote a positive environmental atmosphere, of preventive communication and attitude
towards the environmental attitude assuring a positive participation of the whole team.
Request that all the personnel of the Consortium and contractors in particular the Supervisors understand
and comply with the Basic requirements of the valid environmental legislation.
Assure that the contracting company in charge, to give the environmental service in the recollection,
transport, treatment and disposal of wastes and liquid effluents, count and maintain a valid RASDA
during the activities for this project. So too, he should assure that these contractors comply with the
conditions and obligations fixed by the MARN (Ministry) at the moment of supplying the RASDA.
Coordinate all the information and relative actions to the development of the plan reporting directly to
the Construction Manager; in a documented and systematic way, the results and in an immediate way
any deviation of actions taken.
Facilitate the flow of information between the different levels of management of the Consortium; allow
the participation, integration and necessary survey to instrument actions that may optimize the execution
of the Environmental plan.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 9 of 51
Coordinate the investigation of accidents and environmental incidents and assure the compliance of the
recommended corrective measures.
Supervise the different activities associated with this Plan, supply assistance to the managers,
supervisors, employees and contractors about any doubt or environmental requirement.
Guarantee the compliance of all the permits and environmental authorizations by the valid legislation,
and equally so that all the forms requested by the MARN be duly elaborated and sent with the requested
responsibility.
To assure the compliance of the specified programs, for the execution of the proposed environmental
measures in the Study of Environmental Impact (EIA), according to the execution chronogram presented
by the Construction Management, and to assure the compliance of the environmental norms, during the
development of the activities associated to the Project, following the engineering designs implemented.
For this one should know the environmental conditions established in the Authorizations of Territorial
Occupation and in the Authorizations of Affections to Natural Renewal Resources and the information
contained in the Studies of Environmental Impact, approved by the MARN, where conditions and
technical characteristics of the project are established.
Foresee the environmental impact not foreseen during the engineering and the EIA, in order to establish
new measures that foresee or mitigate the possible environmental impact and define new environmental
activities for the unforeseen impacts and in some way can alter the actual condition of the area.
Evaluate the training requirements related with the environmental area, establish the programs, needs
and supervise its execution.
Participate in the investigation of environmental accidents and incidents, within the Consortiums
Committee for Investigation of Accidents and Incidents.
Verify the implementation of the Environmental Supervision Plan, taking into consideration among
other aspects, that the contractors who supply environment services in the handling, recollection,
transport, treatment and disposal of waste and liquid effluents, control and maintain a valid RASDA,
during the activities of this Project. Additionlly, one should assure that these contractors comply with
the conditions and obligations and should have an Environmental Guarantee, have a contingency plan
depending on the type of waste to be handled, have appropriate equipments for contention, recollection,
fire extinguisher, among others; as requested by the MARN (Ministry) at the moment of giving the
RASDA.
Verify that the location and design, of the temporary storage of waste, comply with the stipulated in the
environmental permits and in the valid environmental legislation, of limitation, signing, soil protection,
closed containers, etc., moving of ignition sources in the case of combustible waste, etc.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 10 of 51
Assure that the companies of environmental services, who perform the recollection of waste, perform it
with the frequency as established in the Handling Plan in a way to avoid impacts on the workers health
and the environment.
Assure that the companies supplying the environmental services, perform in a correct way what they
have been contracted to do: programmed follow-up to the transporters in the route handling the waste,
inspection to the temporary storage centers for waste, if it is the case, destruction manifest and/or final
disposal of waste, physical-chemical characterization of the treatment plants of the contractor companies
where the handling of dirty waters of the portable toilets/baths are performed.
Perform Follow-up to the execution of the environmental measures contemplated in the design of the
installations, to the recommendations by the EIA approved by the MARN (Ministry), to those
established in the conditions and obligations of the authorization of affectation of Natural Renewal
Resources, supplied and to those than can arise, to prevent, mitigate and control new impacts.
Give advice to the Construction Management Team on the execution of said measures, conditions and in
general, on the compliance of the environment norms applied to the susceptible activities of degrading
the environment that can be present in the development of the Project.
Guarantee the compliance of the Consortium personnel and its contracting companies of the Venezuelan
environmental norms, during all the construction activities, maintaining a historic register of the
activities performed and eventual causes of inconveniences that have arisen.
Elaborate and distribute the periodic supervision reports from the Construction Management to the
MARN.
Maintain statistics on the Environmental Accidents / Incidents that occur during execution of
construction Works.
Comply with the handling of waste and effluents procedures, as well as how to assure the compliance of
all the established conditions in the supervision environmental plans and follow-up.
Report all those unsafe conditions that can arise in order to establish the changes or necessary
preventions.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 11 of 51
The vapors can go towards an ignition source and set afire, then the flames can return to its origin of the
vapors.
The spills in the trenches (ditches) can create a risk of fire or explosion.
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 12 of 51
The vapors can go towards an ignition source and set afire, then the flames can return to its origin of the
vapors.
The spills in the trenches (ditches) can create a risk of fire or explosion.
Emphasis should be made, that by decision of the generator, and with the environment supervisors authorization,
when it is considered that some of these wastes contain very low volumes of dangerous material, thus the risks
associated be minimized in an important way, said wastes can be classified as dangerous with risk Class 1 and
can be handled with those of domestic and industrial non-dangerous waste.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 13 of 51
To perform an effective supervision, it is important to identify the associated activities to the construction phase
that will be performed in the Project that can produce potential effects to the environment. This can help to
locate the potential impacts, derived from the development of these activities, and to implement the proposed
measures to minimize them, prevent them and control them, which finally will be the object of environmental
inspection and of continuous adaptation.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 14 of 51
In the Attachment 2
The activities that are performed during the phase of construction are identified here, those that can produce
potential impact on the area; and establish necessary environmental measures to prevent mitigate and/or correct
said impact.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Generation of powder.
Rev. 1
Page 15 of 51
Comply with the maintenance plan for machinery with the object
of minimizing the levels of noise, oil and combustibles spills to
soil, etc.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Generating noise.
Rev. 1
Page 16 of 51
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 17 of 51
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Maintenance of equipment
Page 18 of 51
Rev. 1
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 18 of 51
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 19 of 51
According to the criteria of the person responsible for handling of these wastes, these can be handled like
domestic wastes and disposed of in an adequate form; or on the other hand, those that are considered as potential
for re-utilization internally or externally will have to be handled in a different way.
10.
The check sheet for handling of waste and renewable materials, attached to the end of this section, has the
following information:
Number of the check sheet. In the first box of the sheet a number is indicated which identifies it
according to the Group.
Group. This refers to the name of Group of waste whose handling activities are described in the sheet.
Code. This refers to the code which identifies the waste. It is constituted by the letter I followed by a
number of 2 digits.
Classification. In this box the waste is classified as dangerous or non dangerous, according to the
generators knowledge.
Source. This section indicates the activities which generate the waste. It also specifies if the generation
of this waste is continuous or eventual.
Storage on site. This section specifies in which container this waste should be stored once generated,
how to store it, how the container holding the waste should be identified, for how much time it should be
stored in the place where it is generated and any other pertinent indications.
Recollection and internal transport. This section indicates the frequency of recollection of waste or
renewal material, what vehicle should be used for the transport and necessary precautions to perform this
operation within the area of the Project.
Internal Central Storage. This section refers to the place inside the area of the Project, where the waste
or the containers holding them should be stored, and the way how said storage should be performed.
External Transport. This section specifies the type of vehicle that should be utilized for sending waste
or renewal material to the company in charge for treatment, re-utilization or recycle located outside the
project installation area.
Re-utilization. This section indicates if the material will be put to internal or external re-utilization and
of what kind.
Recycling. This section indicates if the material will be put to external recycling operations and of what
kind.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 20 of 51
Treatment. This section indicates what type of treatment is applied to the waste in the company
contracted to perform its elimination, or to the renewal material for its recycling or re-utilization.
Disposal. This section indicates the place outside the Project area, where the waste should be transported
for its final disposal.
Alternative or Transitory Handling Methods. This point describes the practices that can be utilized in
case of inconveniences or temporary faults in the main practices or in case another viable possibility of
handling the waste can be used.
Manipulation by workers. This indicates the personal protection equipment that the workers should
utilize if and when involved in handling of waste and renewal materials.
Basic emergency actions in case of small spills. This indicates the actions that should be taken in the
initial phases of a small spill of dangerous waste within the construction area. The occurrence of big
spills is discarded since only small quantities of waste are generated, and adequate practices are being
practiced. This Plan has eight (8) Handling Check sheets.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 21 of 51
HANDLING CHECKSHEET
Group: Used Oil
N 1
Code: I-01
Classification: Dangerous
Source: Preventive and corrective maintenance activities of machinery, principal and auxiliary
different equipment utilized during construction activities.
Storage on Site :
The used oils will be collected in metallic trays or other containers, which will allow its easy handling in
the moment that maintenance of equipment and machinery is being performed. Once re-collected they
will be stored in containers with covers, which should be identified with a label with the name of the
waste, date when placed in the container, quantity in the container and symbol of danger.
Before storing the containers should be revised to see that there is no leak. When placing in the
containers leaks of oil on the floor should be avoided. The containers will be filled and after the cover
should be adjusted hermetically to avoid spills during the transport to the temporary storage site.
While performing maintenance works, the containers will be placed in the work area, in such a way that
there is free passing of persons and vehicles. It will not be allowed the storage of another type of waste
in these same containers.
Since it is estimated that small quantities of oil are generated, the storage time in the area will be
extended until the container is full.
Once the drums are full, the supervisor responsible for this work will coordinate sending them to the
temporary storage area for dangerous waste. A monthly register of the generated material should be
kept.
Recollection and internal transport:
Internal storage:
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
HANDLING CHECKSHEET
Group: Used Oil
N 1
Rev. 1
Page 22 of 51
Continuation .. Page 2
Code: I-01
Classification: Dangerous
External Transport:
Recycling:
Re-utilization: The used oils can be re-utilized for greasing of wood that will be used in the carpenter
forms in construction activities.
Recollect the spill with sand or other absorbent and non-combustible material, put into covered
containers and perform duties for adequate disposal in the area destined for this purpose.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
HANDLING CHECKSHEET
Rev. 1
Page 23 of 51
N 2
Code: I-02
Classification: Dangerous
Source: During maintenance activities of the equipments used, although priority should be given to the
use of biodegradable solvents (eventual generation).
Storage on Site:
The works performed using solvents will be done, by placing recollection trays, so that substances will
not fall directly to the floor or soil.
The solvents used will be stored in containers with cover, which should be identified with a label with
the name of the waste, date when placed in the container, quantity in the container and symbol of
danger.
Before storing the containers should be revised to see that there is no leak. When placing in the
containers leaks of oil on the floor should be avoided. The containers will be filled and after the cover
should be adjusted hermetically to avoid spills during the transport to the temporary storage site.
While performing maintenance works, the containers will be placed in the work area, in such a way that
there is free passing of persons and vehicles. It will not be allowed the storage of another type of
waste in these same containers.
The storage time in the area will be extended until the container is full.
Once the drums are full, the supervisor responsible for this work will coordinate sending them to the
temporary storage area for dangerous waste. A monthly register of the generated material should be
kept.
Internal Storage:
At all moments spills should be avoided during recollection until it arrives at the
storage site.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
HANDLING CHECKSHEET
N 2
Rev. 1
Page 24 of 51
Continuation .. Page 2
Code: I-02
Classification: Dangerous
Alternative and Transitory Handling Methods: Various handling alternatives of this waste should
be evaluated, among which the predominantone is the distillation and incineration.
Manipulation by workers: Those who are placing waste into and handling drums should use
personal protection equipment composed of: safety boots, gloves, overall, adequate respiratory
equipment and safety lens.
Basic Emergency Actions in case of small spills:
Isolate the risk area and forbid entrance. Maintain area ventilation. Cut or disconnect the ignition
sources. Avoid fires, flames or smoking inside the risk area.
Recollect the spill with sand or other absorbent and non-combustible material, put into covered
containers and perform duties for adequate disposal in the area destined for this purpose.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
HANDLING CHECKSHEET
Rev. 1
Page 25 of 51
N 3
Code: I-03
Classification: Dangerous
Source: Maintenance activities of principal and auxiliary equipments utilized in different jobs (eventual
generation).
Storage on Site:
The drums should be emptied completely and the cover placed again. And also a label should be placed
that indicates EMPTY. CONTAINED OIL BEFORE.
They should be stored temporarily in a place where drums of oil are located while the required
quantities are accumulated for their transport to the storage area for dangerous waste. They will be
placed in such a way that they allow free passing of persons and vehicles. Storage of another type of
waste in these containers will not be allowed.
The drums should be transported to the storage area of dangerous waste with the required frequency
according to the quantity generated.
A monthly register of drums generated should be kept.
Internal Storage:
The storage area should be kept at all time clean,
dry and in order. The drums should be inspected to
verify the non - existence of leaks. In case of
detecting any incident (spills, leaks, etc.) it should
be corrected immediately.
The commercialization of the drums should be
performed on a regular basis, without allowing it to
accumulate. The frequency will be defined after
initiation of construction activities, according to the
amount that is generated.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
HANDLING CHECKSHEET
N 3
Rev. 1
Page 26 of 51
Continuation.. page 2
Code: I-03
Classification: Dangerous
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
HANDLING CHECKSHEET
Rev. 1
Page 27 of 51
N 4
Code: I-04
Classification: Dangerous
Source: Maintenance activities of the vehicles, machinery, construction equipment, manipulation and
transport of containers with oil, combustibles or other dangerous substances (the generation is eventual
for this type of waste).
Storage on Site:
The Miscellaneous dangerous waste like gloves, cloth, cotton waste, bags and small pieces of wood,
should be stored in containers with identification label of the waste, the name of the generator, date in
which they were placed in containers, quantity contained, and the symbol of danger; in the temporary
storage sites previously conditioned for this purpose. The waste should be transported for treatment and
final disposal by the company in charge for this service.
Containers should be identified and protected from the bad weather, near to the maintenance area,
exclusively for the storage of this type of waste. They should be placed in such a way that it allows
passing of persons and vehicles. It is forbidden storage of another type of waste in these containers.
The used oil filters should be stored in identified drums, in an area near the place where they were
extracted.
When said containers are full, they should be transported to the storage area for dangerous waste. The
drums should be transported with the required frequency according to the amount of them generated.
A monthly Register of this kind of waste should be kept.
Recollection and internal transport:
Internal Storage:
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
HANDLING CHECKSHEET
N 4
Rev. 1
Page 28 of 51
Continuation.. Page 2
Code: I-04
Classification: Dangerous
External Transport:
Recycling:
Re-utilization: The gloves contaminated with oil or grease in small quantities, can be utilized for the
handling or performance of works in which there is use of oil or grease. The utility of these gloves
depend on their physical characteristics.
The wood contaminated with oil or grease can be re-utilized for carpenter forming for construction beams.
The utility of the wood will depend on their size and their conditions.
Treatment: Treatment is not foreseen for
the miscellaneous dangerous waste.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
HANDLING CHECKSHEET
Rev. 1
Page 29 of 51
N 5
Code: I-05
Source: Soil movement activities that imply excavations by machine, cutting and filling until reaching the
indicated amount. According to the supervisors criteria if the amount excess is not adequate to be used
in other construction earth filling activities and/or leveling of other areas, it will be disposed of.
Storage on Site:
The excess soil material after excavations will be transported by trucks up to the area of recollection of
material extracted. A register of this quantities generated should be kept.
Internal Storage:
Not applicable
External transport:
Recycling:
Not foreseen.
Reutilization: Re-utilization of the excess material is not considered in this Group of waste, since it does
not comply with the adequate granular-metric characteristics and specifications to be used in the earth
filling constructions and in the leveling in other areas.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
HANDLING CHECKSHEET
N 5
Rev. 1
Page 30 of 51
Continuation.. Page 2
Code: I-05
Manipulation by workers:
The personnel working in soil movement activities should use personal protection equipment composed
of: safety boots, helmet and Respiratory Equipment.
Specifically, as to the handling of waste, the personnel will not manipulate directly the granular material,
since the great volumes of material will be manipulated with machinery. If manipulation has to be
performed directly with the excess material from excavations, to be mixed with organic material for its
use in green areas, it will not be necessary the use of personal protection equipment, since the granular
material is not contaminated, only the use of gloves, if required.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
HANDLING CHECKSHEET
Group: Ferrous Material
Rev. 1
Page 31 of 51
N 6
Code: I-06
Source:
Construction activities and installation of equipment (eventual generation)
Corrective Maintenance Activities in which equipments or parts of iron without potential of reutilization are
dis-incorporated (eventual generation)
Storage on Site:
The small iron pieces and parts that do not possess potential for re-utilization will be stored in metallic
containers, with cover, to which a label that says PIECES OF WASTE IRON should be placed. The
containers will be placed inside the work area, in places that do not limit the circulation of people and
vehicles.
Storage of other types of waste in these containers should be avoided at all times. The storage of pieces
and equipments that have potential for reutilization of this group will not be permitted.
The ferrous material of a bigger size, with potential for re-utilization will be stored in open air to be
classified by the specialized technical personnel for its future use in the installations if required, or to be
commercialized directly with the company recuperator. Storage of ferrous scrap in domestic waste
storage containers is not permitted, nor in any other different containers but in those specified.
The dis-incorporated equipment that cannot be reutilized and are of considerable size and do not have the
potential for re-utilization will not be stored in containers, but transported directly to storage areas for
metallic scrap, once the maintenance works have been finalized.
The containers will remain in work areas until they are filled and when this happens will be transported to
the temporary storage site.
A Register of the quantity generated should be kept.
Recollection and internal transport:
Internal Storage:
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
HANDLING CHECKSHEET
Group: Ferrous Material
N 6
Code: I-06
Rev. 1
Page 32 of 51
Continuation.. Page 2
Classification: Not dangerous
External Transport:
Recycling:
Alternative and Transitory Handling Methods: Direct handling by the Consortium, who will define
the procedure to be utilized.
Manipulation by workers: The workers who handle the drums, the equipment and scrap parts will use
safety industrial equipment, composed of: safety boots, leather gloves and helmet.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
HANDLING CHECKSHEET
Rev. 1
Page 33 of 51
N 7
Code: I-07
Source:
Daily Personnel Activities (food, sanitary services, etc.) (Continuous Generation).
Office work (Continuous Generation)
Storage on Site:
Containers for the Construction areas and Paper bins for the Administration areas should be placed,
sufficiently and with sufficient capacity to cover the daily generation.
In the case of operative areas the containers should be labeled DOMESTIC WASTE and a color that
distinguishes them from the other type of waste or renewal waste material located in the area. These
containers should contain as additional information the type of waste according to its classification. This
should be done with the purpose of facilitating the handling and future use of same.
The solid domestic waste should be stored in sites and in containers for its final disposal at a later time.
A Register of the generated quantities should be kept.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
HANDLING CHECKSHEET
Group: Domestic waste
N 7
Rev. 1
Page 34 of 51
Continuation.. Page 2
Code: I-07
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
HANDLING CHECKSHEET
Rev. 1
Page 35 of 51
N 8
Code: I-08
Storage on Site:
The big sized wastes will be stored in open air to be later classified by specialized technical personnel for
its re-use in the installations or for its final disposal.
The smaller sized wastes will be stored in identified drums, which are placed near the work areas, in
places where there is no limitation for passing of people and vehicles. At all times it should be avoided
the storage of other type of waste inside these containers.
These wastes will be stored on site for a short period of time until there is sufficient quantity to be
recollected and disposed of adequately.
A Register of the quantity generated should be kept.
Internal Storage:
External Transport:
In trucks of the
contracting company involved in this activity.
A monthly Register of the quantity
transported should be kept.
Recycling: No.
Re-utilization: It will be considered the use of the wood for carpenter forms, or of any other material
whose physical characteristics permit its future use in the construction activities.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
HANDLING CHECKSHEET
N 8
Rev. 1
Page 36 of 51
Continuation.. Page 2
Code: I-08
Treatment: No
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 37 of 51
Know the Consortiums Environmental Supervision Plan for the Construction Project
Accept among the contractual conditions, the obligation to comply with the valid environmental norms
and of the Safety and Health in the workplace procedures established in this Plan.
Should have the valid RASDA and should comply with the conditions and obligations established in the
same.
The companies supplying the services for treatment of dirty water, should hand over to the Consortium
the results of the physical chemical characterization of what has poured-out, with the frequency
established by the MARN (Ministry) to that company.
The company should present their Waste and/or Effluents Handling Plan Procedure on the activities to
be performed for the Consortium.
It is expected that the work to be done on an environmental performance would be with ZERO
Environmental Incidents.
Should participate in the Safety Induction and Risk Notification Course, dictated by the Safety and
Health in the workplace Service of the Consortium, before commencing activities.
12. CONTROL AND FOLLOW-UP ACTIVITIES OF THE HANDLING OPERATIONS OF
WASTE AND RENEWAL MATERIALS
The main points of control and follow-up of internal and external handling of waste and renewal materials are
the following:
12.1 For the internal handling of dangerous waste.
To inspect the containers with dangerous waste waiting to be transported, with the purpose of detecting
leaks, corrosion, swellings, blows, etc.
To check that all the containers are perfectly closed. These should not have any holes that can permit
escape of vapor.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 38 of 51
To assure that the containers have the identification label with the necessary information, clearly visible.
To verify that the drums and the batteries are placed on pallets in the storage place and the same are kept
clean, dry and in order.
To verify that the extinguishers in the storage area, have had the periodic checking.
To verify initially that the storage place has the established signing and that this signing is conserved in
good condition during its operation.
To assure that un-compatible waste are not placed near to each other.
To check that one can transit freely between the lines of containers.
To verify that the flooring does not have any cracks through which dangerous waste can filter in case of
leaks or spills and to verify that the slope is towards the recollector.
To assure that the workers involved in the handling of waste use correctly the adequate personal
protection equipment.
To assure that it is forbidden resting, smoking, eating and/or drinking inside of the storage sites.
To assure that there is a most complete updated Register on the amounts of waste generation and on the
handling activities for each waste.
Verify that the small sized wastes are stored in duly identified containers with its cover.
Revise that there are sufficient containers in each work area and for each waste to be collected.
To assure that the storage on site is dedicated exclusively to one determined type of waste or renewal
material and that it is identified and is known to all the personnel of the area.
To check that the waste is transported to the disposal site with the frequency established and that the area
is kept clean and orderly.
To verify that the internal transport vehicle has the cargo well secured, in order to avoid their falling
during the transport. Observe that a covering or canvass is used if necessary.
Verify that the workers involved in the handling use correctly the adequate personal protection
equipment corresponding to the risk.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 39 of 51
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 40 of 51
13.5 Form 5.
Maintenance Conditions of the equipments and processes. This permits the identification of irregularities and
the follow-up of these, applying the recommendations as proposed.
13.6 Form 6.
Handling of Effluents. In this form the different types of effluents, its handling and final disposal, are identified.
13.7 Form 7.
Balance of the recommendations issued and corrected during the process of environmental supervision, as a tool
for the evaluation of the percentage of compliance with proposed recommendations.
At the end of this document, Forms for Registering Instruments and Grade of compliance, are shown.
13.8 Reports of Environmental Supervision
As a product of environmental supervision of the Consortiums personnel, the integrants of the team, will
process the recollected information through the instruments for register and elaborating weekly and
monthly reports with the most relevant aspects as observed, the deviations or non-compliance and the
recommendations for each case.
The supervision reports should be clear, specific and complete, in the defined form, with the documented
support as photos, graphics, drawings and plans, capable of generating a precise understanding of the
supervised situation.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 41 of 51
The weekly reports will be adjusted and will be complemented, so that later on, under the direction and
final revision of the Coordinator of SST, they will serve for elaboration of the definite report for internal
distribution in the Consortium.
Introduction
Objectives of the Report
Range of the supervision activities which cover the report: Dates, projects or installations supervised and
identification of supervision equipment, advisors and contracted services.
Description of the advance of the project on the base of its chronogram
Protocols and procedures utilized in the supervision
Results of the supervision of the projects or measures. Percentage of individual compliance, average
and projected
Identification and evaluation of unforeseen impacts or if manifested in a different manner than expected
A Summary with the statistics of Handling of Waste according to its type (Volumes generated,
temporarily stored on site, transported to treatment places and/or final disposal)
Conclusions on the grade of compliance or non compliance
Recommendations organized by order of importance
Attachments (field forms, photos, drawings, plans, others)
Attachments
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 42 of 51
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 43 of 51
Form 1
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 44 of 51
Used Oils.
Recommendations:
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 45 of 51
2.
3.
4.
Does the movement of soil comply with stipulations in the Construction Plan?
5.
Are the trucks available at all times for sprinkling of exposed areas?
6.
Does the wetting cover all open areas and is it sufficient what is supplied?
7.
Does the transport use canvasses in transporting the cargo originated from soil movement?
8.
Observations:
Recommendations:
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 46 of 51
2. Construction Wastes
Are they stored in piles away from/out of the bad weather?
The storage is dedicated, identified and known?
Is there periodic recollection?
Are the vehicles provided with canvasses to cover the cargo?
Is it disposed of in the Sanitary Refill authorized by MARN (Ministry)
3. Domestic Wastes
Is it stored in plastic bags and then in containers with covers?
The maximum time of storage is maximum 2 days.
The storage is dedicated, identified and known?
Is it disposed of in the Sanitary Refill authorized by MARN (Ministry)
The workers use personal protection equipment
Observations:
Recommendations:
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Little (1)
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 47 of 51
Description of the measure to be implemented: (Indicate what the modification or the new measure consists of ):
Date of detection:
Date of commitment for correction:
Date of correction::
Supervisor Responsible: (Name and signature)
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 48 of 51
Form 6.
Maintenance Conditions of
Equipment and processes
Construction Phase
Date: _________________________
Detected Irregularity
Date of Detection
Recommendation
Proposed
Date of
Commitment
Of correction
Corrected
Yes
TOTAL
Compliance percentage
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
No
Date of
Correction
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 49 of 51
Form 7.
Handling Effluents
Construction Phase
Date : ________________
Type of Effluents:
Origin of effluents: (indicate the unit or installation that generate the effluent and the name of the person in charge of the unit where the effluent is generated)
Destiny of effluents: (indicate the unit or installation which received the affluent and the name of the person in charge of the unit in which the effluent is
received)
Site of disposal of effluents in the installation or unit: (indicate if it is a tank or ditch and its capacity)
Source:
Method of conduction of effluents : (tube/pipe, gravity or emptying trucks)
Treatment of effluents: (mention the unit where the treatment is applied and its location)
Parameters to measure the effluent before sending it to the corresponding unit for treatment (indicate measures on site and measures for sending to the
laboratory for analysis)
Observations: (attach additional sheet if necessary):
Recommendations by the environmental supervisor: (attach additional sheet if necessary):
Responsible for environmental supervision: (name and signature):
Activity generated from the waste:
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 50 of 51
Form 8.
Balance of Recommendations
Issued VS Corrected
Lapse: __________________________
Responsible -----------------------
Installation or Process:
Unit (s) responsible:
Location of the Unit (s) :
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Percentage of
Compliance (%)
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 51 of 51
Guidelines for Areas destined for Storage of Dangerous and Non Dangerous Waste
GUIDELINES TO BE FOLLOWED BY THE CONTRACTOR
1. STORAGE
WASTES
NOT
DANGEROUS
DANGEROUS
x
x
x
x
x
x
1.4 Inspect periodically the waste storage area and document the findings
1.5 Inspect periodically the existence of an adequate Emergency Response Equipment: Fire extinguishers,
absorbent materials, plastic bags, eye washers.
1.6 The permanence of the dangerous waste in the temporary storage area should not exceed the
construction time in the installations..
2.2 Establish actions to avoid spills from dangerous and costly substances such as lubricants and oils.
2.3 Reutilize waste when it is convenient for the company. Example: Containers, construction materials.
3.1 Contract companies authorized for the waste transport, in a safe environmental and appropriate way.
3.2 Coordinate the transport with the competent authorities such as the MARN, MINFRA, Nacional
Guard.
3.3 The vehicles utilized for the transport of waste should be duly conditioned according to the type of
residues that he will be transporting.
4.1 The wastes will be disposed of in compliance with the corresponding environmental norms (Decrees
2.635 & 2.216) and the conditions in place by the competent authorities.
4.2 The final handling of the wastes will be performed through the company duly registed with the
MARN for its handling and distruction.
4.3 Training will be provided to the personnel in charge of handling waste, in order that they act
accordingly and complying with Environmental Norms, in all the construction process.
4.4 Maintain a complete and updated copy of all the Laws and Regulations related to Handling of Waste.
5.1 Maintain Register of the transport and disposal of the non dangerous wastes via the Register Sheet
5.2 The environmental Supervisor is the responsible one to handle the information related to the handling
and control of wastes.
5.3 The Handling of Waste Plan will be up-dated according to the contents presented in the EIA and
approved by the MARN, additionally according to the publication of new Norms on this matter, an update
should be maintained.
3. TRANSPORT
4. FINAL DISPOSAL
5. ADMINISTRATIVA ACTIVITIES
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 03 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 5
TRAINING PROGRAM
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
21-08-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
10-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
03-07-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
1.
Jul 03 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 5
OBJETIVE.
The purpose of this Procedure is to establish the basic training required to be able to work within
the Project facilities, and to maintain an on-going improvement of all personnel.
2.
SCOPE
This Procedure is applicable to all CONSORCIO VEC personnel, as well as to all Contractor
personnel working on the construction of the Moron Fertilizer Plant Project.
3.
LEGAL REFERENCES
Organic Act on Prevention, Conditions, and Environment at the Workplace and its Regulations
4.
TRAINING
Training is mandatory. No worker shall be available to carry out any activity for the Company if not
previously trained and if not familiarized with those work procedures that ensure his / her safety,
according to the provisions of the Organic Act on Prevention, Conditions, and Environment at the
Workplace (LOPCYMAT).
4.1
4.2
Jul 03 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 5
Provide information about the procedures to notify, record, and investigate accidents and
incidents involving personnel during the execution of the Project.
Inform the workers about the rules for the use and maintenance of equipment and tools
during the performance of the works, to keep them in excellent operating conditions.
4.3
Emergency procedures.
Use of personal protective equipment.
Work instructions / risk analysis.
Use of toxic substances.
Ways to prevent accidents.
Welding and its hazards.
Use and proper handling of tools.
Order and cleanliness (good housekeeping).
Use and handling of portable fire extinguishers.
Accident prevention.
Rules for proper use of grinding machines.
Load lifting.
Handling of compressed gas cylinders.
Preventive measures for electrical works.
Safety in electrical works.
Jul 03 - 2007
4.4
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 5
4.5
Occupational certification
The formal training conducted by the International Education and Development Center
("Centro Internacional de Educacin y Desarrollo, CIED") or any other institution accredited
to issue certifications for those activities that require it, shall be followed up and controlled,
especially those referred to permitting, scaffolds, and lifting equipment (cranes).
Work permits: Aimed at supervisors that fulfill functions as requestors and/or receivers of
work permits.
Scaffolds: Aimed at supervisors and artisans that will work as scaffold builders.
Lifting equipment: Aimed at crane operators.
4.6
Environmental protection.
WSH Committee and its responsibilities.
Standards and procedures.
Work at height.
Order and cleanliness (good housekeeping).
Use of grinding machines.
Emergency plans.
Portable fire extinguishers.
Jul 03 - 2007
4.7
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 5
4.8
5.
TRAINING SCHEDULE
TOPIC
DURATION
AIMED AT
Fall protection
4 hours
Supervisors / Workers
8 hours
Supervisors / Workers
4 hours
Supervisors / Workers
Work permits
4 hours
Supervisors / Workers
2 hours
Supervisors / Workers
Defensive driving
8 hours
Supervisors / Workers
2 hours
Supervisors / Workers
8 hours
Supervisors / Workers
Accident investigation
4 hours
Supervisors / Workers
4 hours
Supervisors / Workers
First aid
4 hours
Supervisors / Workers
Portable tools
4 hours
Supervisors / Workers
Jun 20 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 18
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
15-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
12-07-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
27-06-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
20-06-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program at work
Jun 20 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 18
1. INTRODUCTION.
The safety at work Analysis Procedure (ATS) is an important tool for the prevention of accidents that
works, identifying the risks and eliminating them before performing the job and before they have the
opportunity of becoming accidents. This previous action reinforces the subjective perception the worker
has on the risks to which he is exposed, which should stimulate a preventive attitude to be fully assumed. It
is estimated that through an integrated analysis of all permit aspects and work procedures, equipment
condition and tools to be used, identification of all risks involved, precautions to be considered, and others,
intervening in the development of any job, a full understanding of its conditions would be obtained,
deriving in a reliable and safe execution.
2. OBJECTIVE.
To provide a methology or planning tool which allows the identification of risks associated to each activity
contemplated in the execution of a general or specific work, the analysis of its potential consequences and
preventive actions applicable to control or eliminate the possibility of an accident.
3. SCOPE
It applies to all CONSORCIO personnel, as well as contractors, in the different working areas such as
workshops, warehouses and construction areas.
o LEGAL REFERENCES
o Conditions Prevention and Working Environment Organic Law
o Rules and Regulations of the Hygiene Conditions and Safety at Work
o Constitution of the Bolivarian Republic of Venezuela
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program at work
Jun 20 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 18
4. DEFINITIONS
Accident: Event or sequence of non desired or unexpected events, causing personal injuries and/or
damages to the environment and/or loss of materials.
Working Accident with Personal Injury: All functional or corporal injuries, permanent or
temporary, immediate or subsequent, or decease, resulting from an external force which could be
determined or take place at work, in fact, or caused by the work. It will also be considered as a
working accident any internal injury determined by a violent effort happened in the same
circumstances.
Unsafe Action: Any voluntary activity, due to action or omission, bearing the violation of a
procedure, norm, rule, standard or safe practice which could originate a working accident o
professional illness.
Consequence Analysis: The analysis of the expected effects of an accident, independently from
the probability or frequency with which they happen.
Equipment and Materials: Refers to all those tools, machinery, instruments, supplies and
materials that by the nature of the work require to be employed or used.
Injuries: It is the corporal damage, physical or mental, immediate or subsequent due to: a) an
accident caused by
Preventive Measures: They are the operation actions, maintenance and security oriented to
alleviate or eliminate the risks identified in each basic activity, with the intention of avoiding,
minimizing accidents and/or occupational illnesses, damage to installations and environment.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program at work
Jun 20 - 2007
Danger:
Physical
Condition,
Chemical,
Rev. 1
biological, ergonomically,
Page 4 of 18
meteorological
and
psychosocial of a system, plant or process with the potential to cause injuries to persons, damage to
the installations and/or the environment. It must be understood as the combination of a dangerous
substance and an operation environment, as the happening of certain undesired events could result
in an accident.
Risk: Measures of economical losses, environmental damages or human injuries, in terms of the
probability of happening of an accident (frequency) and magnitude of losses, damages to the
environment or injuries (consequences).
5. DESCRIPTION OF PROCESS
The ATS Safe Working Analysis Process includes the following stages:
Preparation
Revision &
Publication
Approval
Follow-up &
Control
Preparation. Stage in which previous information is gathered and registered in a format, of simple
diagramming on both sides (front and back), where each work activity is separated according to its
sequence of execution, related dangers or risks are identified and preventive measures to be taken
are specified.
Revision and Publication. This stage consists of the joint revision and discussion of the formatted
information by the responsible of the work, the area guard and workers involved in its execution . .
Approval. In this stage, the ATS format, duly signed by all those involved in the work, is
consigned to the area guard , as a sign of understanding and agreement of its contents proceeding
to its respective approval, to be attached to the work execution authorized permit.
Follow-up and Control. Stage in which the responsible for the execution of the work and the area
guard join to supervise the activities being developed and support the fulfillment of all
requirements considered for their accomplishment.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program at work
Jun 20 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 18
6. RESPONSIBILITIES
The Construction Management is responsible for the contents of this document and its periodical
updating, with the support of the Work Health and Security Management.
The Supervisors will be in charge of promoting the preparation, application and fulfillment of the
ATS to all works to be executed in the project areas or installations. Likewise, they will keep an
ATS data base (in paper format as well as electronic) as a reference and material for consultation in
case it is required for the evaluation of working practices, risk analysis improvement, event
investigation processes, etc.
The work executor is responsible for the faithful fulfillment and follow-up of the instructions
contained in this procedure.
Caution Measures
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program at work
Jun 20 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 6 of 18
The ATS will be applied specially on the occasion of the execution of:
All works that due to their nature involve a high number of activities, resources and personnel.
New works and/or works in which changes / modifications have been made
Routine activities without procedures or minor maintenance tasks performed by the Process
Technicians
Any task or activity showing imminent risk or a potential danger which could have severe
consequences
Any activity having a previously complete ATS, but which conditions to perform the work have
been sufficiently changed or exist new conditions in the surroundings.
As a review of the training in a task not frequently performed in order to emphasize the knowledge
of the dangers.
As a tool for the investigation of incidents / accidents and to prevent that it does not happen again.
Any task or activity to which the ATS was performed, the result was the occurrence of accidents.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program at work
Jun 20 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 7 of 18
Important
Before filling out or completing this format please consider the following: 1. Purpose of the job to be
executed. 2. Activities involved and how they are performed. 3. Who can perform the job. 4. Are all the
resources needed for its execution available. Is the equipment for personal protection the appropriate
one or that required for the job. 6. What should not be done. 7 What are the risks. 8. How to prevent
or control them.
.
8.1 Previous to the execution of any work, as a part of its planning, it is essential and a pre-requirement to
prepare the ATS, so as to prevent or avoid the occurrence of incidents or accidents, referred among others
with: personal injuries, explosions, fires, damage to equipment and environment, unsafe actions and
conditions.
8.2 The executor of the job is the responsible for filling out or completing the information requested in the
format designed for the ATS (Annex A) and should consider, the formulation of key questions (Annex B)
related to the magnitude and scope of the works to be performed, which will allow to have a clear and
precise vision of the associated dangers or risks and the required forecasts to reach successfully, reliably
and securely the completion of the job.
8.3 The responsible executor of the job, (expert of the scope), will have to separate and describe in a clear
and precise way, the activities or steps to be taken for the correct execution of the work; arranging them
preferably in a sequential way or according to their order of execution, avoiding unnecessary, general or
less important actions, that could deflect the main purpose of the ATS. It is recommended to begin the
description of each step with a word or verb expressing action, i.e..: To heat, weld, clean, disconnect
position, dismount, energize, vaporize, heave, secure, etc.
8.4 After examining the work steps, each one of them will be checked, to determine the associated risks or
those that could arise during its execution; as well as the reasons for their happening. A discussion among
the participants of the work at the moment of the elaboration and publication of the ATS should be
encouraged until you are sure that all dangers and risks associated to the activities have been identified.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program at work
Jun 20 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 8 of 18
8.5 After registering and listing each danger / risk and checking them in the work table, the measures
oriented to prevent, control and/or mitigate the possible consequences, will have to be determined. It is
imminent to number and describe the recommendations / actions for each identified danger / risk and
reflect it in the format. As much as possible, recommendations should be very specific, according to the
analyzed risk and try to avoid making recommendations of general nature. In Annex D, it is shown as
reference, typical recommendations for the control of perils and risks.
8.6 The ATS will have the same time validity as the authorized working permit, as long as the activities or
steps established are not modified, neither changed the area and surrounding conditions where the work is
being executed. Each time the work is extended for over twelve (12) hours, or an extension or new working
permit is required, or the group of executors is replaced, the ATS will be revised, updated and
countersigned by all those involved in its execution.
8.7 The information included in the ATS format, will be a permanent reference each time the work is done,
when they are considered routine, of frequent execution, whose steps are always the same, and performed
during specific days or schedules. Nevertheless, the responsible for the job together with the executor, has
the obligation of improving the existing information, based on the experiences registered or lived.
8.8 The instructions to complete the format in which the ATS is registered, establish the following guide
lines:
Indicate the name and exact location of the job, type of work, modification or project to perform.
Describe the correct order of execution, step by step the activities or tasks defined to develop the
job.
Identify the associated risks for each activity or steps to be performed and why.
Establish accident prevention actions and risk control that should be applied to avoid unexpected
events which could have consequences.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program at work
Jun 20 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 9 of 18
The ATS should consider in its contents, that once the work is finished, the area conditions left
should not mean any danger or risk to other workers.
Legible name and signature of each of those responsible for elaborating, revising and authorizing
the ATS, in agreement with the contents of this procedure.
Name, I.D. number and signature of all and each of the persons or workers involved in the
execution of the works..
The ATS format, is diagrammed in a simple way, on both sides (front and back); it provides spaces to
register the information, In case these spaces are not enough, as many formularies as needed to describe the
information will be elaborated, foreseen to keep the correct page order in agreement with the steps of the
job and indicating the continuation of the contents in the consecutive pages.
The executor responsible for the job, has the obligation to discuss and clarify the information
contained in the ATS in site, with all those involved in the development of the work. Likewise
they should verify the area,. plant or equipment conditions; where the work will be performed, in
agreement with the Prevention, Conditions and Environmental Organic Law (LOPCYMAT- Art.
53)
Previous to starting the work, the supervisor in charge of the job execution will give an orientation
chat to the involved personnel, on the identified perils and risks, as well as, the application and
fulfillment of the preventive measures.
Additional aspects related to the risks of the work to be executed, arising as a product of the
workers observations, should be included in the ATS format, after being analyzed and discussed by
all those involved in the work.
10. APPROVAL OF THE ATS.
The ATS is used to precise the requirements of the work and the understanding of the associated dangers
and risks, once the safety conditions and the preventive measures required for the execution of the work are
revised and confirmed.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program at work
Jun 20 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 10 of 18
10.1 The executor responsible for the work will request the working permit to the custodian of the
installation who in turn will hand in the ATS duly signed by him, the corresponding supervisor and workers
involved. Once conformity is obtained and the ATS approved, he will receive the working permit and will
return to the area to discuss the ATS with his workers.
10.2 All the workers involved in the execution of the work, will place their names and signatures in the
back of the ATS format, to evidence the understanding of the perils and risks to which they will be exposed
and the preventive actions taken to perform the job in a safe and reliable way.
11. FOLLOW UP AND CONTROL.
Both the safe work analysis format and the corresponding working permit should stay in site until
the foreseen activities are completed and should be filed at least for ten (10) years after the Project
completion and later rendered to INPSASEL.
The person responsible for the execution of the work, together with the Consortium VEC area
supervisor, where the same is executed, have the obligation of verifying in site the fulfillment of
the requirements or preventive measures established by the ATS and/or the working permit. It
would be convenient to analyze any deviation detected, in order to consider such information in the
ATS (actual and future) and measures or solutions be incorporated to avoid repetition.
Once the work is finished, the Consortium VEC supervisor should validate that the prevailing area
conditions, be such, that they do not represent any danger or risk for the personnel working in the
project, and that they guarantee, the integrity of the equipment and the reliability of operations. If
after checking the area, irregularities or unsafe conditions are identified, the job will not be
considered as finished and necessary measures should be implemented to mend detected
deficiencies.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program at work
Jun 20 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 11 of 18
Is this the first time you participate in the supervision of a job of this nature?
What is the degree of difficulty involved in this work and its different steps?
Can these activities be carried out with the available resources and personnel?
Is the equipment or material required for the performance of this job available?
Are all dangers and risks liable of affecting personnel, equipment, installations and environment
identified?
How is the equipment related to the reliability and installations operational continuity?
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program at work
Jun 20 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 12 of 18
Is the equipment to be used drained, released from energy, pressure, neutralized, vaporized,
washed, ventilated or closed?
Is there an understanding of all preventive actions or measures to be implanted before, during and
after the execution of the work?
Is the equipment and personal protection means in accordance with the dangers and risks
associated to the work to be executed available?
What actions should be implemented to avoid or prevent failures in the equipment or installations
in site?
Are the supervisors, department/section heads etc., clear as to the work to be done, the associated
dangers and risks and preventive measures to be implanted to avoid accidents?
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program at work
Jun 20 - 2007
ANNEX C:
Rev. 1
Page 13 of 18
Run over
Drop of materials.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program at work
Jun 20 - 2007
Spilling of hydrocarbons.
Atmospheric emissions.
Explosion.
Explosion
Fire Flashes
Fire
Rev. 1
Page 14 of 18
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program at work
Jun 20 - 2007
Insect bites.
Rev. 1
Page 15 of 18
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program at work
Jun 20 - 2007
ANNEX D:
Rev. 1
Page 16 of 18
Personnel hydration
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program at work
Jun 20 - 2007
Personnel rotation
Use of an apron.
Rev. 1
Page 17 of 18
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program at work
Jun 20 - 2007
Verify slings.
Rev. 1
Page 18 of 18
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program at work
Jul 04 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 10
SCAFFOLD ERECTION
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
21-08-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
10-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
04-07-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
1.
Jul 04 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 10
OBJETIVE
The purpose of this Procedure is to establish general safety specifications for the construction
inspections and dismantling of scaffolding.
2.
SCOPE
Applicable to all personnel of CONSORTIUM as well as to all Contractors that work in the
construction of the Moron Fertilizer Plant.
3.
LEGAL REFERENCES
Organic Act on Prevention, Conditions, and Environment at the Workplace and its Regulations.
COVENIN 2116-84 standard: Scaffolding. Safety Requirements.
Regulations for Health and Safety Conditions at the Workplace.
OSHA Code of Federal Regulations 29 CFR Subpart D, 1910.28: Safety requirements for
scaffolding.
OSHA Code of Federal Regulations 29 CFR Subpart D, 1910.29: Manually propelled mobile
ladder stands and scaffolds (towers).
4.
DEFINITIONS
4.1
4.2
Bearers (or transoms, putlogs): Scaffold elements upon which the platform rests.
4.3
4.4
End frames: Scaffold elements that transmit the forces to the supports.
4.5
Runners (or ledgers): The lengthwise horizontal members that, in the case of tubular
scaffolds, extend between end frames, from one pole to another, at right angle to the bearers.
Runners serve as bracing between end frames and may support the bearers.
4.6
Jul 04 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 10
4.7
Scaffold builder or scaffolder: A worker who has been trained in the erection, alteration,
and dismantling of scaffolds.
4.8
4.9
Tubular scaffold: Consists of a set of metal tubes as vertical, cross, and longitudinal
supports and special coupling elements connecting the different components.
4.10 Uprights (or standards, posts): Elements that provide rigidity to the scaffold structure by
means of adequate anchorage.
5.
PROCESS DESCRIPTION
The following stages must be completed to work on scaffolds:
Erection
Use
Inspection
Construction: During this stage, the scaffold is erected using the materials and design requirements
established by the COVENIN 2116-84 and OSHA 29 CFR Subpart D, 1910.28 standards.
Inspection: During this stage, the Competent Person verifies that the scaffold has been erected
according to current standards and certifies that it is in good conditions.
Use: During this stage, scaffold users comply with the safety standards for the use of and work on
scaffolds.
6.
RESPONSIBILITIES
All contractors that erect, dismantle, or use scaffolds, or perform other activities associated with
scaffolds, shall comply with the requirements set forth in this Procedure.
The persons that perform these activities are responsible of following faithfully the instructions
7.
SAFETY ASPECTS
7.1
Scaffold erection
All scaffolds shall be erected according to the COVENIN 2116-84 and OSHA 29 CFR
Subpart D, 1910.28 standards. Only qualified scaffold builders shall erect scaffolds. No
one may modify a scaffold.
Scaffolds close to fixed or caged ladders or staircases shall be erected where the
horizontal members of the scaffold structure do not pose a tripping hazard. The scaffold
members shall be removed or relocated and the scaffold braced in accordance with
appropriate scaffold requirements. When this is not possible, barricade tape or other
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jul 04 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 10
similar visual aids shall be used for flagging projecting scaffold members, and the scaffold
identification card shall be updated to reflect the trip point.
7.2
Scaffold tagging
The person in charge of scaffolds shall be responsible of the tagging and daily inspection of
all scaffolds. This responsibility may not be delegated.
Scaffold identification cards (Safe / Unsafe for Use) shall be designed as follows:
RED CARD: Incomplete scaffold - Danger: Do not use (see Attachment 1):
This card shall identify any scaffold that cannot be used. The person in charge of scaffold
erection, dismantling, or alteration shall place this card when starting the activity. The red
cards shall be placed by the crew at the time of erecting the scaffold when it is determined
that it is unsafe or when it is being altered to be re-inspected by the Workplace Safety and
Health Supervisor for its approval.
GREEN CARD: Scaffold safe for use (see Attachment 2):
This card is used for completed scaffolds that meet the requirements of this Procedure and the
COVENIN 2116-84 standard and do not pose specific hazards. The green cards shall be
placed at the point of access to the scaffold on weatherproof hangers.
No scaffold without a card shall be used until it is inspected by the Workplace Safety and
Health Supervisor. Workers shall visually inspect any scaffold before using it. The person in
charge of scaffolds shall re-inspect all scaffolds after any alteration. All subsequent
inspections shall be entered on the reverse of the card. The inspections of scaffolds are valid
for a period of time of twelve hours from the time of the inspection.
8.
Safety equipment
-
8.2
Materials
All scaffolds shall be erected according to standards COVENIN 2116-84 and OSHA 29 CFR
Subpart D, 1910.28 and 1910.29, and 29 CFR 1926 Subpart L, Scaffolds.
9.
Jul 04 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 10
SCAFFOLD ERECTION
Note: All scaffolds shall be erected for a minimum load of 25 pounds per square feet (psf).
Light duty
Medium duty
Heavy duty
The clearance between scaffolds and energized power lines shall be according to the
following table:
Insulated or covered lines
Voltage
Minimum distance
Less than 300 V
3 feet
300 V 50 kV
10 feet
More than 50 kV
10 feet plus 4 inch for
each 1 kV over 50 kV.
Uninsulated lines
Voltage
Less than 50 kV
More than 50kV
Minimum distance
10 feet.
10 feet plus 4 inch for
each 1 kV over 50
kV.
Alternatives
N/A
N/A
2 times the length of the line insulator but
never less than 10 feet.
Alternatives
N/A
2 times the length of the line insulator but
never less than 10 feet.
movement.
of 293 kg/m2.
The dimensions and spacing of platform planking shall be according to the COVENIN
The minimum width of the platform walkway shall be 61 cm in the case of fixed scaffolds
Scaffold supporting bases shall bear on a firm and solid material (use base plates).
Jul 04 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 6 of 10
Scaffold supports shall be placed in such manner as to not interfere with safety systems
Platform planks shall be laid with their edges close together, with a gap not larger than 2.5
cm, so the platform will be tight with no spaces through which tools or fragments of
material can fall.
(including ladders), and the owner of the scaffold shall perform any maintenance,
including painting or minor corrections authorized by the manufacturer.
Guardrails and toeboards shall be at least 2- x 4-in. and guardrails shall be installed at a
The use of fall protection may represent a risk for scaffold builders, posing a tripping
hazard since the scaffold builders require mobility during the erection or dismantling of
the scaffold and to move carrying scaffolding materials which may easily get entangled
with lanyards or lifelines.
The points of anchorage of suspended scaffolds shall comply with the following
requirements:
Cable trays, threaded pipes, cable conduits, and/or sprinkler systems shall not be used
as supports.
9.1
Where leveling of a tubular scaffold is required, adjustable screws shall be used. The
length of the screw entering the post tube shall be at least equal to 30% of its total length.
The runners or ledgers shall be erected along the length of the scaffold, located on both
the inside and outside posts at even height. The runners shall be interlocked to form
continuous sections (lengths) coupled to each post. The bottom runners shall be placed not
more than 2 m on centers.
Jul 04 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 7 of 10
The bearers shall be installed transversely between posts and shall be securely coupled to
the posts bearing on the runner coupler. When coupled directly to the runners, the coupler
must be kept as close to the posts as possible.
The bearers shall extend beyond the posts and runners and shall provide complete full
Cross bracing (uprights or posts) shall be installed across the width of the scaffold at least
every third set of posts horizontally and every fourth runner vertically. Such bracing shall
extend diagonally from the inner and outer runners upward to the next outer and inner
runners.
degree angle from near the base of the first outer post upward to the extreme top of the
scaffold. Where the longitudinal length of the scaffold permits, the uprights or posts shall
be duplicated, beginning at every fifth post. In a similar manner, the longitudinal diagonal
bracing shall also be installed from the last post extending back and upward toward the
first post. Where the conditions preclude the attachment of this bracing to the posts, it may
be attached to the runners.
9.2
securing vertical members together laterally, and the cross braces shall be of such length
as will automatically square and align vertical members so that the erected scaffold is
always plumb, square, and rigid. All brace connections shall be made secure.
The frames shall be placed one on top of the other with coupling or stacking pins to
provide proper vertical alignment of the legs. The coupling or stacking pins shall be
secured with pins or other means.
The guardrail posts shall be of the same type and from the same manufacturer, not
intermixed.
Handrails / guardrails shall be installed on the side of the working platform of the
guardrail posts.
Those scaffolds of narrow structure shall be secured to prevent them from swaying,
tipping, or slipping.
9.3
National Association of Chain Manufacturers (NACM), that is, 9/32" galvanized alloy
steel Grade 80 chain, certified for liftings COVENIN
Jul 04 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 8 of 10
The strength of the wire rope supporting a suspension scaffold shall not be less than 6,614
The chains shall hang at an angle no greater than 45 degrees from the vertical.
The chains shall be secured by at least two wraps around the anchorage with two tie-
Where tube and coupler handrails / guardrails are used, the vertical posts shall be coupled
9.4
No more than three employees shall occupy a 3.2 m span of scaffold planking at any time.
A taut wire or synthetic rope supported on the scaffold brackets shall be installed at the
scaffold plank level between the innermost edge of the scaffold platform and the curved
plate structure of the tank shell, to serve as a safety line in lieu of an inner guardrail
assembly where the space between the scaffold platform and the tank exceeds 30.5 cm. In
the event the open space on either side of the rope exceeds 30.5 cm, a second wire or
synthetic rope appropriately placed, or guardrails in accordance with the OSHA 29 CFR
Subpart L, 1926.451(e)(4) standard shall be installed to reduce that open space to less than
30.5 cm. COVENIN 2116-84
10.
USE OF SCAFFOLDS
10.1 General requirements
Only a qualified scaffold builder may perform alterations to scaffolds. Any altered
All scaffolds shall have a safe means of access (ladders, stairways, ramps, etc.).
Wherever possible, ladders shall extend at least 90 cm above the platform being accessed.
Jul 04 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 9 of 10
Contractors shall not work on or from, nor erect scaffolds during electrical storms or high
winds unless the scaffolds are located inside a protected building. The wind force is
greater on enclosed scaffolds, such as asbestos-based enclosures. In case of any doubt, an
engineer shall be consulted to determine the wind force on the scaffold and if it is safe to
use.
Scaffolds shall not be loaded in excess of the working load for which they are designed.
The working load of the scaffold shall be indicated on the scaffold identification card.
Guardrails, midrails, and toeboards shall be installed on all sides and open ends of the
Fall protection shall be used at 1.5 m or more above ground level while working on a
scaffold.
Approved fall protection attached to a permanent structure shall be used when working on
a suspension scaffold (see the "Fall Protection Procedure" and the COVENIN 1042-2000
standard: Body Harnesses and Safety Lines.
Employees shall not work on scaffolds covered with oil, grease, or other substances.
Tools, materials, and debris shall not be allowed to accumulate on scaffold platforms in
An 8.9 cm toeboard shall be installed to prevent materials falling from the scaffold. When
materials on a scaffold are piled to a height greater than 8.9 cm, above the toeboard, other
systems such as debris nets may be used to contain and catch falling objects.
Unstable objects such as barrels, boxes, bricks, or concrete blocks shall not be used to
Special precautions shall be taken to protect the elements of a scaffold, including any wire
or fiber rope, when a heat-producing process will be performed on or from the scaffold.
Scaffolds used in corrosive areas shall be neutralized according to the rules of the specific
unit before the materials are removed from the unit, unless special prior arrangements
have been agreed.
in height. The rest platforms shall be installed in the middle point, or equidistant,
wherever possible.
safe conditions. Scaffold builders or users are responsible for notifying of any defective
materials to the owner of the scaffold for its repair or disposal.
The surface of scaffolds shall be maintained free of loose objects (nails, pins, nuts, etc.)
Jul 04 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 10 of 10
Where there is a danger of materials falling from a scaffold and striking employees below,
the area below the scaffold shall be barricaded or paneling or screening extending from
the toeboard to the toprail of the guardrail shall be erected along the entire opening.
hazards.
Scaffold components are to be used for no other purpose than their intended use of design.
The use of aluminum scaffold components or ladders shall not be allowed in caustic areas.
During the erection, dismantling, and permanent use of scaffolds in pedestrian walkways,
warning signs shall be placed and all necessary protections shall be installed to prevent
any hazard for people using such routes.
The use of portable ladders on scaffolds is not recommended to increase the working
height level for the employees. A scaffold shall be erected to provide appropriate access to
the level where the work will be performed.
11.
TRAINING
All personnel working for the Project that need to climb to a scaffold or work on / from a scaffold
shall be trained as scaffold users. Training in the use of scaffolds shall be refreshed every three
years. Scaffold builders shall participate in an eight hour training course approved by the
CONSORCIO refreshment training shall be updated every two years or as required.
Jul 19 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 5
MANAGEMENT WALKTHROUGH
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
30-07-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
23-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
19-07-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 19 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 5
1. OBJECTIVE:
Establish guidelines to follow for management walkthrough of Safety and Health in the workplace as a
backup mechanism. And a demonstration of interest of the management team to this activity, and offer the
opportunity to exchange opinions and an open communication, so to collect the existing doubts and
proceed to the incorporation of required improvements.
2. SCOPE:
Applies to all the activities realized within the Fertilizer Plant at Moron Project executed by
CONSORTIUN, and all the contractors.
3. LEGAL REFERENCES:
Organic Law for the Prevention, Conditions and Environment in the workplace and its Rule.
Hygiene and Safety Conditions in the workplace Rule.
4. DEFINITION:
The Management Walkthrough is the name applied to the monthly inspection by the management team of
the consortium and of the contractors, of the work areas, normally predetermined, with the purpose of
evaluating on site, the application of all the elements of the Safety and Health Program in the workplace.
5. RESPONSABILITIES
5.1 Construction Manager
Promote and direct the inspections of Safety and Health in the workplace
Offer the administrative and technical support necessary in the realization of the programmed
inspections.
Request from the involved contractors the correction of all damages (run-outs) and equally so the
necessary recommendations.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 19 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 5
Advice the construction management, on the methodology of the inspection and on the application
of the standards or elements of the Safety and Health in the workplace Program established for the
Project.
Maintain files with the issued documents and register the follow-up on the compliance of
recommendations.
Participate in the walkthrough made in the areas under their supervision with the purpose of
supplying information that could improve the work conditions and to take note of the damages
observed.
Maintain control and follow-up of the recommendations and observations issued in that area.
Send follow-up and progress report to the Manager of Safety and Health in the workplace of the
Consortium.
Evaluate basic aspects of prevention of accidents and risk control, such as: preventive programs, work
permits, good work practices, etc.
Select one of the jobs out of those that are going on in the installation to be inspected. The group is free to
select a different area to that in the program if considered necessary.
Register in the inspection form the observations found in the mentioned points.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 19 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 5
Once the inspection has been done, the team participants previously named, should hand to the
Construction Manager the Inspection Report, using the attached form, before the Management meeting,
when the results will be announced.
The contractors managers of the evaluated areas should maintain control and follow-up to the
recommendations and/or issued observations. Once registered a copy of the follow-up should be sent to the
Manager of the Safety and Health in workplace of the consortium.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 19 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 5
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 17 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 6
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
30-07-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
25-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
17-07-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 17 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 6
1. OBJECTIVE.
Establish the necessary guidelines for the control and supervision of road closing, for the access as well
as internal circulation of the Project.
2. SCOPE.
Applies to all the personnel of CONSORTIUM and all the contractors who work for the construction of
the Fertilizer Plant at Morn.
3. LEGAL REFERENCES
Organic Law for Prevention, Conditions and Environment in the workplace and its Rule.
Rule for the Conditions of Hygiene ad Safety in the workplace
Land Transit Law and its Rule
Land Transport Law
4. DEFINITIONS.
4.1 Application for Road Closing Permit:
Is the process phase of work permits where the detailed job planning is specified, its scope and the
preventive measures to be considered.
4.2 Authorizer:
Is the person duly authorized and certified to authorize the execution of the jobs after having identified the
risks and having taken the corrective measures to minimize these risks.
4.3 Applicant:
Is the person duly authorized and certified to apply for the work permits, indicating the preventive
measures to be considered for a safe execution of the job.
5. APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION.
Collect all pertinent information and fill out the form for Authorization for Road Closing,
including a detailed plan where the road closing will be effected.
Indicate to the worker the type of signals, signs and barricades and indications required for the
programmed road closing.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 17 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 6
In the case of a road closing outside of the installations, notice should be given to the strategic
associations, mixed neighborhood and the competent national- state- and municipal- authorities, so
they may coordinate the performance of these jobs.
6. AUTORIZATION.
The area Supervisor and the Coordinator of Safety and Health in the workplace will evaluate the
closing situation, so to guaranty access to the installations in case of an emergency.
Should there be any limitations for the Road and route closing, an authorization should not be
given until the Coordination evaluates the strategies for placing protection equipment in order to
permit temporary closing of the installation and/or risk area.
The permit is valid for a maximum period of seven days, and the authorizer is responsible for
monitoring and assuring that the protection and signaling conditions are maintained.
Once the work is terminated, the worker should inform the applicant of the finalization,
and he in turn will notify the different departments involved in the closing, including
the Coordinator of Safety and Health in the workplace.
7. MINIMUM REQUERIMENTS.
For the effect of this procedure, internal and external areas of routes and roads of the installation
should be established.
The closing of roads and routes for work or planned activities require an issuance of Authorization
for Closing of Roads and Routes, and additionally the approval from the Construction Manager.
Only one road in the area should be closed at a time, allowing at least two accesses to the
construction area.
Excavations and trenches through roads should be indicated if the job requires more
than a day of work. Planks should be provided to be used in case of an emergency
situation.
The personnel who receives the authorization for closing roads and routs is responsible to
provide, install and maintain barricades, warning lights and the corresponding signs.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 17 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 6
The persons in charge of the signalization should use personal protection equipments as
established in the Procedure for Personal Protection Equipment of the Project, as well as the
compliance with the norms of the National Law of Land Transit.
The lights placed in barricades for night work should be the intermittent type (Flashing lights).
The barricades utilized for the road and route closing should be of rigid material (scaffold pipes)
and placed one meter from the excavation border, and also there should be a duly identified
person controlling the traffic of vehicles.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 17 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 6
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 17 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 6 of 6
N/A
AUDIT
1
Has the closing of roads been prolonged for much more time
than the time stipulated?
Are the most recent audit reports filed in the offices of Fire
Prevention?
Recommendations :
Done by:
Distribution:
Team Leader, Signature:
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Ago 01 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 4
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
12-08-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
10-08-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
01-08-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Ago 01 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 4
1. OBJECTIVE
Establish control over the sources of ignition during working activities in the Construction phase, thus
minimizing fire risks within the installations of the Project.
2. SCOPE
Applies to all the personnel of the Consortium, and all the contractors, working in the Construction of the
Fertilizer Plant at Morn.
3. LEGAL REFERENCES
Covenin 2216 Norm - Protection against Fires
Rule for the Conditions of Hygiene and Safety in the workplace
Covenin 200 Norm - National Electric Code
4. DEFINITIONS
4.1 Sources of Ignition
Any source of heat, no matter whether its origin is physical or chemical, capable of producing sufficient
temperature as to initiate combustion in presence of a flammable product.
The most common sources of ignition in the construction industry are the following:
Open flame
Internal combustion motors
Static Electricity
Electric arch
Friction between materials
Reaction between chemical products
Spontaneous ignition
Lit cigarettes (smoking)
5. RESPONSABILITIES.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Ago 01 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 4
See to it that all the equipment, machinery, vehicles, etc., are duly protected to avoid producing any
sparks or flames.
Make periodic inspections to verify the control of the ignition sources.
Assure the necessary training so that the involved personnel know the present procedure and apply
it accordingly.
Elaborate analyses of the corresponding risks for each work area, to assure the control of the
sources of ignition.
Suggest disciplinary actions that may correspond to workers who violate the established procedure.
Assure order and cleanliness in the work area and have ready the necessary equipment for fire
fighting.
6. CONTROL OF IGNITION SOURCES.
The work areas should be classified according to the grade of probability that a flammable concentration
can be produced in said area, in such zones and in the possible measure, intrinsically safe equipment
should be used, whose characteristics correspond to the determined grade of danger, and they should be
certified according to the established Covenin Norm 200. (Classification of Class, Division and Group).
6.1 Smoking Restrictions in Work Areas
It is prohibited the carriage of lighters, matches, or any other device for lighting cigarettes, in the
construction area.
It is equally prohibited smoking in the office areas and will only be permitted in specially
designated places.
The contractors will be responsible for maintaining these smoking areas in complete order and
cleanliness.
The contractors will be responsible for verifying that all the personnel comply with what is
established in this requirement.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Ago 01 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 4
All necessary grounding and/or bonding precautions shall be taken to prevent the generations of
static electricity in areas where this may cause hazard or fire such as, motorized agitation, mixing
splash filling, grit blasting house, paint spraying and ventilation fans.
When flammable liquids are transferred from one container to another, bonding between the two
conductive containers, prior to pouring, shall be in place.
To have installed in the muffler of the vehicle a spark killer, to avoid exit of incandescent sparks.
To have rubber protection in the battery terminals, and the terminals should be in good condition.
Before supplying combustible the motors of the vehicles and equipments should be turned off.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 16 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 6
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
30-07-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
25-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
16-07-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 16 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 6
1. OBJECTIVE
Establish the controls in order to identify the risks and minimize personal accidents, damages to
installations and degradation and impact on environment during Cutting, Welding and grinding jobs in
the Project.
2. SCOPE
Applies to all the personnel of CONSORCIO, and all the contractors, who work for the construction of
the Fertilizer Plant at Morn.
3. LEGAL REFERENCES
Organic Law for Prevention, Conditions and Environment in the workplace and its
Rule.
Rule for the Conditions of Hygiene and Safety in the workplace.
COVENIN 1566 Norm. Minimum safety conditions for jobs performed by contract.
Rule on the Conditions of Hygiene and Safety in the workplace.
Covenin No. 979-78 Norm Safety measures in the process of welding an arch for
different risks.
Covenin No. 2267-91 Norm Welding and cutting metals. Safety requirements.
COVENIN 799 Norm. Welding and Cutting. Definitions.
COVENIN 955 Norm. Eye and facial protectors.
COVENIN 2237 Norm. Clothes, equipment and personal protection devices. Selection
according to occupational risk.
4. DEFINITIONS
4.1 Cutting.
Is the activity by which a metallic material is separated by melting a specific area by heat.
4.2 Welding.
Is the localized union of metals, produced by heating of metallic materials at an adequate temperature by
means of applying a specific welding method.
4.3 Welding Arch.
The use of electricity to weld materials in the following manner:
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 16 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 6
By metal with slow gas, this procedure is done with slow gas and electrodes that can be consumed.
5. ACTIVITY RISKS.
5.1 Fire:
The risk of fire exists when the oxygen mixes with the acetylene because of the flammable characteristics
of the acetylene.
5.2 Burns:
On being in contact with the hot points generated by this activity, for which it is obligatory to utilize
protection equipment and place warning signs.
5.3 Electricity:
The personnel who work in this type of activity is exposed to the risks associated with electricity, for which
it is necessary to comply with the established norms in the Procedure with electric energy sources.
5.4 Health Risks:
On inhaling vapor caused in the process that can be dangerous for ones health.
5.5 Eye irritation:
Ultraviolet irradiations of the welding arch that can generate hurtful arches and pains in the eyes.
6. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS.
Welding should be performed only by those workers who have been previously qualified and have
a carnet that accredits them for such work.
The welding operation implies always working in hot conditions, for which it is necessary to obtain
a written hot permit if necessary.
It is obligatory the use of personal protection equipment such as: Long leather gloves, Leather
apron, welding mask fixed onto the safety helmet and Tall Safety Boots.
The cutting and welding operations are not permitted in places that have vapor, liquid or flammable
powder or combustible, or in the interior of closed storages, until these have been eliminated
completely.
Plastic buckets should be used to collect the ends of the electrodes, so maintaining a clean and
orderly area.
The waste of incandescent material should not fall through any opening in the floor or any other
place, so to avoid this, metallic planks or non inflammable canvasses should be used.
Before performing any cutting or welding job, one should assure that there is no other person on
the other side or underneath.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 16 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 6
Protection against fires should be maintained at all times while performing this job, to be inspected,
and at hand, before starting the work.
The cylinders with compressed gas should be placed in a way that there is no direct contact with
the falling sparks or near to hot sources.
7. ELECTRIC WELDING.
The portable welding units, working with a motor, should not be moved before having turned it off.
It is forbidden the movement of welding machines while it is functioning.
The cables should be hung up or protected adequately, so that they do not interfere with the safe
transit and should not get damaged or tied up.
The worker should check cables isolation before starting his work, re-emplacing whatever is
deteriorated. He should also avoid hauling the cables over construction parts, not resting on hot
pipes, muddy water, borders or trenches or in any other place that can affect is functioning.
To connect cables appropriate connectors (LC40) should be used and given an adequate isolation
capacity with at least the equivalent to the cable.
In places where the size is reduced, the cables should be protected to avoid contact with the falling
incandescent sparks.
One should not change the electrodes with uncovered hands or using wet gloves, or when standing
on a wet surface that is in contact with land.
Place a system grinding fault to the outside of the portable or fixed welding units (bronze bars,
green cable 12, and a bronze terminal to adjust the cable to the bar.
All the equipment and the circuits ought to be totally isolated and there should not exist any
possibility that the worker or his assistant get into contact with energized parts.
While welding, as many times as need the interruption, for any amount of time, the energy supply
to the machine should be turned off.
The welding machines by arch should be placed far from the operation site and far away from
ovens and other sources of heat.
The holder for the electrodes should always be maintained in good state and should be inspected
and coded according to the procedure established in the procedure for inspection of portable tools.
The portable welding machines should not be used while they are being supplied with combustible.
The deposits for gas oil should not be filled to its maximum capacity. This would prevent
combustible leaks.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 16 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 6
The lateral covering should be maintained closed to protect the equipment and its personnel against
movable parts.
8. AUTOGENA WELDING.
The Oxicort equipment should be clean, free from oil or grease, and in perfect operative conditions.
Before using the equipment, one should inspect the rings of the unions, connections, blower
(welding torch) and hose.
On connecting the hoses, ordinary wire should not be used, connectors or rings should be used.
The hoses, connections, regulators, manometers should all be inspected frequently, to verify if
there are leaks or any weak points.
The hoses for acetylene gas conduction or other combustible gas, should be of different colors, to
those used for conducting oxygen, which should be of green color.
The connection of hoses should have rings and differently filleted, so that it Hill be difficult to be
confused and to change them.
Double flame return detainer should be installed, of the combustible as well as of the oxygen, in
the exit of the regulator and in the entrance of the blower.
If a flame backflow should be produced, one should close the valves of the blower, first the oxygen
valve and then the combustible one.
One should use the gas cylinders in vertical position, placed in a cylinder holder and tied on with
chains, to avoid their falling down.
Gas cylinders, container or tube distributor should not be used unless it has an approved pressure
regulator.
Gas cylinders should not be stored in places not designed for such or where welding and cutting
operations are being performed.
Oil or grease should never be used as lubricant for valves or accessories of oxygen cylinders.
Oxygen should never be used as a substitute for compressed air in pneumatic tools, burners of oil
preheating, to initiate the start of motors with internal combustion, or to take dust off the clothes.
The gas cylinders should not be carried into confined spaces where a job is being performed.
To light blowers, matches should not be used, a friction lighter should be utilized.
The blower should not be turned off until the combustible and oxygen valves have been closed.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 16 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 6 of 6
The pressure of the acetylene should not be used in welding equipment at a manometer pressure of
more than 1 kg /cm2
9. TRAING AND CERTIFICTION.
All the personnel of welding, cutting and grinding should be duly trained and qualified for such an activity.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 11 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 1 de 6
AUDITS
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
26-07-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
16-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
11-07-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 11 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 2 de 6
1. OBJECTIVE:
To determine the level of fulfillment of the Health and Safety at Work Program, prepared for the Project,
and its effectiveness through a systematic process and documentation to attain evidences, to evaluate them
objectively and correct deviations.
2. SCOPE
It applies to all activities performed within the Moron Fertilizers Plant Project executed by
CONSORTIUM, and all contractor companies.
3. LEGAL REFERENCES
Work Environment, Conditions and Prevention Organic Law and its Rules & Regulations
Labor Organic Law and its Rules & Regulations
Health and Sanitary Conditions at Work Rules & Regulations
Environment Penal Law
Environment Organic Law and its Rules & Regulations
Civil Procedure Code.
Administrative Procedures Organic Law
Labor Processing Organic Law
ISO 14010 Guidelines for Auditing
4. DEFINITIONS
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 11 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 3 de 6
5.2 The Health and Safety at Work manager will be responsible for:
Participate in the auditing team contributing with the necessary and required information for its
implementation and efficiency.
Contribute with all the necessary resources to rectify all detected deviations during the auditing
process.
6. PROCESS DESCRIPTION
The Health and Safety at Work auditing is a technical instrument to verify satisfactory work conditions,
according to what is established in the program for the project and the requirements of the Venezuelan
laws.
6.1 Planning
A schedule approved by the construction manager will be established. This schedule will include the
internal quarterly audits, structured by the consortiums multidisciplinary team, client and contractors. The
decision to carry out independent audits will be of the project managing team and will be planned in site.
6.2 Preparation
The leader auditor will be in charge of this activity that will look after the identification of the areas to audit
and the specifications for the teams personnel.
6.3 Execution
Audits will be based in the objective evidence which will be attained from the test and registry of
documents and direct observations in site. A follow up of all those corrective actions established in
previous audits will be made as to confirm their execution.
6.4 Report
After completion of the audit activities, a report will be written including all those observations collected
during the audit and the necessary corrective actions will be established. These actions will be mandatory,
therefore it will be necessary that the Construction Management be acquainted with the report to support it,
make follow up and commitment. In addition, the description of the observed deviations and the corrective
actions proposed and executed will be included. See Annex 1.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 11 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 4 de 6
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 11 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 5 de 6
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 11 - 2007
Rev. 0
Page 6 de 6
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 12 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 12
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
26-07-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
16-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
12-07-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 12 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 12
1. OBJECTIVE:
Establishes the guidelines to isolate (Lock out/Tag out) each energy device to prevent the unexpected
power supply, start up or release of energy stored during the service or maintenance.
2. SCOPE:
It is applicable to all Consortium personnel, as well as, contractors personnel to perform works requiring
isolation in such equipment as:
Pumps
Piping
Tanks
Interchangers
Towers
Boilers
Furnaces
Compressors
Burners
Revolving Equipment
Electrical Sources
3. LEGAL REFERENCES:
Working Environment Condition Prevention Organic Law and its Rules and Regulations
4. DEFINITIONS:
4.1 Isolation: It is the process through which the equipment is isolated from the system.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 12 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 12
4.2 Lock Out and Tag Out: It is a procedure using a security device, to keep any element of isolation of
energy in a safe position, and in addition a tag or visible serial is placed to identify the energy isolation
spots.
4.3 Blind Discs: These are solid metal plates introduced to form insulation between the facing of two bridles
appropriate to the design pressure of the piping system or the equipment being isolated.
4.5 Tag Out Device: It is a tag with a holding device (tape, band, chain, padlock, etc.) which can be
fastened in a safe way to the isolated element.
4.5 Energized: It is the term used when the element is connected to a power source, or contains stored or
residual energy.
4.6 Power Source: It refers to any electrical power source, mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic, thermal,
radioactive, gravitational, or any other, with the potential to cause injuries to personnel and damages to
equipment.
4.7 Master List of Discs: It is a list with the location of the discs installed in the battery limit of a process unit
or installed in the unit individual equipment.
4.8 Energy Isolation Spot: It is the specific location of an energy isolation which locks the power
source.
5. PREPARATION FOR THE ISOLATION:
Prior to starting activities, the construction supervisor and the Health and Safety at Work
supervisor, should know the work scope to be executed.
Locate and identify all the power sources of the system or equipment to be intervened.
Enumerate all the power sources and methods of control devices in the lock out and tag out
registry.
Notify and coordinate the activities with the workers of the different areas involved.
Put out of service the systems or equipment involved and prepare them to perform the work
according to the requirements of the service to be executed.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 12 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 12
Operate and locate all the energy isolation devices necessary to control the existing energy.
Verify that the equipment energy isolation has been completed satisfactorily through the
checking of:
- Opening and closing of drains and locking valves
- Verification of pressure increases
- Verification of escapes in valves
The Consortium supervisors should install the appropriate lock out and tag out devices before
transferring the equipment or system to the contractor.
The lock out and tag out devices installed by the Consortium will be the first to be put in place
and the last ones to be put aside after verifying that the job was performed satisfactorily.
The lock out and tag out devices installed by the contractor will be put in place by the work
responsible supervisor subsequent and immediate to the put in place of the lock by the
Consortium supervisor; they will be the second ones to put the lock out and tag out and the
first ones to put them aside after the work activities in the equipment or the system are
completed.
Afterwards, both supervisors Consortium/Contractor must complete and sign the lock out and tag
out registry. See enclosed format.
7. VERIFICATION OF THE ISOLATION SYSTEM
The consortium supervisor will verify that the contractor complied with the card and padlock put in
place in the system to be intervened before allowing starting the working activities.
The Health and Safety at Work supervisor will verify that the equipment is isolated from the power
sources and that the lock out and tag out system was correctly put in place before initiating the
working activities.
The Health and Safety at Work and the Consortium supervisors will verify the list of the lock out
and tag out placements to confirm that there is not a padlock or blind disc without identification in
the control list of lock out and tag out.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 12 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 12
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 12 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 6 of 12
At least one padlock together with a lock out and tag out tag should be fastened to each energy isolation
element to keep the device in a safe position, disconnected and to prevent that the associated equipment be
energized accidentally.
The padlocks will be numbered, identified and placed individually by the Consortium area supervisors and
the contractor work responsible supervisor.
Only the person putting the padlock can remove it, this policy will not be violated. If a padlock has to be
removed, the employee holding the key will be located and requested to put aside the padlock, remove the
card and sign the lock out and tag out registry.
The lock out and tag out tags are used to identify all the energy isolation points. These tags should resist
the work external environmental conditions to avoid their damage and maintain their legibility. They
should be made of plastic material with a metallic loop to keep them fastened. See samples attached.
The tag fastening mean will be a sealed strap made of material resistant to the environmental conditions
and long lasting.
All tags will have the sign DANGER and the legend DO NOT OPERATE. The corresponding padlock number
will be indicated and a space provided for observations made by the supervisor in charge of the isolation.
The tags identify each group with their respective names and according to the following color codes:
Green Contractors
Tags should not be used for any other purpose than for energy isolation as established in this
procedure.
The bridle tags will be used to identify the places where equipment will be opened. For example:
Connections, bridles, joints of places to be cut and opened.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 12 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 7 of 12
The number and position of each tag and lock out and tag out padlock should be written down by the
Consortium supervisor in the lock out and tag out registration format.
The placing of a padlock by the Consortium supervisor does not release any contractor of the responsibility
of putting its own lock out padlock while working on the equipment.
In equipment without the appropriate locking devices, chains should used or wire cables to lock the
equipment and confirm it is secured.
For the use of blind discs to lock, they should be of the complete thickness and material of the line to be
locked, coded and certified by the Consortium and contractor quality control supervisors before using them.
The use of blind home made discs or those not complying with the quality requirements established by the
project, will not be permitted.
12. TEMPORARY REMOVAL OF LOCK OUT BY TEST
When lock out and tag out devices are needed to be removed temporarily to make tests requiring to
energize the equipment and/or system, previous authorization of the required supervising levels, the
procedure must be as follows:
Clean the area and the equipment and/or system of tools and used materials.
Move the workers from the proximity of the equipment and/or system.
Remove the necessary lock out and tag out devices keeping control and constant supervision for
their later placement after the tests are finished.
Energize the equipment and/or system and proceed with the required tests keeping control of
access to the area involved in the activity.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 12 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 8 of 12
______________________________
SECTION 3 ISOLATION:
POWER
SOURCE
ENERGY
ISOLATION
POINTS
Unlocked
Lock
BV
BC
Initials
Date
Initials
Date
Isolations to perform the work described in Section 2, have been made. Reference has been made to the drawings
(P&ID), Electrical Schemes and Documentation where applicable.
Signature of Contractor Supervisor::_________________________________
Signature of Executing Supervisor :_______________________________
Date:_________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 12 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 9 of 12
In the space provided for Executed by sign the authorizers when the different working permits
are completed.
In the space provided for Date of Completion indicate the dates when the different working
permits are completed.
The contractor supervisor should indicate the description of the work, scope, location and the
equipment to be locked and tagged.
Section 3-Isolations
Power source refers to any electrical, mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic, thermal, radioactive,
gravitational or any other energy source with the potential to cause injuries to personnel or damage
to equipment.
Energy Isolation Point. It is the specific location of an energy isolation element which
locks/isolates the power source. .
Lock Out
The numbers of the Consortium (BV) and contractors (BC) lock outs are indicated.
The initials of the workers that placed the lock outs are indicated.
Unlock
Indicate the name initials of the workers executing the unlocking and its date of execution.
In the lower section, the signatures of the workers that installed the isolation devices are indicated.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 12 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 10 of 12
The Consortium construction supervisor places his padlock and card in the equipment to be
intervened and allows to take out of service the equipment listed in sections 2 and 3.
The Health and Safety at Work supervisor verifies that the lock out and tag out were placed
according to what is contemplated in the procedure and all safety norms were fulfilled, thereby
allowing the intervention of the equipment listed in sections 2 and 3.
Section 5- Completion
The Consortium supervisor signs indicating that all isolations of the lock out and tag out have been
removed and the work has been completed.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 12 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 11 of 12
! PELIGRO
! PELIGRO
PADLOCK
Nr.____
176 mm
DO NOT
OPERATE
DO NO REMOVE THIS
PADLOCK/CARD
CONSORCIO VEC
Observations:___________
___________________
___________________
___________________
___________________
___________________
__________________
CONSORCIO VEC
76 mm
(TRANSLATION OF TEXT)
DANGER
This tag can be removed only by: Name, Date, Dept.
Completion Estimated Date
CONSORTIUM VEC
DANGER
CONSORTIUM VEC
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 12 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 12 of 12
! PELIGRO
! PELIGRO
padlock
Nr.____
DO NOT
OPERATE
Esta etiqueta puede ser removida slo por:
Nombre:___________________________
Fecha:____________Dpto.:___________
Fecha Proyectada de Finalizacin:_______
CONTRATISTAS
Observationes:__________
___________________
___________________
___________________
___________________
___________________
CONTRATISTAS
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 13 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 13
TO ENTRY
CONFINED SPACES
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
26-08-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
16-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
13-07-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 13 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 13
1. OBJECTIVE:
Establish Health and Safety at Work norms and procedures, to be considered for the access and/or work
execution inside confined spaces, as well as the responsibilities of those involved in these activities and the
premises to follow for the preparation of the corresponding emergency plans, with the purpose of
preventing accidents or occupational illnesses.
2. SCOPE
It is applicable to all Consortiums personnel, as well as personnel of contractor companies to perform
inspections or works in confined or closed areas, such as:
Storage tanks
Process containers
Vapor generators
Furnaces
Basements
Septic wells
Drainages
Tunnels
Piping
Sewers
Open spaces at the top of more than 1.50 m. deep, such as pits, warehouses or ditches, without good natural
ventilation.
3. LEGAL REFERENCES:
Work Conditions and Environment, Prevention Organic Law and its Rules and Regulations
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 13 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 13
Norm COVENIN 1056. Criteria for the selection and use of respiratory protection equipment.
4. DEFINITIONS:
4.1 Confined Spaces.
It is a partly or completely closed environment with confined natural air intake and way out, not designed
for persons to remain inside, even if its configuration and dimensions allow the occasional entry of a person
to execute a work. A confined space can present a limitation or restriction of ways of access and escape,
ventilation deficiency and visibility, danger of falls, trapping or asphyxia and the possibility of containing
dangerous atmospheres such as gasses or inflammable vapor, toxic substances or inadequate oxygen
contents.
4.2 Isolation
It is the procedure through which a confined space is taken out of service and completely protected, in
order to avoid intake of any energy, by means of closing up, disconnection and removal of sections in line,
lock out or disconnection of all electrical and mechanical joints.
4.3 Oxygen Deficient Atmosphere
It is an atmosphere containing less than 19, 5% of oxygen.
4.4 Atmosphere reach in Oxygen.
It is an atmosphere containing more than 23, 5% of oxygen.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 13 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 13
Toxic atmosphere
Inflammable atmosphere
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 13 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 13
Register in the corresponding format, the authorized workers (executors) entering and leaving the
confined space.
6. PROCESS DESCRIPTION
6.1 Preparation:
Stage by which the conditions of the confined space and its surroundings are validated, applying the
preventive measures to make sure there are no risks endangering the health and integrity of the worker.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 13 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 6 of 13
6.2 Authorization:
In this phase, it is verified that the space is safe to enter, through a written certification, which among other
aspects should be signed by the person issuing and receiving the authorization (See annex 1)
6.3 Taking care of Emergencies:
In case of contingency during the job execution, this phase takes into consideration the availability of the
corresponding emergency plans.
7. TECHNICAL RULES:
7.1 Ventilation
The air supply should come from a clean source and not increase the already existing risks, due to
recycling of contaminants (presence of air entry ducts close to the extractor discharge),
inappropriate location of the entry ducts, or by the use of low quality air sources or deteriorated
compressors.
The ventilation system used could continue during the works, in order to offer protection in case of
accidental entry of a toxic substance, as well as to refresh the environment and improve the
working conditions (keep the place cool).
Ventilation must be sufficient to keep the atmosphere with a concentration of 0% of the lower
inflammability limit, paying special attention to vapors emitted when mud or other sediments have
been removed during a cleaning process.
Forced ventilation must be steered in such a way as to ventilate the areas next to the place where
the worker is or will be located. It should be taken into consideration if contaminant gas or vapor is
lighter, same weight or heavier than the air used for ventilation.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 13 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 7 of 13
The air ducts must be put in or laid towards the bottom of the container, to insure the removal of
vapor or heavy gasses and an effective circulation of the air.
Under no circumstances shall oxygen be injected inside a confined space to enrich the air.
Enrichment with oxygen makes certain substances, for example, grease, susceptible to spontaneous
combustion and will increase in an enormous quantity the combustibility of other materials.
All mechanical air ventilators must be electrically connected to the metallic surfaces of any
container being ventilated, so that an electric arch is not generated due to static discharge. This
applies to all types of electrical ventilators as well as pneumatic.
7.2 Illumination
The artificial lighting equipment must be explosion proof, be provided of a system of ground
discharge (connection) and be revised prior to entering the restricted area.
Portable lighting equipment, and any portable equipment in general, will be approved for areas
classified as Class I, Division I, according to Norm Covenin 200(National Electrical code)
All cables to be used can not have any ties and/or connected to another cable by a socket since due
to the movement of the cables they could be disconnected and produce an electric arch.
Furthermore the cables will be appropriately suspended to avoid fractures.
Basic protection (helmet, glasses, gloves, safety shoes and ear protection) when the confined space
is free of contaminants and with a minimum oxygen content of up to 19, 5% by air volume.
Total covering clothes with air supply incorporated (plus air cylinder for emergency escape) for
oxygen deficient atmospheres and with risks of existing toxic substances irritant to the skin.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 13 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 8 of 13
When compressors are used for the air breathing supply, it should be of the oil free type, with
stored air cylinders in reserve and a system to maintain pressure entering the mask regulator
between 80 and 120 psig.; the breathing air must be dry.
When there is a risk of fire or explosion, due to the presence of pyrophoric or inflammable material
and absence of oxygen (or reduced oxygen to the minimum level to such a point that combustion
can not be kept). Personnel should enter with air supply performing with positive pressure and
equipment should have spark proof characteristics.
When the type of work being executed causes the production of relatively small amounts of
uncomfortable dust, a cartridge type of breathing protection equipment should be used (to
guarantee an adequate amount of oxygen in the air)
First Aid.
In addition, the entrance to confined spaces by personnel is prohibited, if they have not had the following
medical exams as established by the Norm Covenin 3153.
Spirometry
Electrocardiogram
Complete Hematology
Eye test
Thorax X Rays
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 13 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 9 of 13
Prior to starting the job, the supervisor will discuss with those involved, all the risks inherent to the same
and inspect the protection equipment to be used. Additionally, the whole working team will sign the entry
authorization to confined spaces.
The minimum amount of persons should stay inside a confined space while working; this is determined by
the diameter /area of the space and the type of work to be executed.
Outside the confined space an observer should be placed to keep close observation of the persons inside the
confined space.
Every equipment electrically fed should be ground connected and revised carefully before it is used. It
should be ensured that the equipment has explosion proof characteristics or is intrinsically safe and
adequate for the electrical classification particularly of the area. The 110 wolfs circuits must be duly
protected by a system of ground discharge.
All cellular telephones, company or private owned, are prohibited inside the confined space, since most of
this type of telephones constitute sources of ignition.
During electrical storms, works in high structures or metallic containers in confined spaces are prohibited.
7.5 Equipment and Materials Used
The following equipment should be available, in good conditions of calibration and performance and
should be used by trained personnel:
Test equipment and monitoring (explosive meter, oxygen meter and toxic gasses meters)
Ventilation equipment
Communication equipment
Personal protection equipment (helmet, safety shoes, gloves, working outfit, glasses, tackle, belt,
life lines, others).
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 13 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 10 of 13
All equipment used to work inside a confined space, should be inspected by the contractors Health
and Safety at Work responsible person, to verify it is the adequate one and to confirm it is in good
condition and safe to use it. This should also include detection devices, personal protection
equipment, harnesses, life lines, and the necessary communication equipment.
8. PREPARATION OF CONFINED SPACES
Before entering and working in a confined space, it is essential that it be isolated from the process,
vacuum, purged, neutralized (if applicable), cleaned and ventilated, with the purpose of disposing,
and eliminating gasses, vapors and/or hazardous liquids inside , only if it is on service.
The supervisor responsible for the job should consider the risks which could be originated by the
reaction of the agents used in the purge and cleanness of the confined space, prior to the entrance
of the workers.
The Health and Safety at Work supervisor should evaluate the nearby equipment to verify that
there is no possibility of hazardous gasses getting into the confined space, due to potential escapes/
wind blow and to control all ignition sources.
The Health and Safety at Work supervisor should validate that electrical equipment to be used
during the work execution is certified/listed for its use in a dangerous area Class I, Division I,
Group D.
Both the work and Health and Safety at Work supervisors should evaluate which way of
communication will be used to keep contact with those persons entering the confined space, since
even though the noise in a confined space is not so intense to cause ear injury, it could block verbal
communication with the observer outside the confined space.
Before entering a confined space, the work executor should install and have ready the following:
Gas Detector, able to detect % of inflammability, PPM of toxic gasses and % of Oxygen.
Corporal harness
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 13 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 11 of 13
Explosion Proof Ventilators/Extractors (if necessary after evaluating the work atmosphere)
The work supervisor together with the Health and Safety at Work supervisor should place signs
displaying the prohibition to enter confined spaces at the entrance of container to be evaluated.
The work supervisor together with the Health and Safety at Work supervisor performs the
explosive meter test, evaluation of precense of toxic gasses and determines the oxygen percentage
currently in the confined space.
Once the tests have been performed and determined that the site has the safety conditions to
perform the work, a sign should be placed indicating that the area is restricted and its access is
allowed to authorized personnel only.
The work supervisor jointly with the Health and Safety at Work supervisor and the workers
involved in the activity shall discuss its inherent risks, revising the working procedure with its
respective safe work analysis.
The work supervisor jointly with the Health and Safety at Work supervisor prepares the confined
space entry authorization format indicating the performed oxygen, inflammable gasses and toxic
gasses test values.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 13 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 12 of 13
If any of the gas monitor sensors activates an alarm (inflammable, oxygen or toxic substance).
If the local or general emergency alarm strikes or if there are process alterations in the plant.
As soon as the respiratory protection equipment of low pressure alarm whistle blower sounds.
The observer by means of a whistle blower or radio shall notify immediately to the work responsible
supervisor and to the Health and Safety at Work supervisor, of any emergency happening inside the
confined space.
If there is the suspicion that the emergency occurred due to a toxic atmosphere, by no way shall the
confined space be entered without the respiratory protection equipment and the corresponding life lines.
In case the worker looses consciousness inside the confined space, the observer snarl:
Use the respiratory protection equipment to support assistance to the rescued person once he is out
of the confined space and transfer the injured person to an open or fresh air space.
Jul 13 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 13 of 13
to the risk control technicians on duty who are trained in the use of respiratory protection and/or rescue
equipment. If necessary, the technicians could request a physician in site, but usually he waits at the clinic
to offer support when the ambulance arrives.
The equipment and trained and qualified personnel must always be available to rescue a person inside a
confined space the available equipment should include the following:
Stretchers
Ambulance
Life Lines
The ambulance needs not to be in site of the confined space, but should have communication with the
observer outside the confined space.
The Safe Work Analysis prepared for the activity will help to determine the exact risks and control
measures which should be implemented to avoid undesirable events to happen.
The observer should have as a minimum a radio, whistle blower, life lines and self contained respiratory
apparatus (SCBA).
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jun 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 23
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE
EQUIPMENT
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
30-07-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
27-06-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
18-06-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
1.
Jun 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 23
OBJETIVE:
To establish guidelines for the selection, acquisition, supply, use, and maintenance of personal
protective equipment to be used by personnel visiting or working in areas of the Moron Fertilizer
Plant Project.
2.
SCOPE:
This Procedure is applicable to all CONSORTIUM personnel, as well as to all Contractor personnel
working for the Moron Fertilizer Plant Project.
3.
LEGAL REFERENCES:
COVENIN 0039 Standard: Requirements for Safety Footwear ("Calzados de seguridad.
Requisitos.").
COVENIN 0761 Standard: Requirements for Dielectric Rubber Gloves ("Guantes dielctricos de
goma. Requisitos.").
COVENIN 0815 Standard: Protective Hard Hats for Industrial Use ("Cascos de proteccin
personal para uso industrial").
COVENIN 0871 Standard: Hearing Protection ("Protectores auditivos").
COVENIN 0955 Standard: Eye and Face Protection ("Protectores oculares y faciales").
COVENIN 1008 Standard: Steel Toe Caps for Safety Footwear ("Puntera para calzados de
seguridad").
COVENIN 1042 Standard: Safety Belts, Body Harnesses, and Slings for Personal Protection
("Cinturones, arneses y eslingas de seguridad para proteccin personal").
COVENIN 1056/I Standard: Criteria for the Selection and Use of Respiratory Protective
Equipment ("Criterios para a seleccin y uso de los equipos de proteccin respiratoria").
COVENIN 1056/II Standard: Respiratory Protective Equipment, Particle Filtering Respirators
("Equipos de proteccin respiratoria contra partculas").
COVENIN 1056/III Standard: Respiratory Protective Equipment, Combined Gas, Vapor, and
Particle Filtering Devices ("Equipos de proteccin respiratoria combinados para gas o vapor y
partculas").
COVENIN 1244 Standard: Life Jackets ("Chaleco salvavidas").
COVENIN 1927 Standard: Leather Gloves for Industrial Use ("Guantes de cuero para uso
industrial").
COVENIN 2165 Standard: Natural and Synthetic Rubber Gloves for Industrial Use ("Guantes de
goma natural y materiales sintticos para uso industrial").
COVENIN 2166 Standard: Dielectric Rubber Sleeves ("Mangas dielctricas de goma").
COVENIN 2167 Standard: Dielectric Rubber Blankets ("Mantas dielctricas de goma").
COVENIN 2237 Standard: Personal Protective Clothing, Equipment, and Devices. Selection
According to Occupational Hazard. ("Ropa, equipos y dispositivos de proteccin personal.
Seleccin de acuerdo al riesgo ocupacional.").
Regulations for Health and Safety Conditions at the Workplace.
Organic Act on Prevention, Conditions, and Environment at the Workplace ("Ley Orgnica de
Prevencin, Condiciones y Medio Ambiente del Trabajo").
4.
DEFINITIONS
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 23
4.1
4.2
BODY PROTECTION: The measures and equipment used as control media to protect the
worker against hazards of physical, chemical, and biological nature.
4.3
EYE AND FACE PROTECTION: The protection for eyes and face aimed at preventing or
diminishing the seriousness of injuries in these body areas, due to splashes from acids and hot
liquids, high temperatures, suspended particles, sparks and incandescent slag or chips /
splinters, and/or radiation.
4.4
FOOT PROTECTION: Protection required by workers in operational, chemical, and metalmechanical processes and maintenance and construction areas whose feet are exposed to
impacts, compression forces, strong caustic and corrosive acids, cut or penetration hazards,
electrical hazards, and burns.
4.5
4.6
4.7
HEAD PROTECTION: The set measures and equipment necessary to protect the head of
those workers exposed to suffer accidents or injuries by impact, electric shocks, or corrosive
or hot liquid spills on that part of the body.
4.8
4.9
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
CONSORTIUM and its Contractors shall provide personal protective clothing, devices, and
accessories to all workers performing tasks where the risk and exposure levels determine their
use.
Visiting personnel and vendors in the work areas shall use basic personal protective equipment.
The construction supervisor is responsible of ensuring that personnel under his / her supervision
uses the personal protective equipment and maintains it in good conditions.
All workers are responsible of using and maintaining in good conditions the personal protective
equipment.
The Contractor shall provide to all its workers the equipment required for their appropriate
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 23
personal protection in the different activities to be carried out. Each worker is responsible for the
care and maintenance of all equipment provided for his / her own use and shall use it according
to instructions and at all times indicated. The Contractor shall also provide mechanical
protection such as machine guards and other equipment to safeguard the workers.
The personal protective equipment (PPE) shall be provided at the start of the work and as needed
by the activities, and shall be replaced when its deterioration justifies it.
6.
7.
HEAD PROTECTION
Head protection is required whenever working in areas where any of the following risks or
circumstances exist:
Being struck by falling or dropping objects.
Bumping the head against fixed objects.
Working near exposed electric conductors that could make contact with the head.
Chemical splashes from hazardous substances.
Burns produced by high-temperature flying particles (sparks).
Entangling of hair in moving machinery.
Bumping the head against low-height piping and structures while walking in confined spaces.
The use of a hard hat is mandatory for all own, hired, and visiting personnel in work areas
exposed to hazards.
The suspension system of hard hats shall be maintained in good conditions since it keeps the
hard hat in place and distributes the impacts.
The structure of personal protective hard hats shall be inspected according to the requirements
established in the inspection procedure. It should be verified that the hard hat shows no fissures
or cracks, signs of impact, wear, or material crystallization. The manufacturer's instructions shall
be followed with respect to the products and materials to be used to clean the hard hats.
8.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 23
Eye and face protective devices shall be cleaned after each use, following the manufacturer's
instructions, and stored in a clean, dust-proof container, such as a box, bag, or plastic
envelope to protect them against dust and scratches.
Contact lenses shall not be used under any circumstance in industrial areas unless protective
eyewear is permanently worn over the contact lenses.
Face protection devices are not recommended as protective eyewear against impact hazards. If
face protection is desired to be used against such hazards, safety spectacles shall be worn under.
9.
HEARING PROTECTION
The use of hearing protection is required in those areas where there is a risk of exposure to noise
levels above 85 decibels (dB). Protective hearing devices shall comply with the requirements
established by the COVENIN standards. In those areas where the noise level is greater than or
equal to 100 dB, the use of double hearing protection is required, of the plug and muff type.
Protective hearing devices are of mandatory use for personnel exposed to noise levels above 85
dB.
Protective hearing devices are classified in two categories:
A) Earplugs or insertion devices: Are introduced into the ear canal and generally used in
environments with sound levels between 110 and 115 dB since these devices, if worn
correctly, can reduce noise in 25-30 dB.
B) Earmuffs: These devices cover the entire outer ear. Earmuffs can reduce 10-15 dB more than
plugs and, therefore, are more effective for noise levels between 115 and 130 dB. The
combined use of earplugs and earmuffs provides an additional protection of 3-5 dB.
10.
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION
The use of respiratory protection is required in those areas where there is a risk of exposure to
chemical substances in the form of gases, vapors, dusts, and mists, or oxygen deficiency. In
oxygen deficient atmospheres which are immediately dangerous to life and health (IDLH), only
self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) of the pressure demand or airline (demand) types
with auxiliary self-contained air supply equipment may be used.
For those areas where there the atmosphere has an adequate oxygen content (> 19.5% by
volume), and contaminants do not pose an immediate danger to life and health, the respiratory
protective equipment shall be selected according to the contaminants present. For this purpose,
information such as material safety data sheet (MSDS) of chemical products, equipment
operation and restrictions, fit over user's face, and equipment protection factor, shall be
available.
According to COVENIN and ANSI standards, respiratory protective equipment is classified
according to the mode of protection against contaminated breathing air in the environment being
evaluated, as follows.
Air-purifying respirators: Remove contaminants from the ambient air before it is inhaled;
they do not supply oxygen to the user. These respirators are classified according to the type
of contaminants to be removed in:
- Particulate filtering.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 6 of 23
HAND PROTECTION
Hand protection is required and shall be of mandatory use for performing activities in which
there is a risk of exposure to chemical substances or extreme temperatures (heat and cold) or of
contact with electric current and abrasive materials or pointed, sharp-edged and/or cutting
objects.
Protective gloves are classified according to the occupation and/or activity performed in:
Leather gloves for industrial use.
Dielectric gloves.
Chemical-resistant gloves.
Leather gloves for industrial use shall be inspected by the user on a daily basis.
Dielectric rubber gloves and chemical-resistant gloves shall be cleaned, disinfected, and stored
according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Leather, fabric, or cowhide gloves shall be used to handle rough or abrasive materials.
Neoprene gloves shall be used to handle oil by-products, acids, and chemical substances in
general.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 7 of 23
Asbestos or wool fabric gloves shall be used to protect hands from heat.
Dielectric neoprene gloves protected with leather cover gloves and dielectric blankets and
sleeves shall be used for electrical works.
Reinforced leather gloves with extra-large cuffs that extend at least to the mid-forearm shall be
used for cutting and welding work.
12.
FOOT PROTECTION
Foot protection is required and shall be of mandatory use for all own, hired, or visiting personnel
in work areas wherever heavy materials are handled, there is risk of being struck by or bumping
against objects or moving vehicles, or if work on electrically energized equipment or parts is
performed.
Under no circumstance shall it be allowed to remove the toe guard / steel toe / toe cap from
safety footwear since it would eliminate its protective characteristics.
To prevent the generation of sparks, shoes without nails on the sole shall be used to work in
areas where flammable liquids or gases are present.
All workers exposed to electrical hazards shall use safety footwear with dielectric protective
soles.
Users shall inspect safety footwear prior to use and notify their immediate supervisors of any
anomaly.
13.
14.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 8 of 23
Comfortable to wear.
Work conditions.
Protection against the particular hazard for which it has been designed.
Ease of care and maintenance of the equipment.
Workers that will use the equipment.
Body parts to be protected.
Equipment quality.
Equipment resistance.
Adequate protection.
Comfortable fit, without interfering with the natural movements of the user.
Practicality.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Sampling.
Compressor start up / general
maintenance.
Entry to confined spaces
(tanks / equipment).
Operations with hydrogen
sulfide (H2S).
Start up of heaters / boilers.
Hydrocarbon loading /
unloading (presence of
vapors).
Process line opening / line
rupture.
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Machinery.
WATERPROOF
CHEMICAL-RESISTANT BOOTS
CHEMICAL-RESISTANT APRON
Page 9 of 23
FIRE-RESISTANT PERSONAL PROTECTIVE
SUIT
CHEMICAL-RESISTANT GLOVES
CUT-RESISTANT GLOVES
Sandblasting.
Rev. 1
LEATHER GLOVES
COTTON GLOVES
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION
HEARING PROTECTION
UV PROTECTION
FACESHIELD
H2S DETECTORS
ACTIVITIES / TASKS
FALL PROTECTION
Jun 18 - 2007
HARD HAT
Issued
Page 10 of 23
HAND
PROTECTION
X X
X X
General welding.
X X
Excavation works.
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
CHEMICAL-RESISTANT GLOVES
FIRE-RESISTANT PERSONAL PROTECTIVE
SUIT
CHEMICAL-RESISTANT APRON
X
CUT-RESISTANT GLOVES
LEATHER GLOVES
COTTON GLOVES
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION
X X
HEARING PROTECTION
UV PROTECTION
FACESHIELD
SAFETY SPECTACLES
H2S DETECTORS
X X
ACTIVITIES / TASKS
FALL PROTECTION
BODY AND
FOOT
PROTECTION
HARD HAT
Rev. 1
X
X
X
X
X
X
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 18 - 2007
WATERPROOF
CHEMICAL-RESISTANT BOOTS
Issued
Jun 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 11 of 23
I. HEAD PROTECTION
EQUIPMENT
DESCRIPTION
Hard hat
USE - ACTIVITY
To provide head protection.
Production.
Improvement and transport.
TYPES / MODELS /
STANDARDS
V-Guard, regular.
Full-brim hard hat.
Brimless cap.
COVENIN 815-82.
ANSI Z-89.1.1986.
Welding helmet
Fiberglass.
Vulcanized fiber.
ANSI-Z-37.1.
Firefighter's
helmet
For firefighting.
Fiberglass.
NFPA 1971.
Thermoplastic.
ANSI-Z-89.1.1997.
Rescuer's helmet
Acetate visor
Faceshield of a non-flammable
reinforced material, with filter
plate.
COVENIN 955-76.
ANSI Z-49.1.
To be fitted to the helmet.
COVENIN 955-76.
ANSI-Z-49.1.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 12 of 23
For protection against noise levels between 130 and Padded with fluid, plastic, or
135 dB.
soft rubber.
COVENIN 871-78.
ANSI 53.19-1974.
IV. HAND PROTECTION
EQUIPMENT
USE - ACTIVITY
DESCRIPTION
Cowhide gloves For protection against dirt, splinters, scratches, and
abrasive materials.
Reinforced cowhide For protection during handling of rough or sharpgloves
edged objects, against heat and sparks, and for
heavy works.
Double-reinforced
cowhide gloves
Electrical work
gloves
Chemical-resistant
watertight gloves
First aid and
surgical gloves
Instrumentation
work gloves
TYPE / MODELS /
STANDARDS
Regular leather type.
COVENIN 1927-82.
Regular type reinforced with
metal inserts.
COVENIN 1927-82.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 13 of 23
V. FOOT PROTECTION
EQUIPMENT
DESCRIPTION
Neoprene boots
Shoes / boots with toe
cap in steel or any
other material that
meet test requirements.
Oil resistant.
Boots with steel toe.
Oil and chemical
resistant
USE - ACTIVITY
To protect personnel against solvents and
caustic substances.
To provide protection against impacts,
compression forces, and cuts or penetration
hazards.
TYPES / MODELS /
STANDARDS
Neoprene III 12" and 15".
Brodekins (half boots).
COVENIN 39-82.
ANSI Z 41.1991.
Reflective vest
TYPES / MODELS /
STANDARDS
WV-10 type V orange work
vest.
COVENIN 1244-78.
US Coast Guard.
Jacket type.
OSHA.
USE - ACTIVITY
TYPE / MODELS /
STANDARDS
Consists of a full-body harness,
anchorage point, lanyard,
carabiner, energy shock absorber,
and a self-locking snap hook.
ANSI A-10.14.1975.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 14 of 23
Self-contained
Used to work in IDLH atmospheres.
breathing apparatus
Used to escape from atmospheres contaminated by
toxic products.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 15 of 23
USE - ACTIVITY
For protection when approaching a fire or high
temperatures.
Protective suit against For protection when handling sulfuric acid (H2SO4).
sulfuric acid
Protective suit against For protection when handling sodium hydroxide
sodium hydroxide (NaOH).
Chemical splash
protective suit
Flame-resistant suit
X. PREVENTIVE EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT
DESCRIPTION
H2S detector
USE - ACTIVITY
To detect hazardous concentrations of H2S.
TYPE / MODELS /
(MARKET)
Operating status, automatic
alarm, continuous monitoring, at
least 10 hours of use, intrinsically
safe.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 16 of 23
INSPECTION
D M Q S A
MAINTENANCE
D M Q S A
OBSERVATIONS
According to
manufacturer's
specifications.
X
X
As required
X
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 18 - 2007
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE
EQUIPMENT
4. SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING
APPARATUS (SCBA)
Inspection.
Prior to use, verify integrity of mask,
breathing tube, valve, and cylinder.
Maintenance.
Replacement of damaged components,
such as straps, valve, and cylinder.
Air-tightness testing of mask by
specialized personnel.
Hydrostatic testing of cylinder every 5
years.
INSPECTION
Rev. 1
MAINTENANCE
D M Q S A D M Q S
Page 17 of 23
OBSERVATIONS
X
As required
X
Mandatory
Mandatory
5. CHEMICAL SPLASH
PROTECTIVE SUIT
Verify integrity and clean after each
use.
Check for tear, holes, imperfections,
and degradation.
6. EYE AND FACE PROTECTION
EQUIPMENT
Safety spectacles with side shields.
Safety spectacles for oxycutting.
Safety goggles.
Welding masks.
Acetate visors.
Inspection.
Cleaning and disinfection.
Maintenance.
Replacement of all damaged
components.
7. EARMUFFS
Maintenance.
Replacement of all damaged
components.
As required
As required
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 18 of 23
At the time of
acquisition of the
gloves and
according to the
type of chemical
indicated
X
X
X
Follow
manufacturer's
indications
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 19 of 23
Hazard
Oxygen
deficiency
SCBA
Toxic
contaminants
Airline
respirator
Gases and
particles
Gases
Particles
YES
IDHL
Respirator for
dust, mist, fumes
NO
SCBA
Airline
respirator
Airline
respirator
Gas
mask
Respirator for
abrasive
blowing
Airline
respirator
Respirator
with chemical
cartridge and
special filter
YES
SCBA
NO
IDHL
Airline
respirator
Respirator
with chemical
cartridge and
special filter
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 20 of 23
HEAD PROTECTION
Full-brim type
Cap type
Firefighter's helmet
Welding helmet
Rescuer's helmet
Safety spectacles
Welding mask
Chemical splash
goggles
Earplugs
Earmuffs
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 18 - 2007
Neoprene boots
Page 21 of 23
Cowhide gloves
Neoprene gloves
Rev. 1
Surgical gloves
Safety shoes
Vinyl gloves
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 18 - 2007
Life jacket
Page 22 of 23
Reflective vest
Firefighting
suit
Rev. 1
Neoprene
apron for
laboratory
analyses
Air-purifying Atmosphererespirators
supplying
respirators
Neoprene
suit for
handling of
chemicals
Self-contained
breathing
apparatus
Personal H2S
detector
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 23 of 23
NO
N/A
INITIALS
AUDIT
1
2
Does the PPE meet the selection and use criteria established in the
Procedure?
7
8
9
10
Are the reports of the most recent audits filed at the Safety offices?
Recommendations:
Prepared by:
Distribution:
Team Leader, Signature:
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jul 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 5
INSPECTION OF EQUIPMENT
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
27-07-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
23-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
18-07-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 5
1. OBJECTIVE
Establish the general requirements for the inspection of equipments utilized in different construction
activities in general in the Project.
2. SCOPE
Applies to all the personnel of CONSORTIUN, and all the contractors, who work in the construction of the
Fertilizer Plant at Morn. Including equipments such as:
Welding machines
Air Compressors
Electric Generators
Section Pumps
Manual compactors
Portable illumination systems
3. LEGAL REFERENCES
Organic Law for Prevention Condition and Environment in the workplace and its Rule
Rule for the Conditions of Hygiene and Safety in the workplace
4. DEFINITIONS
4.1 Portable Equipment
Any instrument or accessory non-stationary, of easy transport and is started via electrical, automatic, or
hydraulic forces or which may operate with combustible.
5. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROCESS.
The process is described in four phases:
The adequate selection of the equipment to be utilized is primordial so that the performance will be
efficient, which is desired function.
The storage is a very important phase to carry out a good safety program since this contributes to having all
the equipments in a good order.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 5
The adequate use is to supply the functioning knowledge and experience, for this reason the workers have
to be skilled in the correct use of each of the equipment.
The periodic maintenance of the equipments is a way to assure that the equipments are kept in optimal
functioning conditions, so that they may offer safety to the users.
6. RESPONSABILITIES.
The Construction Management, should see to it that the equipments are the adequate ones
The Safety and Health in the workplace Manager will be in charge of assuring that this procedure
is complied with in all the construction activities and should verify that the contractors give their
workers the necessary training.
The contractor is responsible for complying with the instructions of this procedure, and should see
to it that all the personnel comply with all that is required in this procedure.
The workers should be qualified, to understand the potential dangers that its use implies and to
observe the safety precautions.
The supervisors of the area are the responsible ones to take care of the good use and storing of the
portable equipment.
7. INSPECTION OF THE EQUIPMENT.
All the equipments involved in the development of the construction operations of the project will be
inspected using the attached respective forms. The inspections are directed towards the verification of the
physical conditions of the equipments to its different elements and to the safety and operative conditions of
the same.
A register and control of the certifications of each one (monthly) should be maintained, so in case of
presenting any deviation, this should be reported immediately to the contractors so that the necessary
measures be taken.
The inspections should be done by personnel from the Safety and Health in the workplace Management
from the Consortium, using the Inspection of Equipments Form. If the inspection is satisfactory a label
will be placed on the equipment which approves its use in the Project. On the contrary the contractor will
be informed by writing of the deficiencies of that equipment and a copy of the inspection form will be
attached for his files.
A register and control of the certifications of each one (monthly) should be maintained, so in case of
presenting any deviation, this should be reported immediately to the contractors so that the necessary
measures be taken.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 5
A file with photocopies of the certifications of the equipments should be maintained. And, the contractors
will give the Safety and Health in the workplace Manager, photocopies or information of the maintenance
done by them on the equipments.
8. WELDING MACHINES GNERAL RECOMMENDATIONS.
All the equipments should have all its protective guards in the movement parts and these should not
be removed at any moment while the equipment is being utilized.
While transporting the portable welding machines, one should make sure that all the cables are
safe, and that the machine is correctly placed on the transport unit.
The welding machine or any other equipment, to which it applies, should not be used while it is
being re-supplied with combustible. The gas oil tanks should not be filled to its maximum
capacity. This will prevent combustible leaks.
The lateral covers should be maintained closed in order to protect the equipment and its personnel,
against movable parts.
All welding machines should have its rubber protection for the battery and the terminal.
9. GENERAL EQUIPMENTS.
All the equipments should be operated by qualified personnel and maintained according to
specifications of the manufacturer.
In the use of compressors, one should verify conditions and connections of the compressor (valve
of excess flow) joints or connections (Chicago type) high hoses air pressure relief valves.
The coupling of hoses for pneumatic tools will not be compatible with those of air respiration.
Maintain hands far away from sharp edges or from discharging of the pneumatic tools
The compressed air should not be used to blow clothes or to clean work areas.
Before using the equipments one should check the hoses and connections. Before connecting a
pneumatic tool to the equipment this should be pointed in a safe direction and blown to remove
humidity and dirtiness.
Before changing the tools, the air pressure should be cut and the hose pressure removed. The hoses
should not be bent to stop the flow of the air. Always cut the air pressure when it is not in use.
The air compressors will be used in well ventilated areas and an extinguisher should be kept on
site.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 5
All equipment and the interrupters GFCI should follow the requirements of color codification.
The electric distribution in the Project will be protected by interrupters GFCI and its use will be
obligatory.
Defective equipment will be marked with labels according to the Inspection procedure and color
codes.
All equipment and the interrupters GFCI should follow the requirements of color codification.
The following inspections, tests and test criteria will be applied for the program GFC:
Inspect the extensions to find any physical damage and repair according to its requirements, for
which compatible material with the cable should be used.
It is forbidden the use of sticky tape to repair physical damage in the cables.
The interrupters GFCI will be examined and tested monthly, color coded and documented
according to the preventive maintenance and testing procedure.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 04 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 12
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
16-07-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
10-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
04-07-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 04 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 12
1. OBJECTIVE
To establish the general requirements for the inspection of cranes and heavy equipment, used in the
general construction of the Project.
2. SCOPE
It applies to all personnel of CONSORTIUM, as well as to all its contractors, working for the
construction of the Morn Fertilizers Plant.
3. LEGAL REFERENCES
Working Environment Condition Prevention Organic Law and its Rules and Regulations
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 04 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 12
4. DEFINITIONS
4.1 Heavy Equipment: Cranes, Tractors, Excavators, Winches, Levelers, Mechanic Shovels, Motto
Leveler, Articulated Arms Trucks
4.2 Personnel Hoisting: Elevators of Scissors, Man basket
4.3 Freight Transportation: Trucks with Platforms, Heavy Trucks, Water Tank and Overturning Trucks
4.4 Accessories: Are all those mechanism used in hoisting activities such as shackles, Nylon or
polyurethane slings, Bands, etc.
5. CRANE INSPECTION
5.1 All the equipment involved in the development of the project construction operations will be inspected
as stipulated in the working program; basically the inspections are conducted toward the verification of the
physical conditions of the equipment (cranes), to its different elements and to the operating conditions of
the same. See Annex 1
5.2 Record and control of each certificate (monthly) will be carried out, in case of a deviation, it will be
reported immediately to the contractor in order to take the necessary measures.
5.3 Inspections will be made by the Health and Safety at Work personnel of Consortium, to detect failures
of the equipment using the Inspection of Hoisting Equipment format. One copy of the inspection is sent to
the Contractor Construction Manager in order to make the necessary corrections to the detected
abnormalities.
5.4 Likewise, copies of the hoisting equipment (cranes, winches, etc.) certifications will be kept in files. In
addition, the contractor will render to the S.S.T. Coordination, copies or information regarding maintenance
performed by them to the hoisting equipment.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 04 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 12
5.5 All equipment entering the project installations should be certified by an external agent duly qualified
for this activity; similarly, Consortium has the right to inspect the equipment and hoisting accessories when
considered necessary.
6. INSPECTION TO HOISTING ACCESSORIES
6.1 Generalities:
The working load of the hoisting gear will be based on a Safety factor of 5 to 1; any component of
the tackle used for hauling up personnel will be based on a Safety factor of 10 to 1.
The working loads in the tackle should not exceed the safety limits established by the
manufacturer. Any type of gear manufactured by a contractor such as Space Bars, should be
designed by a mechanical engineer and certified by an external company specialist in this type of
certification.
Following are the criteria used for the test and inspection of gears prior to their initial use. All hoisting
accessories will be inspected previous to entering the project and their conditions will be registered in the
Hoisting Accessories Inspection format. In case of disconformities, the accessory will be removed from
the working activities. See Annex 2.
6.2 Space Bars
All spacing bars, connections and other gear components, designed by a mechanical engineer and certified
by an external company, will be submitted to the magnetic particles test prior to their use in the project.
6.3 Wire Cables or Nylon Slings
All slings should be subject to a load test at twice the limit of their safe functioning, prior to their initial use
in the project. Slings must be numbered for reference and identification regarding their size and capacity,
and should have a certificate emitted by the manufacturer indicating their corresponding lot number.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 04 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 12
The nylon or synthetic slings will be withdrawn from service if there is:
Cuts or Mistreats
When the slings are applied to sharp-edged loads, the supporting edges should be protected with edge
protectors to prevent damages to the slings.
The slings should double turn when used in the application of chokers. Protectors should also be used to
prevent sliding of the slings and a load unevenness to be produced.
6.4 Shackles
All shackles used in hoisting, requiring to be designed by a mechanical engineer will be subject to a
magnetic particles test and must be certified by an external company specialized in this certification prior to
being used in the project.
Shackles will be removed from service if they have:
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 04 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 6 of 12
Shackles will be used with the contact of the Safety pin to the eye of the sling or the hoisting gear. The
safe shackle contacts will not be in contact with the moving part of any sling.
6.5 Hooks.
All hooks used in hoisting, requiring to be designed by a mechanical engineer will be subject to a magnetic
particles test and must be certified by an external company specialized in this certification prior to being
used in the project.
The hooks will be removed from the service if they have:
Evidence of cracks
A bend or twist exceeding 10 degrees from the drawing of the unbend hook
Increase in the opening of the hook exceeding 15% of its original dimension
All the hooks should have a safety mechanism in good running condition. The hooks and other components
will be used following exactly the specifications of the manufacturer or the recommendations of the
mechanical engineer that made the design.
6.6 Chain Hoist and Hand Winch
The Chain Hoist and Hand winch will be examined for internal wear-out and will be subject to a load proof
of 1.5 times the load capacity for the work, before using them in the project.
The Chain Hoist and Hand winch will be removed from the project if they have:
Any evidence of cracks, damages or other defects in the body of the equipment
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 04 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 7 of 12
They will have their capacity indicated in the tackle. They will also indicate all the components including
the hook, classified considering the required safety factors, of a sufficient capacity for hoisting.
6.7 Documents and Certificates
The following documents and certificates are required for the entire hoisting equipment used in the project:
Copy of the CIED or any authorized company certificate, in which the type of crane is mentioned
and capacity certificate to operate in tons.
All heavy equipment for the construction will be maintained and operated according to the
manufacturer specifications.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 04 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 8 of 12
All heavy equipment will be provided of a sound backward motion alarm and a signal man will be
used to alert and steer the traffic of this heavy equipment, especially in those areas of automotive
traffic and peddlers.
The safety devices of the equipment will not be removed or changed and when these devices show
failures, the Health and Safety at Work supervisor should be notified.
Each heavy equipment or truck will be inspected by the Health and Safety at Work supervisor of
Consortium, using the heavy equipment inspection format. See Annex 3 and for trucks using the
truck inspection format. See Annex 4, prior to entering the project.
7.2 Operators
The equipment will be operated by qualified personnel, competent and certified in some cases by
the CIED. Or any authorized company No operator has the obligation to operate portable
equipment if he has not been trained and is not sure of how to it works.
All operators of equipment for personnel lifting such as working platforms, telescopic or scissor
elevator, will receive training and authorization to operate portable equipment (Man-lift), and
certification, preferably through a program established by the contractor which include an analysis
of abilities and knowledge, prior to its use
Consortium, through the Health and Safety at Work supervisor, should revise the qualifications and
abilities of the hoisting equipment operator previous to the incorporation to work.
Personnel will not travel on or inside the equipment, unless it has a seat designed for this purpose
and equipped with a safety belt. Safety belts must be used at all times.
Every driver or operator has the obligation to honor the speed limits established in the project, the
alarm signs and the peddlers crossing zones (striped lines)
Personnel in charge of traffic control in those areas where heavy equipment is moving will carry an
orange vest of high visibility.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 04 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 9 of 12
Personnel will stay out of reach from the range of heavy equipment. They will not walk among
moving equipment and neither will park vehicles in the equipment moving areas; a parking area for
vehicles will be delimited
All equipment will be equipped with at least one extinguisher of 20 pounds. Type ABC
Every driver or operator is under the obligation of reporting immediately any accident or incident
related to the equipment and/or vehicle, to the immediate contractor supervisor of Health and
Safety at Work.
All drivers or operators are responsible for the Safety of the passengers and for the stability of the
freight being transported.
7.3 Inspection.
The equipment initial inspection will be revised or verified by the contractor, who should take all corrective
measures according to the deviations found during the process of inspection; after correcting the deviations
will request another inspection of the equipment for its subsequent entrance to the project.
All equipment will be inspected daily by the operator, and it will not be operated if the conditions
represent a risk to its safe operation. Also, a daily equipment inspection verification list will be
completed by the operator and kept inside the equipment for its revision.
A monthly inspection will be performed to all heavy equipment by a qualified mechanic for each
contractor, who will keep records of these inspections and a book with all repairs performed to
each equipment.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 04 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 10 of 12
Copies of all inspections (initial and monthly) will be rendered to the Health and Safety at Work
supervisor of Consortium.
The hooks and teeth of the excavation buckets and front loaders can not be used as a hauling up
mechanism, unless there is a study made of the load capacity and specifications from the equipment
manufacturer verified.
Portable equipment which by its design characteristics or loads transported, have limited visibility or
use half the road, require of a convoy in its front and back. .
All equipment should carry in a visible place the inspection sticker and approval emitted by
Consortium, to work in the project, as well as the operation certificate issued by the external company
(third party) specialized in inspection and certification of heavy equipment.
Do not use heavy equipment in activities they were not designed for.
Third parties not related with the project should not travel in the portable equipment, and it is the
driver responsibility or operator to fulfill this requirement, otherwise disciplinary measures
considered necessary by the company, will be applied.
In the front seat of the portable equipment (trucks) no more than three (3) persons will be allowed to
travel and they all will have to use safety belts.
No work should be done to belts, conveyors, vehicles, portable equipment, cranes, and etc. while in
operation. They should be shut down, closed and labeled before being intervened.
Truck drivers and their assistants should get down from the truck cabin and stay at a safe distance
during loading and unloading.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 04 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 11 of 12
Copy of the CIED or any authorized company certificate where the type of certified equipment to
be operated is mentioned
7.6 Formats.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 02 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 10
TOOLS INSPECTION
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
22-08-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
10-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
02-07-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
1.
Jul 02 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 10
PURPOSE
The purpose of this Procedure is to establish the inspection frequency of hand, pneumatic power
and to give seminal safety requirements electric power and explosive power tools and define the
color codes to be implemented o indicate each inspection.
2.
SCOPE
This Procedure is intended for all CONSORCIO VEC personnel, as well as to all its Contractors
working on the construction of the Moron Fertilizer Plant Project. This Procedure is applicable to:
3.
Hand tools.
Pneumatic power tools.
Electric power tools.
Explosive power tools
LEGAL REFERENCES
Organic Act on Prevention, Conditions, and Environment at the Workplace and its Regulations
4.
DEFINITIONS
4.1 Competent Person: The qualified person responsible of conducting the quarterly equipment
inspections that are required.
4.2 Inspection: Activity through which the operability conditions of tools and rigging equipment
are verified applying established criteria and standards.
4.3 Inspection process: Process established to ensure that all tools and equipment used on the
Project comply with the manufacturer's specifications or with national or international regulations
and standards.
5.
HAND TOOLS
5.1
Jul 02 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 10
General requirements
The tools used shall always be appropriate for the work to be done.
The use of homemade tools and accessories / attachments is prohibited.
Hand tools must be inspected prior to use and, in case of detecting any damages, shall be
shall not be carried in pockets to prevent penetrating stab wounds in case the user falls down
on them.
taken to keep them away from the body and not pointed to toward the body. Hands should
be kept behind the tool and not in front of the tool.
Wherever possible, knives shall have retractable blades. Large fixed-blade knives used to
cut insulating materials shall be equipped with a wrist strap to prevent it from falling.
The handles of hand tools shall be maintained in good conditions. Loose handles can pose a
If the metal striking ends of impact tools such as chisels are mushroomed, they should be
shop dressed to prevent injuries from fragments flying off when striking the work surface.
Eye protection shall be worn at all times.
Pliers shall not be used with handle extensions or metal sleeves to increase their
effectiveness. Pressure pliers and pneumatic impact wrenches (screw extractors / nut
splitters) shall be used for loosening stuck nuts.
5.3
5.4
Jul 02 - 2007
5.5
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 10
Inspection
Personnel declared competent (warehouseman, supervisor) for this activity shall conduct the
tool inspections. The inspection criteria and documentation are established in the section of
this Procedure covering the specific type of tool or equipment.
5.6
Defective tools
Defective tools requiring repair shall be marked with a red tag. Users should take note of the
repairs required as specifically as possible. Those tools or equipment that cannot be repaired
for working in the manner desired shall be removed from the Project.
6.
ELECTRIC TOOLS
6.1
General requirements
Operators of electric tools shall be knowledgeable in and have a sense of responsibility for
the tools they use and shall use the personal protective equipment required and adequate for
such tools.
Workers shall inspect all electric tools prior to each use. Additionally, electric tools shall be
inspected once a month and shall be color-coded according to the preventive maintenance
and inspection procedure.
All electric tools used shall be in conformance with current regulations and shall be used
according to the manufacturer's specifications.
Defective electric tools shall be removed from the work area.
Whenever using electric tools, the manufacturer's specifications should be read and
followed.
Sharp or abrasive accessories such as blades or discs / wheels shall be of the appropriate size
and capacity (greater or equal to) for the tools used.
Never apply pressure or force to electric tools; let the tool do the work. Excessive pressure
may cause the failure of the blades or discs / wheels.
Always disconnect the power supply of the tool before making adjustments or changing
accessories.
All retainers (continuous operation) must be removed from all electric tools prior to use.
Safety guards shall be used on all equipment as indicated by the manufacturer. The user
shall not modify or remove shields, guards, and other safety devices.
Electric tools shall not be lifted or carried by the power cord. Electric tools shall be
disconnected by pulling the plug from the outlet, but not by pulling or jerking the cord from
the outlet.
When handling electric tools, use appropriate eye protection. Electric tools may produce
flying particles and therefore require the use of eye and face protection.
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jul 02 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 10
Electric tools must be held firmly and the work surface shall be adequately secured before
turning on their power supply and beginning to work. Always use the handles intended to
control the tool, to prevent twisting.
Use worktables or benches when using saws or other tools with exposed blades, to prevent
the possibility of the hands making contact with the cutting instrument.
Never wear loose clothing or hanging jewelry or accessories when using electric tools. Pipe
threading machines and drill presses shall be equipped with an on/off foot pedal control. In
case clothing or other materials are caught in moving parts, normal switches may not be
within reach.
A qualified person shall repair any electric tools and equipment.
Welding machines shall be grounded and have their respective battery.
Especial connectors shall be used on cable splices.
Electrical connections shall be spliced using electrical insulating material adequate for the
characteristics of the cables.
7.
PNEUMATIC TOOLS
7.1
7.2
General requirements
Pneumatic tools shall be operated by qualified personnel and maintained according to the
manufacturer's specifications.
The immediate supervisor shall inform his / her personnel, through safety talks, of the risks
associated with the activities performed.
Verify that the work area conditions are suitable for the work to be performed.
Verify the conditions and connections of compressors (overflow valve), hammers, couplings
and fittings (Chicago type), hoses (pressurized air), relief valves, fuel, personal protective
equipment, and fire extinguishers.
Hose couplings for pneumatic tools are not compatible with those for breathing air.
Keep hands away from the working or discharge ends of pneumatic tools.
Compressed air shall not be used to blow dirt and dust from clothing.
Before using any pneumatic tool, check the hoses, connections, and tools. Before connecting
a tool to a hose, the hose shall be pointed to a safe direction and blown out to remove
moisture and dirt.
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jul 02 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 6 of 10
Before changing tools, the air pressure source shall be shut off and the hose pressure
disconnected from the tool. Hoses shall not be bent to stop the airflow. Always shut off the
air pressure source when not using the tool.
Air compressors shall be used in well ventilated areas and a fire extinguisher shall be
maintained at the site.
7.3
Inspection
Workers shall inspect all pneumatic tools before each use. In addition, pneumatic tools shall
be inspected quarterly and color-coded according to the preventive maintenance and
inspection procedure.
Chicago hose couplings shall be secured with safety pins to prevent their disengagement and
the hose from whipping.
Automatic overflow valves shall be installed on all compressor lines to prevent whipping of
the lines in case of failure. This is especially important in congested areas. For works in
operations areas, the hoses require to be individual checked on a daily basis.
7.4
to basic personal protective equipment (hard hats, boots, and safety glasses).
Metatarsal guards shall be worn as foot protection when using pneumatic hammers and
similar equipment. In addition, safety glasses and faceshield shall be worn when using
pneumatic tools that produce flying particles. Always use hearing protection appropriate for
the work being performed.
7.5
Hearing protection
Air tools are associated with high levels of vibration and shall be equipped with antivibration grips (insulated handles). Earplugs that meet current standards shall be used
when working in noise levels between 85 dB and 99 dB. For noise levels of 100 dB or
above, double hearing protection shall be used.
Signs warning that the use of hearing protection is required shall be posted in areas where
the activities performed generate noise levels equal to or higher than 85 dB.
8.
General requirements
All operators of explosive actuated power tools shall have the corresponding training
certification issued by the authority of the tool manufacturer or any other training
certification that determines the Workplace Safety and Health Supervisor.
Supervisors are responsible of instructing their personnel, through safety talks, on the
hazards associated with the activities performed and of verifying the conditions in the
work area.
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jul 02 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 7 of 10
All explosive actuated tools shall comply with existing manufacturer's specifications and
with current regulations.
The workers shall inspect any explosive actuated tools before using it. In addition, these
tools shall be inspected quarterly and color-coded according to the preventive
maintenance and inspection procedure.
Explosive (powder) actuated tools are designed in such manner that two separate actions
are required before firing: bringing the tool to firing position, by pressing it against the
work surface, and the final firing movement of pulling the trigger.
Explosive actuated tools should never be pointed at any person, whether loaded or empty.
Keep hands clear of open barrel end at all times; do not trust on the safety design
mentioned in the previous point.
9.
INSPECTION MATERIALS
9.1
9.2
Red cards
Warning cards shall be used to indicate the equipment is unsafe and that it must be repaired
before using it again or discarded (see Attachment 1).
10.
INSTRUCTIONS
10.1 The Contractor shall inspect all hand tools to be used during the execution of the Project.
Additionally, the Contractor shall ensure that all its tools are coded with the appropriate color
according to the quarter in question.
10.2 Color codes for quarterly inspections
January March:
Blue
April June:
Yellow
July September:
Green
October December:
White
Portable ladders.
Hand and power tools.
Electrical extension cords.
Crane rigging hardware (slings, wire ropes, shackles, etc.).
Fall protection: body harnesses and lifelines.
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jul 02 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 8 of 10
ATTACHMENT 1
Inspection Card for Defective Tools
Danger
Do not use
(Return to tool
room)
Name
Date
Reason
Jul 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 23
INCIDENTS / ACCIDENTS
INVESTIGATION AND NOTIFICATION
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
09-08-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
16-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
10-07-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 23
1. OBJECTIVE:
To establish the action mechanism to fulfill the Consortium and official requirements in everything related
to the investigation and notification of the accident.
2. SCOPE:
It applies to all incidents/accidents, occurring in the project installations and working areas in general or
related to activities of Consortium, including contractors. Among the different types of accidents and
occupational illnesses, we can name the following:
All accidents occurred to Consortium personnel and contractors.
Automotive accidents
Third parties accidents ascribable to the project, related to installations or equipment.
Fires
Explosions
Environmental pollution
Incidents
3. LEGAL REFERENCES
Work Environment and Conditions Prevention Organic Law and its Rules and Regulations
Safety and Sanitary Conditions at Work Rules and Regulations
Labor Organic Law and its Rules and Regulations
Social Security Law.
Norm COVENIN 474- 2003 Statistics and Classification of Accidents and Incidents at
Work.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 23
4. DEFINITIONS
4.1 Accident
It is any unexpected and non desired event interrupting or interfering with the normal development of an
activity and originating one or more of the following consequences: personal injuries or mortality, damages
to equipment and materials, installations, environment or third parties.
4.2 Incident
It is an event which occurs as a consequence of the inappropriate performance of the working system or
management processes and when happening in different circumstances, could produce in business loses.
4.3 Work Injury
It is any functional or corporal injury, permanent or temporary, immediate or later, or death resulting from
the violent action of an external agent that could be determined and comes about during the work, or
caused by it. Likewise it will be considered as a work injury any internal damage determined by a sudden
happening, came about in the same circumstances.
4.4 Occupational Illness
It is a pathologic condition resulting from the job the worker performs or the environment in which he is
forced to work and which causes an injury to the body, or permanent or temporary functional disorder. It
can be caused by physical, chemical or biological agents or psycho-social and ergonomic factors.
4.5 Work Inability
It is the physical or mental impossibility in which a person is left to continue his usual activities resulting
from a work injury or occupational illness; this condition could be partial or total, temporary or permanent.
4.6 General Work
It is the usual work performed by an employee during the time corresponding to the hours of his working
days.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 23
function.
4.11 Injury with Temporary Total Inability
It is any work injury not causing death or permanent inability, but which disables the injured person to
execute his work during one or more days (including holidays and free days) after the date of injury.
4.12 Lost Time Injury
It is an injury causing death, permanent total disabling, permanent partial inability or temporary total
incapacity.
4.13 Automotive Accident
It is any accident in which a company car is involved, no matter the amount of damage caused to the cars,
persons or properties.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 23
In case of an accident the work responsible supervisor shall notify, as soon as possible, to the
CONSORTIUM construction supervisor and he in turn to the Health and Safety at Work supervisor
of the area where the event occurred.
The Health and Safety at Work supervisor, together with the contractors supervisor and the
CONSORTIUM construction supervisor, will go to the site to analyze the event and take the
necessary corrective actions.
The Health and Safety at Work supervisor will request the contractor the Accident Preliminary
Report and will present it to the Construction Manager, in this report he will list the causes that
originated the accident.
The CONSORTIUM Health and Safety at Work supervisor will verify that the contractor company
takes all the necessary security measures, to avoid that similar circumstances repeat during the
project development.
6. ACCIDENT NOTIFICATION
The supervisor responsible for the activity being executed should notify all accidents to his top
immediate level, to the Health and Safety at Work supervisor, the client and to INPSASEL Health
and Safety at Work service. See Annex A y B.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 6 of 23
If the injury results in inability or the case due to its nature makes it advisable, in any case, the
Construction Management will structure an Investigation Committee to study the case and submit
the corresponding conclusions and recommendations.
In those cases of accidents to contractors personnel working for CONSORTIUM, the Health and Safety at
Work supervisor will have the responsibility for watching that the contractor observes the following
proceedings:
Verify that the worker victim of an accident receives the necessary immediate and satisfactory
medical attention.
The contractor shall notify INPSASEL, within 60 minutes after the accident occurred, via Internet
in the format Accident Immediate Information Annex A, leaving evidence of this declaration and
rendering a copy to the CONSORTIUM Health and Safety at Work supervisor. If the injury results
in inability or by its nature make it advisable, an Investigation Committee will be structured to
study the case, to determine the causes and corresponding recommendations to avoid its recurrence
as established in Title V, Article 83 of the Security and Sanitary Conditions at Work Rules and
Regulations.
Afterwards, the contractor will make the notification of accident to INPSASEL in the format
Declaration of Accidents Annex B, within 24 hours after the accident occurred, leaving evidence
of this declaration and rendering a copy to the CONSORTIUM Health and Safety at Work
supervisor, as established in Title V, Article 84 of the Security and Sanitary Conditions at Work
Rules and Regulations.
The contractor will also present to the CONSORTIUM Health and Safety at Work supervisor,
within a reasonable period of time, no longer than three (3) days counted from the day of the
accident, a copy of the declaration of accident to the Work Popular Power Ministry and to the
Venezuelan Social Security (IVSS) Institution, as established in Article 565 of the Labor Organic
Law.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 7 of 23
Next, the contractor shall make a presentation of the event to the Construction Manager and the
Health and Safety at Work coordinator, explaining the causes that originated the event, its
consequences and the actions to be taken to avoid its recurrence.
The Construction Manager, Project Manager, Health and Safety at Work Manager, Human
Resources Coordinator and the Client should be notified, as well as the respective Official
Institutions.
It must be ensured that witnesses remain in the accident site for as long as necessary.
Calm should be kept and until the corresponding authorities have made the Removal of the Body
do not allow anyone to touch the body.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 8 of 23
Start the investigation in the site of the event (photos, witnesss declaration, etc.)
Complete the corresponding Reports established by this procedure and notify INPSASEL.
Those accidents resulting in damages to the property, materials, equipment or injuries to persons,
no matter their origin, should be also duly notified.
7. RESPONSIBILITIES
Notify the Project Manager and make sure the notification process has been fulfilled.
Give wide support to the Accident Investigation Committee and furnish them with all the resources
needed for the notification and investigation of the event.
Verify through the Health and Safety at Work coordinator, that preventive and corrective measures
established be put into practice.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 9 of 23
After gathering all the necessary information and have the medical diagnosis (Pathology /Injury) from the
medical assistance center where the worker is staying, the Health and Safety at Work supervisor shall write
the report Declaration of Accident established for the project in a lapse no longer than forty eight (48)
hours attaching a copy of the medical report with the diagnosis of the medical assistance center in care of
the worker (See annex D).
7.3 Health and Safety at Work Supervisor
Complete together with the supervisor responsible for the activity, the Preliminary Report and the
Declaration of Accidents.
File a copy of the format Declaration of Accidents in INPSASEL, Social Security Venezuelan
Institute and Work Popular Power Ministry.
Verify that all measures established and recommended are fulfilled to avoid recurrence of similar
accidents.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 10 of 23
The lapses for the immediate information of a working accident shall be in the following order
To INPSASEL within Sixty (60) minutes after the occurrence of the accident. to the Labor Health
and Security Committee within twelve (12) hours after the occurrence of the accident, Article 73 of
the LOPCYMAT.
The internal injury determined by a violent effort or as a product of the exposal to physical,
mechanical, chemical, biological, psychosocial agents, meteorological conditions occurred under
the same circumstances.
Accidents occurred during rescue conditions or in any other of similar nature, when related to the
job.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 11 of 23
Accidents had by the worker on his/her way to and back from his/her working place, as long as
they occur during his/her regular way to work, unless it is necessary to change it due to reasons not
to be ascribed to the worker, and there is chronological and topographical agreement for such a
change.
Accidents had by the worker due to performances of his/her elective positions in syndicate
organizations, as well as those occurred while on his/her way to or back from places where these
functions inherent to their position are usually performed, as long as the requirements for
chronological and topographical agreement meet the above mentioned condition for such a change.
From this article, you can assume that any event causing the workers a functional or corporal
injury, no matter how serious it may be, shall be reported and later on officially declared within
twenty Four (24) hours after the accident, as indicated in Article 73 of LOPCYMAT and Article
84 of LOPCYMAT Rules and Regulations.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 12 of 23
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 13 of 23
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 10 - 2007
Annex B.
Rev. 1
Page 14 of 23
The instructive shall be used by the employers to make the Official Declaration of a Working
Accident, established in Articles 73 and 120, Number 6, of the Work Environment and Conditions,
Prevention Organic law in the format shown next.
One (1) original and two (2) copies, one of which will be returned stamped to the employer, shall
be rendered to the INAPSASEL Administrative Technical Unit.
The space indicating the Number of Registry shall be left empty, for the exclusive use of
INPSASEL.
Next the format will be filled out according to the following steps:
DATE OF BIRTH: Indicate the day, month and year of birth of the injured worker.
AGE: Indicate the age of the injured person to the date of the accident.
NATIONALITY: Fill out the space V if the injured worker is Venezuelan or E if a foreigner,
indicating the space and making click with the Mouse, which will show the verification sign.
SEX: Fill out the corresponding space with M if the injured person is a male or F if a female.
DOMINANT HAND: Fill out the space indicating whether the injured worker is LEFT or RIGHT
handed.
LEGAL STATUS: Complete the space indicating the civil status of the injured worker: write S if
Maiden, C if Married, D Divorced, V Widow or Co, Concubine/cohabitant.
NUMBER OF CHILDREN: Write in numbers the amount of children of the injured worker.
POSITION CATEGORY: Fill out or make click in the corresponding space for employee, worker
or any other.
EDUCATIONAL LEVEL: Indicate in the corresponding space, the educational level of the injured
worker: Analphabet, Grammar School, High School, Technical or superior level.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 15 of 23
APPROVED DEGREE: Select the degree approved according to the educational level, except in
case of being analphabet.
WORKING SCHEDULE:: Write the regular working schedule of the injured person. In case of
rotating schedules, indicate which one the injured person was working at the moment of the
accident.
JOB OR OCCUPATION: In the Excel book unloaded from INPSASEL web page, there are flaps
indicating the code system used as shown next:
1. Press the occupation flap and look for the tour (4) digit code with a dash corresponding to
the worker occupation and write it in space 19.
2. To make the search easy, you will see in the left side of the Excel sheet in the grey area,
the signs and + which will expand or reduce the groups when pressed down at the click
of the mouse.
3. Codes can also be expanded pressing down the numbers 1 or 2 in the spaces located in the
upper left corner of the Excel sheet.
OCCUPATION CODE: Follow Item 18 instructions and indicate the corresponding code.
TIME OF EMPLOYMENT: Indicate time of service in terms of years and months of the injured
person in the working post or performing activities or occupation by which the accident incurred.
STATE: Indicate the Federal Entity or state where the injured worker lives.
TELEPHONE: Write the cellular or home telephone number of the injured worker.
Three or two digit codes shall not be used since they will be rejected by a change in color to light green
in box No. 24, and a message in red indicating that you should enter a valid code. To make the selection
you should choose first the Big Group, search the occupation in the Big Group at a two (2) digit level, then
at three (3) and finally at four (4) digit level to the corresponding occupation of the injured worker. In the
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 16 of 23
graphic it was selected as an example, supervisor Big Group 7 operators and craftsmen of the mechanical
arts and other trades, then the sub-group of two digits 71 Supervisors and operators of the extract and
construction companies, from that group it was chosen the sub-group 714 painters and wall paperhangers
and similar and finally Code 7141 corresponding to painters and paperhangers.
EMPLOYERS DATA:
NAME OR LEGAL COMPANY NAME: Indicate the company name as registered in the
Mercantile Registry, considering the type of legal organization,
LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE: Write the name (s) and last name (s) of the company legal
representative.
FISCAL INFORMATION REGISTRATION NUMBER R.I.F.: Indicate letters and numbers which
identify the company before the SENIAT:
LABOR INFORMATION NUMBER: Indicate letters and numbers which identify the company
before the Ministry of the Popular Power for Labor and Social Security.
IVSS EMPLOYER NUMBER: Indicate letters and numbers which identify the company before the
IVSS.
COMPANY ADDRESS: Indicate the exact address where the company develops its activity.
ECONOMIC ACTIVITY: The activity is determined by the main type of goods and services
offered, sold or transferred, made by the company. In Box 35 the corresponding code should be
introduced and in box 34 will appear the code description selected (by introducing the code, the
form will be fill out automatically).
ECONOMIC ACTIVITY CODE: Write the corresponding economic activity code according to the
Uniform International Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities (Code 7421).
NUMBER OF WORKERS: Indicate the total number of persons in the payroll of the company or
establishment the month previous to the date of the accident, performing a job remunerated or not,
for the establishment. Those persons discharged on a short time basis, vacations, on leave and on
strike should be included. Excluded are those persons with indefinite discharge and pension
benefits.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
STATE: Name the state where the company develops its activity.
CITY: Name the city where the company develops its activity.
MUNICIPALITY: Indicate the township where the company develops its activity.
DISTRICT: Indicate the district where the company develops its activity.
Page 17 of 23
ACCIDENT DATA
HOURS WORKED THE DAY OF THE ACCIDENT: Write the number of hours worked by the
injured person, from the beginning of the working day in the established schedule until the moment
of the accident.
DATE OF ACCIDENT: Complete box 46 with day, month and four digit year in which the
accident occurred.
TIME: Indicate the hour and minutes in military format (from 00:00 to 24:00) in which the
accident occurred. The colon (:) should be used to separate hours from minutes, i.e. 12:00.
PLACE OF ACCIDENT: Name the place where the accident occurred: On the way, in the
company or out of the company.
INJURED PART OF THE BODY: Search in the flap the corresponding injured part of the body
and locate the corresponding code which must be inserted in box 49.
CDE OF THE INJURED PART OF THE BODY: Write the code number corresponding to the
part of the body affected by the injury, as specified in the attached code and confirm if it was
written adequately by filling out box 48 with its description.
NATURE OF INJURY: Find in the section NATURE OF INJURY the type of injury caused by the
accident, i.e.: fracture, luxation, twisting, sprain, shock, internal traumatism, amputation,
contusion, burns, poisoning, cold or heat effects, audible traumatism, asphyxiation, electricity
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 18 of 23
effect, radiation effects, irritation, among others. The corresponding code should be inserted in box
51.
NATURE OF INJURY CODE: Write the code number corresponding to the nature of the injury
located in filing card, nature of the injury.
When the worker comes out with slight injuries presuming a temporary incapacity from which the
worker will be completely recovered; his health, physical and functional integrity, fill out the space
indicating LEVE, where it says, Less or equal to three (3) days lost or the box indicating
More than three (3) days lost, depending on the case. When regardless of the number of days lost,
the worker comes out with injuries to his physical or functional integrity presuming a permanent
partial incapacity, fill out the box indicating GRAVE. If the accident causes disease of the
worker, fill out the box MORTAL.
AGENTE MATERIAL: It is the object or substance which caused directly the accident having as a
consequence an injury.
Identify the material agent that caused the accident. i.e.: machine,
equipment, substance or materials, etc. Locate the adequate code in the Excel sheet or flap
AGENTS and then put it in box 54.
MATERIAL AGENT CODE: Write the code number of the Material Agent Code established,
located in the section Agents.
TYPE OF ACCIDENT: Locate the type of accident in the flap (section) TYPE OF ACCIDENT
and put it in box 56.
TYPE OF ACCIDENT CODE: Write the corresponding code number according to the
classification of the type of accident based in Norm COVENIN 474 in force, in box 56, and verify
it is correct in box 55 with the given description.
ACCIDENT WITNESSES: In the corresponding spaces, write the names and last names of the
witnesses present or referential in the accident, their updated home address, their telephone
numbers and respective I.D. numbers.
ELABORATION PLACE: Indicate the company legal address or city where the Notification of
Accident is produced.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 19 of 23
SIGNATURE OF EMPLOYER: The format shall be signed by the company Legal Representative
and stamped with its damp seal. The rest of the format shall be left empty; it is only for the use of
the recipient entity.
In the digital format you will find the codes required to fill out boxes 19, 36, 49, 51, 54 and 56. For the
proper functioning of the application form, the Excel macro level shall be modified and the middle level be
noticed.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 20 of 23
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 10 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 21 of 23
Annex C
PRELIMINARY REPORT
DATE
CONTRACTOR:
AREA OR INSTALLATION
DATE:
WEEK DAY
TIME:
PLACE:
INVOLVED INSTALLATION, EQUIPMENT, TOOL:
OPERATION OR JOB BEING PERFORMED:
INCIDENT BRIEF DESCRIPTION:
MEDICAL DIAGNOSIS
NAME
SIGNATURE
NAME
SIGNATURE
NAME
SIGNATURE
REVISED BY (S.S.T.)
APPROVED
BY
(Manager)
NOTE: Deliver this Preliminary Report 4 hours after the occurrence of an ACCIDENT or INCIDENT to
CONSORTIUMs Health and Safety at work supervisor.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 26 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 15
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
18-08-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
01-08-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
26-07-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 26 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 15
1. OBJECTIVE
Establish a range for handling safely and responsible chemicals in the installations of the Project, protecting
employees, contractors, environment, assets and communities against the dances associated with the use
and manipulation (or handling) of chemicals.
2. SCOPE
Applies to all the personnel of the Consortium CONSORCIO, and all the contractors who work for the
construction of the Fertilizer Plant at Moron.
3. LEGAL REFERENCES
4. DEFINITIONS
4.1 Chemical Product:
Any product, material or substance, which in its composition may contain any element or chemical mixture
and is capable of producing damages.
4.2 Information Sheet for Chemical Product: (MSDS)
Is a sheet that contains in a precise way all the physical / chemical characteristics of the product, storage,
risks and preventive measures for its handling.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 26 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 15
4.3 Toxicity:
It is the property of a contaminant to produce adverse effects in the persons organism.
4.4 Flammability:
Is the point in which a solid, liquid, vapor or gas, reaches its inflammatory point, especially in a violent
form.
4.5 Reactivity:
Is the tendency of a substance to react chemically by itself or with another material by liberating energy.
This can have undesirable effects, as pressure accumulation, rising of temperature or forming of dangerous
sub-products, toxic or corrosive derived because of the reactivity of a substance to heat, combustion, direct
contact with other materials, or other conditions in use or in storage.
5. RESPONSABILITES:
5.1 Construction Manager
To be on the watch for the compliance of the requirements of this Procedure by the team.
Request that all the contractors comply with the safety and health recommendations in the
workplace, contemplated in this procedure.
Supply the training, on measures and use of the safety equipment for handling and storing of
chemical products.
Make the routine inspections of the warehouses where the chemical products are stored to verify its
storage state and conditions of order and cleanliness.
5.3 Employees.
Should use the personal protection equipment supplied, according to the instructions of the MSDS
sheet and received training.
Should have a copy of the sheet MSDS, attached to the Analysis of Safe Work
Should report to his Supervisor any changes in the physical and mental conditions that can arise, on
having contact with any chemical substance.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 26 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 15
Jul 26 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 15
be stored in separate areas and far from places with a high population and can only be used by specially
trained personnel.
8. EFFECTS ON THE HUMAN BODY:
The effects of exposure to chemical products, on the human body can be chronic or acute. The acute
effects include: immediate sick feelings, burning effect, eye watering (flictenas), etc. While the chronic
effects show up after as a result of long exposure to the chemical products. The effects due to exposure
also can be classified as local or systematic.
A local effect is that which may damage an external part of the body, (for example: the acid burns the skin),
the systematic effect damages the inside of the body (for example: damage to an internal organ).
The chemical products can be absorbed by the skin, lung inhaling or through the mouth. Nevertheless
some internal mechanisms exist which protect the body by absorbing some chemical products. The skin
for example, is almost impermeable to some ionized substances, but on the contrary the hydrocarbons and
grease pass easily through it.
8.1. Occupational Limits to Exposure.
It is important to take into account when it is planned to used a determined chemical product, the levels of
exposure under which an average healthy human being will not suffer dangerous effects.
The occupational limits to exposure try to control and recommend safe limits to exposure, determined to be
reasonably practical and safe for all the activities where the use of dangerous chemical substances is
employed. And should not be exceeded, the limits of exposure should be regulated according to what is
contemplated in Chapter III, Title V, Article 68 of the Organic Law of Prevention, Conditions and
Environment in the workplace.
9. IDENTIFICATION Y LABELING
The information on the labels should include the provider, the name, the dangers associated with the
handling and use of said substance, the precautions that ought to be taken and a graphic representation of
the main dangers. All the chemical products should be labeled carefully, even those that are not considered
to be dangerous. The labels ought to be clearly visible and ought to be maintained intact even when they
are submerged in water for long periods of time. The risks should be indicated including if the materials
are flammable, toxic, corrosive, radioactive, irritant, oxidant agents and explosives.
9.1 Identification and Signaling
A great number of regulations related with the identification and labeling of dangerous chemical products
exist. The most well known are those done by the NFPA 704 and the Covenin Norm 3060. It is
important to give exact information to the user who transports or works with chemical products.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 26 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 6 of 15
Should be away from highly populated areas or with high fire risk
Should have sealed flooring, which gives good contention, to avoid any accidental spill of the
chemical product to flow to other areas.
Should have good ventilation to avoid the accumulation of flammable gas, explosives or toxics.
Comply with the indications of the manufacturer as to temperature, humidity, etc.
Have the sufficient space to gain access to the containers without running the risk of hitting any
other
To be closed or limited to avoid entrance of unauthorized personnel
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 26 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 7 of 15
It is forbidden the storage of chemical products which are not compatible with other products, in
the same place. For example, flammable materials near to oxidant agents.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 26 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 8 of 15
Jul 26 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 9 of 15
extractor. If necessary use of adequate respiratory equipment it will be very important considering use of
an adequate one for the works contemplated.
The personnel should be completely protected by means of appropriate neoprene suits according to the
work to be performed. Neoprene protection boots with steel front points, spectacle/facial mask, also
depending on the grade of exposure masks with filters should be used.
13.1. External protection for the body
The most complete protection for handling chemical products is the appropriate suit with its gloves, boots
and hood, which covers all the head, except the face. This kind of suit offers major protection than others
where the boots and gloves are separate; because experience has shown that liquids tend to run over the suit
and enter the gloves and boots.
All the suits, boots and gloves should be washed with abundant water. If the chemical were so toxic as not
to allow cleansing with water because of contaminating the waterworks, then the suit, gloves and boots
should be placed in plastic bags to be destroyed and handled as dangerous waste. See Environmental
Supervision Plan.
If the skin enters into contact with any chemical product one should wash off in the emergency shower with
abundant water and notify immediately the Safety and Health in the workplace Service.
13.2. Protection for Eyes and Face
The main types of protection for the eyes and the face are spectacles, facial masks, complete facial masks
and hoods.
The spectacles and the facial masks are appropriate for general use for handling chemicals, always when
mixing and pouring.
The masks for the complete face and the hoods have the advantage to protect the face and the worker
during the pouring process and preparation of mixtures, will have as an obligatory requirement the use of
these equipments in the majority of the cases both are to be used.
It is forbidden the use of contact lens during handling of chemicals, since this represents an additional risk.
13.3 Protection against Skin Contact
It is common in the handling of very corrosive chemical products like acids and alkaline to take precautions
to Project the skin, since the burns that may result from contact with the products are very painful and
dangerous. However there are oils and solvents that regularly enter into contact with the skin without
producing paid and without causing any apparent damage to the skin, nevertheless, the problem the
problem appears after some time when the dermatitis is already present.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 26 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 10 of 15
Once the chemical product has been used one should verify if it was totally consumed or if not, if
there is waste. This waste can become toxic according to the information supplied by the
manufacturer of the chemical product. For its final disposal the established guidelines established
in the Environmental Supervision Plan should be followed, also the instructions given in the
MSDS.
The reception and final disposal should be considered in the contracts for acquiring the products,
when if it has been consumed or its use has been discontinued or expired.
The contractor will be responsible to assist the personnel in case of any emergency related with the
storage, use and disposal of chemicals, as well as supply of the adequate Personal Protection
Equipment.
In case a spill should occur, considering the presentation of the products used, where the containers
are not over 5 liters per container, immediate action is limited to cleaning the affected zone.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 26 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 11 of 15
15. REGISTERS.
Maintain a MSDS file for all the chemical products used in the activities of the Project and a list of all the
chemicals stored/used in the work areas should show the following information:
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 26 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 12 of 15
Point of Fusion:
Vapor Pressure:
Vapor Density:
Evaporation rate:
Volatile %:
P.M.
d) Physical Risks
Point of Ignition:
Point of inflammation:
Limits of Inflammability in Air, %Vol.:
Inf:
Sup:
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 26 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 13 of 15
Agents of Extinction:
Special Procedure to combat Fire:
Danger of Explosion and unforeseen Fire:
e) Reactive
Conditions to Avoid:
Explosion to Heat :
Stable:
YES ________
NO _________
Jul 26 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 14 of 15
h)
Types of respiratory protection:
Types of ventilation:
Types of Glove Protection:
Types of Spectacle Protection:
Additional Protection Equipment:
DONE BY:
SIGNATURE:
REVISED BY:
DATE:
SIGNATURE:
APPROVED BY:
DATE:
SIGNATURE:
DATE:
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 17 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 5
DISCIPLINARY MEASURES
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
30-07-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
23-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
17-07-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program at the workplace
Jul 17 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 5
1. OBJETIVES:
Establish the guidelines for applying disciplinary measures to all workers who violate or does not
comply with a Norm, Procedure, Recommendations, Signs and Safety advertisements implemented for
the Project.
2. SCOPE:
Apply to all the activities done within the Project Fertilizer Plant at Morn executed by the
CONSORTIUN, and all the contractors.
3. LEGAL REFERENCES:
Organic Law for Prevention, Conditions and Environment of the workplace and its Rule
Organic Labor Law and its Rule
Rules on the Hygiene and Safety Conditions in the workplace
Civil Procedure Code
Organic Law of Administrative Procedures
Organic Labor Law
4. DEFINITIONS:
4.1 Warning.
Measure of disciplinary sanction, written or verbal, applied to any worker who violates a rule or a safety
norm or safety work practice.
4.2 Worker.
Worker of any level who does a specific activity within the Project for a determined time or
undetermined time with defined responsibilities.
5. RESPONSABILITIES:
It is the supervisors responsibility to be on the watch for the compliance with the Safety and
Health Norms in the Workplace by the workers who are under his leadership and to maintain an
updated communication campaign, indicating the faults that are worthy of disciplinary measures.
It is the responsibility of the Supervisor of Safety and Health in the workplace, to give technical
advice to the area supervisor and also to the workers on the disciplinary measures and to explain
the consequences that can cause non-compliance of the safety norms, during the activities in the
Project.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program at the workplace
Jul 17 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 5
It is the responsibility of the workers to comply and make their co-workers comply with the Safety
and Health Norms in the workplace.
6. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROCESS:
The instruments utilized for sanctioning a worker or a supervisor for the non compliance of a norm or
procedure of Safety and Health in the workplace will be the OBSERVATION REPORT and a
WARNING LETTER both herewith attached.
6.1 Observation Report: Will be handed to the worker for having violated a norm or a work procedure
accompanied by a refreshing speech by the supervisor of Safety and Health in the workplace.
6.2 Warning Letter: Will be handed to the worker who repeats another fault and which can be motive for
work suspension.
Faults that deserve Warning:
6.3 Faults that can deserve being Dismissed (No Tolerance): Will be applied to the worker who incurs
in one of the following faults:
6.4 Forms
Observation Report
Warning Letter
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program at the workplace
Jul 17 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 5
CLASIFICATION:
NAME:
AREA:
WHAT WAS OBSERVED:
MARK THE CORRESPONDING BOX
UNSAFE CONDITION
UNSAFE ACT
UNSAFE WORK
VIOLATION OF RULES, NORMS, PROCEDURES OR INSTRUCTIONS
RECOMMENDATIONS OR SUGGESTIONS
DATE:
Supervisor of S. S. T.
Signature
Note: the accumulation of three observation reports will be considered sufficient motive to request a
written warning for the worker.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program at the workplace
Jul 17 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 5
WARNING
Date: ____________________
Company: _________________________
Employee N :________________
_______________________
Supervisors Signature
Warning N:__________
CC: Human Resources
Worker
File
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program at the workplace
Jul 09 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 25
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
06-08-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
16-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
09-07-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 09 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 25
1. OBJECTIVE
To establish guidelines to be considered and fulfilled to perform a load hoisting operation free of accidents
which could cause injuries to personnel, damages to installations, environment, to third parties and even to
the hoisting equipment.
2. SCOPE
It applies to all personnel of CONSORTIUM, as well as all contractors working in the construction of the
Morn Fertilizers Plant.
3. LEGAL REFERENCES
Work Environment and Conditions Prevention Organic Law and its rules and
Regulations.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 09 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 25
4. DEFINITIONS
4.1 ROTARY COUPLING (TURNTABLE)
It is a coupling element provided with bearings located between the crane structure and the portable unit
which allows the rotation of the load.
4.2 SPAR ANGLE
It is the angle related to the longitudinal shaft horizontal plane of the spar base section
4.3 JIB BOOM
It is a structure coupling to the end of the spar (lattice or telescopic) to provide larger scope in height.
4.4 MAIN BLOCK
It is the block formed by the hook, pulley, shaft and frame, suspended by the loading cables to the fore part
of the spar.
4.5 BALL HOOK
It is a ball shaped device endowed with an anti-rotation mechanism and a hook.
4.6 LOAD TOTAL WEIGHT
It is the external weight applied to the crane, including the main block, ball hook; bolster wire ropes to the
block and ball hook, plumine, shackles, slings, separators, and everything that does not form part of the
crane structure.
4.7 SLING
Gear fabricated with steel cable or synthetic fibber material for the purpose of hauling up loads.
4.8 STABILIZERS
They are fixed or extensible elements fixed to the crane structure, resting on floating supports with the
purpose of increasing stability of the hoisting equipment and transmit all the weight of the crane and load to
the surface where the block is supported.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 09 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 25
4.9 SHACKLE
It is a U shaped metallic part closed by a joint pin, used to join the ends of the slings, cables and other
elements engaged in a hoisting operation.
4.10 ANTI-LOCK MECHANISM
It is a mechanism designed to deactivate the functions of a crane to avoid that the block pulleys, ball hook,
and fore part (bolster) are damaged or the pulleys blocked.
4.11 STRUCTURAL SPAR
It is a structure whose sections are lattice bodies added up one after the other to attain the desired length.
4.12 TELESCOPIC SPAR
It is a telescopic whose sections are structural boxes assembled among them, picked up by the action of
hydraulic cylinders to reach the desired length.
4.13 LOAD RADIO
It is the horizontal distance between the turntable center of rotation and the gravity center of the load to be
suspended.
4.14 QUALIFIED PERSON
It is a person who, by having a degree or certificate indicating his professional level, or who by his
extensive knowledge, training and experience has shown satisfactorily his ability to solve or resolve
problems related to the matter or work.
4.15 LIVE LOAD LINE
It is a cable or load line whose fall is controlled only by a brake mechanism, with no other delay
mechanism.
4.16 ANCHOR POINTS
Places or spots in a spar or in a personnel hoisting man basket used to connect the basket to the spar or the
suspension system.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 09 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 25
The Construction Management will be in charge of approving this procedure and provide all the
resources for its implementation during the project construction phase.
The Health and Safety at Work Services will be in charge of ensuring the fulfillment of this
procedure in all the construction activities and provide the necessary training to all those involved
in these work activities.
The contractors are responsible for the faithful observance of the instructions of this procedure, and
should receive the required training prior to initiating these activities.
6. HOISTING PROCESS DESCRIPTION
All hoisting work requires the fulfillment of a series of stages or steps prior to its execution in site. Such
stages are:
Preparation
Planning
Hoisting
6.1 The PREPARATION stage implies the attainment of the necessary information in order to execute the
work in a safe and efficient way; considering the following aspects:
- Load Characteristics
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 09 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 6 of 25
All load hoisting operations should be adequately prepared by the qualified person in charge of its
execution.
The supervisor responsible for the load hoisting execution must know the type of load, weight
resolution, center of gravity and the conditions of its hoisting points.
The supervisor responsible for the load hoisting execution must choose the appropriate materials
and accessories (slings, shackles, etc.) for the type of hoisting to be executed. These materials and
accessories must have their quality certificates issued by the manufacturer, be in good conditions
and have the registry of their last standing programmed inspection.
The supervisor responsible for the execution must choose the appropriate equipment for the type of
hoisting to be executed. The selected equipment should have a valid certificate issued by an inspection
company authorized by the Consortium.
following:
Certificate of the hooks non destructive tests (penetrating liquids or magnetic particles).
Record of preventive and corrective maintenance, and modifications made to the equipment.
The supervisor responsible for the execution shall choose the qualified personnel to be involved in the
loading hoisting process. It refers to the responsible person for the coordination of all hoisting phases, the
calculator engineer, the equipment operator, the signal man, the builders and the load guides.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 09 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 7 of 25
6.2 The PLANNING stage implies the preparation of the activities to be executed before, during and after
the hoisting operation.
- Hoisting Equipment Transfer
- Load Transfer
- Site Characteristics
The working equipment shall prepare the sequential procedure to be carried out for the work
execution; it should be prepared with the cooperation of the personnel involved in the hoisting and
transfer of the load. When the work to be performed is considered of high risk or critical,
diagrams, drawings and/or photos clearly showing how the activity will be performed and the
sequence of correct actions, should be included.
Even though all hoisting is considered critical, those presenting any of the following conditions
will be considered as such:
- In any crane configuration during the hoisting procedure if it exceeds or is between 70% and
85% of its capacity according to the charge table.
- In any case, if weight of load exceeds 50 tons.
- When the load must be transferred over piping and equipment in operation.
- When two or more cranes are used for the hoisting operation.
- Hoisting nearby electrical lines of high voltage.
- When due to the characteristics of the load a complicated gear system is used.
- Suspended working man baskets hoisting
- Erection and dismantling of tower cranes
- Underground Hoisting (Note: A critical hoisting plan is not required if work is not superior to
1 meter below ground level).
The working team will verify the hoisting conditions: radio, angle, height of the spar etc. and will
compare them with the charge table to make sure they do not exceed the design conditions.
The crane operator shall verify the soil bearing conditions/capacity where the equipment will be
located and the hoisting operation carried out, with the purpose of taking the necessary foresight,
when required, for its conditioning or location of reinforcements on the ground, allowing the
necessary backing for the support surfaces of the crane.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 09 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 8 of 25
The work responsible supervisor should foresee the use of adequate means of communication (spot
to spot radio) among the personnel involved in the operation.
The execution responsible supervisor should anticipate that the crane access roads to the working
site and the mobilization of the load fulfill the minimum safety requirements, such as, illumination,
signals, ventilation, ground conditions, physical protection, adequate bridges and tunnels.
The working team shall notify the perils and perform an analysis of the risks related to the load
hoisting operation.
6.3 The HOISTING stage refers to the execution of the work in itself.
Assign specific responsibilities to the working team involved in operations, as well as the
necessary authority to carry them out.
Provide the necessary equipment to perform the hoist, in a safe and efficient way following the
established rules.
Give the employees a continuous high level training to ensure an adequate performance in all
phases of the operation.
The Construction Management will be in charge of approving this procedure and provide all the
resources for its implementation during the project construction phase.
The Health and Safety at Work Services will be in charge of ensuring the fulfillment of this
procedure in all the construction activities and command the necessary training to all those
involved in these working activities.
The contractors are responsible of the faithful observance of the instructions of this procedure, and
shall receive the required training before starting these activities.
The supervisor of the area where the work will be executed will prepare, together with the
contractors supervisor, the format HOISTING CALCULATIONS. See Annex 1, where all the
safety measures, field of action and working angles are considered.
The area supervisor jointly with the hoist responsible supervisor shall carry out the personnel
access control and cord the area where the coupling work of the spar will be performed, and in the
load hoist operation in the corded area only personnel directly related to the operation should stay.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 09 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 9 of 25
The crane operator will make sure that the crane is in perfect condition before starting its operation
and that all the security anti - two block systems, limit switch, swivel alarm are working properly.
The signal man should stay in a place where he can be clearly seen by the operator. He should use
the established signs unless it is decided to use another system (radio, small flags, etc.). He should
have understanding of the work to be performed so that he can coordinate the work with the
operator and the rest of the team. He should use a reflective yellow vest and orange color gloves.
The signal man should know the use and capacity of each accessory for handling load. It is his
responsibility to check their physical condition, its correct use and disregard any which, to his
judgment, does not fulfill the requirements for the hoist of the load. In case of any doubt he should
ask for advice to his supervisor. He should not interfere with the hoisting operation.
7. SAFETY RULES FOR CRANE OPERATORS
Do not to climb a crane and do not allow anyone to do it without first disconnecting the main
circuit-breaker and leave it lock out in the OFF position.
Verify the crane every working day, specially the level of fluids, valves, alarms, circuit-breakers,
cables, among others and register the detected defects.
Before moving the spar, make sure the hook is at a sufficient height to clear any obstacle.
The operator will neither attend any other job while the equipment is running, nor abandon his
attention to the controls, until the load is safe in its site of destination.
Loads should not be displaced over personnel. Strike the alarm when necessary.
Do not allow or accept the displacement of persons hanging up from the hooks of loads.
Make sure that the fire extinguisher is in the best condition of operability.
Do not operate the crane when you are not in good physical conditions, if you are sick or
indisposed; notify the person in charge of the work.
Do not drag the slings, chains, the block of pulleys or the ball of any extension of the crane.
If any activity considered unsafe is requested, notify the supervisor or ask for advice to the security
organization.
Prior to leaving the cabin, disconnect the main circuit-breaker. Make sure the hook has no load.
Lock or ensure the equipment so that it can not be started up by a NON AUTHORIZED person.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 09 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 10 of 25
In case of cable looseness, confirm or request confirmation of the cable seat in the pulleys and the
drum before continuing the operation.
Never haul up a load heavier than the capacity indicated in the crane. In case of doubt notify the
supervisor.
Never move the load or the crane until being sure that the signal has been understood.
Do not allow the load to move over assistants, workers or any personnel nearby the activity.
Make sure that all personnel are out of reach from the crane field of action.
When bringing up and down the load, make sure that collision or impact against machinery or
nearby materials or the crane can be avoided.
At the beginning of the activity, confirm the defects, dirtiness and stability of the slings and hooks.
Dedicate special attention to those slings to which rings or hooks have been attached and make sure
they are in the correct position.
Do not use a stretched sling, or a hook starting to open. When the opening of the hook exceeds the
normal 15% , it should be replaced.
Use resistant enough slings to hold the load with safety. Do not ever overload a sling over its
nominal capacity.
Distribute the load evenly among the different ramifications of the sling. Try to keep the angle
between the ramifications and the vertical as short as possible. The effort of the slings increases
when the angle is larger.
Watch out that the slings are not curled, twisted or have knots.
Make sure the load does not exceed the crane load capacity.
When the load consists of compressed gas cylinders or acids, these must be carried in a device
specially designed for such purpose.
Center the block directly over the load to avoid oscillation while being raised. Make sure the load
is balanced.
Hang up the load in the hollowness of the hook, never at the end or close to it.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 09 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 11 of 25
While loading or unloading, keep hands off the hook catching spots. Use hand hooks when
possible.
Do not leave separation blocks loose or steel pieces on top of the load.
Make sure, before giving the lifting instruction, that the load is stable, and warn everybody to stay
away from the spar field of action.
Do not pass by or stay under suspended loads; do not allow others to do it.
Hang both ends of a sling free of load to the hook prior to asking the operator to start the crane.
Pile up and leave materials in such a way that they can not slide or unbalance.
9. DOCUMENTS AND REGISTRY
Keep a copy of the crane technical information as well as files and registrations of inspections and
repairing made to the cranes within reach of involved personnel with the hoisting activities. The following
information should be kept inside each crane:
Copies of the table of contents from the manufacturer for all cranes indicating the crane model and
manufacturer.
Registry books are required for all cranes in the project. The operators will be familiar with the
information in the registry book and sign any information added to it
Load Table
Identification of hazards and analysis of risks related to the load hoisting operation, in order to take the
necessary measures/actions to avoid accidents and define emergency plans which could be put in execution
to appease the consequences of undesired or unforeseen events.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 09 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 12 of 25
Anticipate that the crane access roads and load mobilization to working site fulfill the minimum
dispositions of security, such as, illumination, signals, ventilation, ground conditions (compactness,
bearing capacity).
Use an additional signal man to be on guard as to keep the distances from any part of the machine
or load in case there are energized cables nearby.
Notify personnel to stay away from the machine and load at all times. If the load must be taken to
the site, ask the electrical company for advice to take the necessary precautions for the isolation of
the posts.
According to the norm Covenin, the minimum distance for works near the 50.000 volts lines or less
is of 3.1 m. For higher voltages the distance may vary from 4.9 meter henceforth.
Cranes should not be used in closed areas without the adequate ventilation due to the generation of
carbon monoxide, which is highly toxic.
When compressed air cylinders are being hoisted, they must be placed in man baskets or a hanging
stage duly designed, built and certified for such purpose. Slings or electromagnets should not be
used for this purpose.
Side loads should neither be hoisted with portable cranes, nor dragged at any angle.
Loads should not be left suspended in the air. If a short delay is inevitable, safety mechanisms
should be applied.
When direct visual contact operator and signal man is not possible, radios in frequency point to
point should be used to communicate.
Personnel should never pass by or stay under the suspended load, area should be delimited for
personnel not involved in the hoisting operation.
Personnel will never be in direct contact with load while hoisting; to handle such load, control lines
will be used.
The operator should evaluate the ground conditions before placing the crane in position.
All cranes should have a load monitoring computer system, previously calibrated prior to entering
the project installations.
Cranes should have an anti-two-block system in those areas where the crane can not rotate and an
audible alarm system to alert the workers that a hoisting is being performed.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 09 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 13 of 25
Jul 09 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 14 of 25
drops (using the 135 kg load weight for each occupant); or five times the maximum load applied or
transferred to each component.
The man basket should have handrails covering the entire internal man basket perimeter, except the door.
It should have a non sliding floor, have drainages for liquids and be resistant to the forces developed when
load tests are performed.
It should have the means to hold loose objects inside the man basket.
It should have an identification plate placed inside and legible from outside when the man basket is resting
on the floor. It should indicate as a minimum:
Serial Number
Description: if it counts with a suspension system, or in case of being attached to the spar, it should
indicate the hoisting equipment for which it was designed.
Date of fabrication
Certificate indicating that the requirements of design and inspection have been fulfilled (Norm
COVENIN 3132:2001 Hoisting Equipment. Hoist System for personnel.
It should have an access door (opening towards the inside) provided with a lock to prevent its opening by
mistake or accident.
The suspension system shall minimize slopes (not more than 10). It should agree with Norm COVENIN
3132:2001. Hoist Equipment. Hoist System for Personnel.
When upper protection is used (ceiling), it should allow a clear vision of the hoisting equipment
components and should not permit the passing by of a sphere of a diameter no more than 13 mm (0,5).
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 09 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 15 of 25
Welding used in the man basket should agree with the applicable Norm COVENIN, performed by a
competent welder and with an established procedure which includes a penetrating dye test.
The connections seized by a bolt should be made of structural joints, using bolts, screws and nuts as
specified in the norms ASTM 325 ASTM 490. Structural Parts Manufacturing.
The supervisor responsible for the execution shall select the appropriate equipment for the type of hoisting
to be performed.
The supervisor responsible for the execution shall select the qualified personnel to be involved in the
personnel hoisting procedure.
The complete man basket should be painted with an anticorrosive to prevent corrosion and its finish should
be of a striking color such as yellow or orange.
11.2 Planning
Each hoisting of personnel operation shall be planned adequately by the Responsible person in charge of
such operation.
The hoisting plan must show, among other things, the weight of the man basket, weight of personnel to be
hoisted and weight of materials as well as angle, radio and height of hoisting.
Jul 09 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 16 of 25
The hoisting calculation format for the crane should be filled up and also the formulary for hoisting of
suspended man baskets (Annex 2).
Before performing the operation, the Man Basket Inspection format shall be filled up and such inspection is
made by a Health and Safety at Work supervisor (Annex 3).
11.2 Man Basket Hoisting
The area supervisor together with the supervisor responsible for the hoisting shall clear up and cord the
area where the personnel hoisting operation will be performed. In this place, only personnel directly related
to the operation should stay.
The crane operator will make sure that the crane is in perfect condition prior to starting its operation. This
activity is additional to the one associated with the daily inspection contemplated in the preparation stage.
Before hoisting personnel, a hauling up test should be performed with the man basket empty, so as to verify
that there are no obstructions to the procedure. This should be made for each new positioning of the crane.
The builder shall be located in a place where the operator can clearly see him. Use adequately the signals
established unless it is decided to use other system (radios, banners, etc.) He should know thoroughly the
work to be performed in such a way that he can coordinate the work with the operator and the rest of the
team.
The builder shall revise the man basket suspension system and know the use and capacity of each accessory
for the hoisting of personnel. It is his responsibility to check their physical condition, their correct use and
discard any which to his judgment does not fulfill the requirements for the hoisting of the man baskets.
Any doubt should be consulted with the Health and Safety at Work supervisor.
12. SAFETY GENERAL ASPECTS FOR HOISTING OF SUSPENDED MAN BASKETS
Take into consideration the following factors:
The man basket occupant personnel shall be instructed to recognize the risks they take, such as:
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 09 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 17 of 25
The man basket for personnel should not be used when the winds at the man basket level are more
than 32,2 km/h, or when there are climatic conditions that could affect the safety of the operation.
When there are conditions such as darkness, fog or any other that could hinder the good visibility,
personnel hoisting should not be done.
The use of dogs (mechanical device used for fastening), staples for cables, closing nail fasteners or
wedges and knot ties in the cable sling suspension systems, are not allowed.
It is not allowed to load hoisting equipment to perform other operations while hauling up personnel
on man baskets or man baskets fixed or suspended to the spar.
It is not allowed a man basket to be used for handling materials, tools and/or equipment even if it
does not carry personnel at that moment.
It is not allowed to hoist personnel in man baskets, if the hoisting equipment does not have the
stabilizers duly extended.
While using a crane to hoist personnel in a man basket, the crane load capacity can not be
exceeded, according to the Load Table, in a 50% of the crane capacity.
The safety harness shall be used when working in man baskets, fastening it on the load hook.
To perform the load test to a personnel hoisting equipment, it must be subdue to a load test at 150%
of its capacity.
The man basket must be submitted to a load test of 200% of the capacity for which was
manufactured before being used for the hoisting of personnel in the project.
Mobilization of the hoisting equipment with a suspended man basket and personnel inside is
prohibited
The hook of the hoisting equipment should have a device of positive lock that can not be opened by
accident or by friction.
The hoisting equipment should be equipped with devices indicating clearly at all moment, the
length of the spar and extensions and angle indicators or do the calculations with the maximum
radio. It should have a computer system indicating all the variables at all times that lock out by
excess of load, radio, angle, and anti-two-block system. Equipment with auditory signals will not
be accepted.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 09 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 18 of 25
The mechanisms of live spar or life load lines with free fall shall be disconnected before hoisting
equipment is used for hoisting personnel.
Hoisting equipment shall be provided with an automatic brake system so that by loosing the
operator the lever control, the equipment stops moving.
There shall be a retention device (i.e. a retention valve) in the hydraulic or pneumatic systems in
order to prevent uncontrolled movements of the hoisting equipment at the moment of facing a
defect (i.e. a broken hose).
There shall be a device to prevent a stabilizer to withdraw in case of defect of the hydraulic or
pneumatic systems.
The use of guidelines to help control the movement of the basket and all loads being hauled up
within the project activities shall be prevented.
All wire ropes and shackles to be used shall have a valid certificate. Only thread pin shackles with
their respective controls or fastening mechanisms will be used to avoid their unscrewing. All slings
shall have line guard and be connected and fastened with their compression caps
The man basket, in addition to its main hoisting point will be fastened by an additional wire rope
(Life line) from the man basket structure to the upper part of the ball or crane hook.
13. FORMATS
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 09 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 19 of 25
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 09 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 20 of 25
A. Crane Requirements
Arm Angular Indicator
Arm Extension Indicator
Anti-Two Block Device
Hoisting cables, bands and accessories related to a safety factor of 5
Brakes, Fitting teeth or Activators in good condition
Energy Control, Load lowering ( never free fall)
Power Control, Chain ( not active)
Uniform Level ( 1 per cent of flat level )
External gear or Firm support base, stable ground ( Crane mats / Panels)
External gears, extended and placed
Crane Inspection according to manufacturers requirements
Working Safe Load Indicator
Jul 09 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 21 of 25
Signature:
Date:
Contractors Supervisor:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Crane Operator
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Signature:
Date:
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 02 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 5
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
18-08-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
10-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
02-07-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at work Program
Jul 02 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 5
1. OBJECTIVE
Establish the requirements and responsibilities for any work or activity taking place during the week-end
and/or night schedule.
2. SCOPE
This procedure will be applied to all activities performed by the contractors in the Morn Fertilizers Plant
Project.
3. LEGAL.REFERENCES
Working Environment Condition Prevention Organic Law and its Rules and Regulations
Rules and Regulations for Safety and Sanitary Conditions at Work
Norm COVENIN 2249 Luminance in working posts.
4. DEFINITION.
4.1 Lumen: It is the unit used to describe the luminous flux emitted by a source or received on a surface.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at work Program
Jul 02 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 5
That the Works being performed during the night schedule fulfill everything established in this
procedure.
Coordinate attendance of Health and Safety at Work inspectors, paramedics, ambulance and
chauffeur trained in First Aid during the working night schedule.
Guarantee availability of a clinic or medical center for attention in case of accident, if necessary.
Send the coordinator of Health and Safety at Work before 4:00 p.m. a report showing the number
of workers with extended schedule, areas where they will work and activities to be performed.
5.1.2 The manager and construction supervisors will be responsible for the following:
Verify that all safety conditions are contemplated to perform the night schedule Works.
Plan the work to avoid, as much as possible to do it during the night schedule, but if necessary,
have all the mechanisms and equipment to guarantee the safety of all workers.
For radiographic works (gammagraphy) signals should be provided, barriers and flashing lights, as
well as the adequate working lighting of the area.
Insure that adequate barriers be provided around dangerous areas and that they are clearly
illuminated.
Make sure that lighting be adequate between (150 and 300 lux) minimum in the working area.
The Human Resources department will write a letter addressed to the Consortium construction
management, signed by the contractor construction management, requesting the permit to work on an
extended schedule which should have attached the following information:
Specify activities to be performed and working areas during the time requested.
5.2 Instructions.
All exits ways, paths and meeting places will be clearly illuminated.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at work Program
Jul 02 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 5
The lighting equipment will be of 220 watts and will have a device for residual currents. In
addition it should have a ground connection system.
Light bulbs for lighting of corridors, platforms, roads, etc. should have protection resistant to open
air.
Illumination will be measured through a photometer calibrated in lux, before performing a job.
Tower lights will be located in such a way as to illuminate all parts of the area where the work is
being performed.
Cables used for temporary illumination should be protected by trays and their connections or joints
should be protected with hexagonal passing boxes; every joint should fulfill what is established in
the norm COVENIN 200 and should be performed by a certified electrician.
6.1 Responsibilities.
6.1.1 The contractor Health and Safety at Work supervisor will be responsible for the following:
That works being performed during the week-end fulfill everything established in this procedure.
Coordinate the attendance of Health and Safety at Work inspectors, paramedic, ambulance and a
chauffeur trained in First Aid during the entire working day.
Verify that no worker is found under the influence of alcohol inside the project installations. If
there is suspicion of a worker found under the effects of alcohol, a test with the alcoholmeter
should be performed.
Send the Health and Safety at Work coordinator a report with 48 hours of anticipation. with the
details on the number of workers attending, working areas and activities to be performed.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at work Program
Jul 02 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 5
6.1.2 The construction manager and supervisors will be responsible for the following:
Verify that all safety conditions are contemplated to perform works during the week-end.
Plan the work to avoid as much as possible, doing it during the week-end but if so required, having
all the mechanisms and equipment to guarantee the safety of the workers.
The Human Resources department will write a letter addressed to the construction management of
Consortium, signed by the contractor construction management and with 48 hours anticipation requesting
the permit to work on week-ends or holidays and should have attached the following information:
A list of the artisan personnel and employees requiring the entrance to the project.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at work Program
Jun 22 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 14
WORKING PERMITS
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
12-08-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
27-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
22-06-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
Jun 22 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 14
1. OBJECTIVE
Define applicable Rules and Regulations, and assign responsibilities regarding the authorization and execution of
works of operation, maintenance, repair or construction, through the use of a written permit which involves the
elaboration of a Safe Working Analysis (ATS), the taking of preventive measures and information to all involved
personnel, in order to insure a safe performance.
2. SCOPE
Applies to all works performed within the limits of the Morn Fertilizers Plant Project by the of CONSORTIUM
and all contractors. In spite of this procedure being used mainly in construction activities, it pretends to include
the procedure for the request of working permits for hazardous jobs in all Project areas.
ANY JOB REQUIRING OTHER PERMITS
Jun 22 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 14
4. REFERENCES
Prevention, Conditions and Work Environment Organic Law
Regulations of the Prevention, Conditions and Work Environment Organic Law
Norm Covenin 474-89 - Registry and Classification of Working Injuries Statistics
5. DEFINITIONS.
5.1 WORKING PERMITS: The Working permits are certificates confirming that the working place and the
involved equipment have been previously prepared and inspected, to insure that the job be performed under safe
conditions.
5.2 HOT WORK: It is the activity carried out in areas where combustible or inflammable materials are handled,
using equipment or tools producers of sparks, flames or temperatures with enough intensity to induce the ignition
of gases or inflammable steam. As examples of while hot works could be referred such activities as cutting or
welding, polishing with emery, metal cleanness with pressure sand jet, motor operations, internal combustion,
equipment and tools to cut concrete or metal, electrical equipment not in tune with the area classification, open
flame device or other operations producing sparks or heat.
5.3 COLD WORK: Activity carried out in areas where the presence of inflammable materials could be feasible,
toxic substances or atmosphere with not enough oxygen; but in which tools or equipment producing sparks,
flames or heat are not used. Qualified as examples of while cold works, visual inspection labour or cleaning of
equipment not using tools producing sparks or heat, entrance to confined spaces or other tasks performed in areas
with risk of intoxication or asphyxia.
Jun 22 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 14
5.4 GAS-TEST Qualitative or quantitative verification of the current atmosphere in the work environment and
surroundings, carried out before the initiation or during the execution of any job while hot or cold, to determine
the possible presence of inflammable steam or toxic substances and enough oxygen.
5.5 GAS: For the purposes of this procedure, it is considered as gas any inflammable substance, toxic, that could
be produced in a gaseous condition or steam in the area where the work is being performed.
5.6 SAFE WORK ANALYSIS (ATS): A safe work analysis consists of identifying existent dangers with a high
or low potential to cause injuries, damages to the environment or installations and allows determining the
preventive and corrective measures to avoid accidents / incidents, improving continuously the safe working
practices. This process provides the means to instruct personnel of the risks to which they will be exposed during
the execution of their activities and at the same time leaves written evidence with names and signatures which
could be requested during an audit.
5.7 CUSTODIAN: It is the employee (Supervisor, Superintendent) responsible for the installations or working
area.
5.8 AUTHORIZER: It is the person duly authorized and certified to empower the execution of the works after
having identified the risks and taken the corrective measures to minimize them.
5.9 INQUIRER: It is the person duly authorized and certified to request working permits for performing
activities after having identified the risks and taken the corrective measures to minimize them.
5.10 EXECUTOR: It is the person duly authorized and certified to execute the work, following the rules and
practices, as well as the foreseen measures established in the working permit, and who should stay in site during
its execution.
5.11 CERTIFICATION:
It is the process through which the workers are instructed on the policies, guidelines and responsibilities
established for the emission, reception, execution and closing of permits.
5.12 CONFINED SPACES: It is an environment with entrance and exit restrictions, space limitations inside,
even if its size and dimensions allow the occasional entrance of a person to perform a task. A confined space may
cause, falls, getting caught or asphyxia and the possibility of containing dangerous atmospheres such as gasses
and toxic substances.
5.13 ENTRY PERMIT TO A CONFINED SPACE: It is a written or printed document rendered by the
installation custodian supervisor, to allow entry to persons to a confined space with the object of performing a
job.
5.14 EXCAVATION PERMIT: It is the written authorization for the removal of soil by mechanical or manual
means, emphasizing the special care to have with underground services such as water, electricity, gas, telephone,
instrumentation cables or underground process lines.
Jun 22 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 14
5.15 IONIZING RADIATION SOURCE WORKING PERMIT: It is the written authorization for the
execution of works with ionizing radiation sources.
5.16 ELECTRICAL WORKS PERMIT: It is the written authorization to work with energized lines with
potential risks of injuries to personnel through direct or indirect contact with electricity.
5.17 HOT WORKING PERMIT: It is the written authorization to work with heat generating equipment, flame
or sparks with enough energy to produce the ignition of steam and/or inflammable gasses.
5.18 COLD WORKING PERMIT: It is the written authorization for the execution works of maintenance,
construction or repairing with equipment not producing sparks, heat or flame.
5.19 HAULING WORKING PERMIT: It is the written authorization for the execution of hauling of
equipment, piping works which use the following equipment: Cranes, Side Boom, Articulated Arms and the use
of personnel hanging stages.
5.20 PREVENTIVE MEASURES: Safety and maintenance operational actions to reduce or eliminate the risks
in each activity to avoid accidents and/or occupational illnesses.
5.21 HAZARD: Current or potential working conditions which either by themselves or together with other
variable could provoke injuries, property or environmental damages or other losses.
5.22 PERMIT INQUIRES: It is the stage of the working permit process with the detailed planning of the work,
its scope and preventive measures to be considered.
5.23 PRESURIZED SYSTEMS: Those systems designed to contain a higher pressure than the atmospheric one.
5.24 BLOCKADE AND LABELING: The insulation, lack of energy or pressure and labeling of equipment and
electrical systems should be made according to the blockade and labeling procedure.
5.25 PROCESS AREAS: They are those areas of operations located inside the plant or improver, which consist
of process units, storage, services and external areas. These areas contain hazardous substances / explosives,
inflammables, reagents or toxics in quantities that could generate danger if the control mechanism fails.
5.26 CHANGES IN THE WORKING CONDITIONS: A Change of Conditions is considered a change of
circumstances under which the permit was originally issued. These could include:
Jun 22 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 6 of 14
6. GENERAL NORMS
Before starting any job while hot, cold, confined space, excavation or electrical, gammagraphy or hauling in areas
in which inflammable atmospheres, toxic or with oxygen deficiency, a source of energy or ionizing, could be
present, it should be evidenced in a written authorization (working permit format) that the security conditions
necessary to execute the work have been verified and established; that the area and equipment involved have been
prepared to offer safe conditions; and that the personnel involved in the execution of the works knows and has
the disposition of applying the foreseen controls for the risks involved.
The Working Permit Procedure established by CONSORTIUM will be applied normally, but if the work is
executed in the client operational areas, the working permit established by the client will be requested.
Usually, the working permit is issued by the installation operation supervisor or the supervisor designated by the
client and is received by the construction supervisor or the contractor in charge of executing the work certified
supervisor. In any case, the emitting supervisor and the receiver should have the ability or be certified in the
methodology of identification and risk evaluation, handling of inflammable or toxics products, use of the gas
detection /measuring (explosive-meter), confined spaces works and security measures applicable to the indicated
risks.
The verification of the safety conditions to execute the work will be performed in site by the emitting supervisor
and the receiver, who signs the format as a indication of agreement, and in accordance with the established
conditions. The gas tests will be performed by qualified personnel in the use of gas measuring equipment, usually
the operations supervisor.
The Working Permit format should include the following items:
Identification of risks inherent to the installation and process conditions, to current environmental
facts and hazards related to the while hot or cold works to be carried out..
7. REQUIREMENTS
To prepare a permit, the emitting supervisor and the recipient will verify if the potential sources of entry for
inflammable or toxic material in site have been blocked; if graves or drainages in the area have been covered or
sealed; if prevention and fire control measures have been taken and finally if equipment to be used is adequate
and safe to perform the job.
Jun 22 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 7 of 14
Before authorizing while hot works, gas tests should be performed to verify the condition of absence of gas (0%)
and checks frequently made during the course of the works, registering in the permit format, the time and results
of the gas tests.
For while cold works, verify that in the work environment there are no toxic concentrations exceeding the limits
allowed, and that there is enough oxygen in the air (>19%). The results of the periodical toxic concentration and
oxygen contents measuring should be registered in the format.
Take into consideration the relative location of other equipment where emissions of inflammable or toxic
substances may occur, or adverse atmospheric conditions could appear (wind speed and direction, storms with
electrical discharge, rain, etc.) to safely execute the work.
Verify that no other simultaneous works are performed bearing additional danger for the while hot or cold work;
or modifying the safety conditions authorized through the permit for the performance of the while hot or cold
work.
Working permits will be requested for works of Hauling, Confined Spaces, Excavations, Electrical and
Gammagraphy, fulfilling everything established in the procedures that rule these activities, taking into
consideration the implementation of all additional safety measures requested in these working procedures to be
able to carry these activities.
Determine fire extinction equipment and trained personnel to use it, which should be available in site, if so
required by the working conditions.
The permit will be in force during the work execution estimated time, without exceeding eight (8) continuous
hours per day. If the work is stopped or suspended for over two (2) hours, a new permit will be issued repeating
the verification procedures involved.
The issued working permits will not be effective when the natural or climatic conditions change (Temperature,
Storms, Rain, and Hurricanes) and the workers, installations or environment could result affected.
The permits will be issued in original and one copy. The copy is retained by the emitting person and the original
is kept by the recipient available in site, attached to the safe work analysis signed by the workers. Once the
activity is completed or the permit cancelled, the emitting person and executor will verify the conditions and
proceed to the final permit signatures returning the original of the working permit to the emitting person and a
copy of the safe work analysis signed by all workers involved in the activity.
8. RESPONSIBILITY OF THE SUPERVISOR ISSUING THE WORKING PERMIT
Verify the blocking, drainage, absence of gas and ventilation of the equipment involved, and if confirmed
by the gas test, declare them free of gasses, inflammable or toxic vapor.
Jun 22 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 8 of 14
Verify that the necessary blind bridles to isolate the equipment involved have been installed and
identified with cards, and that the area electrical equipment has not been energized and likewise identified
by the use of cards.
Confirm the absence of hydrocarbon residues in the area, which could emit gasses when heated by the
effect of the environment temperature or the heat generated during the execution of the work.
To make sure that drainage, fosses or sewers in the working area and its surroundings are duly covered or
sealed.
Verify that tools and electrical equipment to be used during the execution of the works are adequate to the
area electrical classification, that they are in safe functioning conditions and have the proper ground
connection.
Confirm that the internal combustion motors to enter the area be provided of a spark control device for
the escape of gasses.
Insure that the conditions of ventilation, lighting and pressurization in the working area are favorable and
additional dangerous sources in the working environment have been excluded.
Confirm that the fireproof equipment available is in good condition and is appropriate to respond to the
type of emergency that could occur.
Verify that all equipment, materials and tools to be used at work, including those for personal protection
correspond to those required for the execution of the work.
Make sure that the personnel involved be instructed and notified, on the risks implicit in the work
execution.
Intervene together with the supervisor emitting the permit during the verification of all previous
conditions.
To indorse with his signature as permit receiver, the validity of the verifications and safety conditions
registered by the person emitting it, for the purpose of executing the work.
Instruct the personnel involved in the execution of the work, on all inherent risks, including those referred
to inflammable mixes, toxics of lack of oxygen; as well as those related to falls, strokes, electrocution,
trapping or any other, and on the safety prevention measures applicable to control such risks.
Keep the working permit and ATS in site. Verify constantly that precautions and foreseen conditions for
the work execution are kept unchanged. If the conditions are not fulfilled or the circumstances in the area
Jun 22 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 9 of 14
change, the work will be paralyzed until the safety conditions are restored and/or another permit is
countersigned or emitted.
Keep at all times the necessary order and cleanness in the working area to avoid accidents.
Once the work is finished (or suspended), request the emitting supervisor to verify the conditions and
satisfaction for the work performed in order to close the permit and proceed to restore the operations,
previous the removal of the blind bridles, electrical energy equipment and arrangements for order and
cleanness.
Should insure the safety conditions of the equipment provided for the work (purge with vapor, degas,
cleanness, cooling, inertness, isolation, blocking and/or depressurized) previous to the issuance of the
permit.
Should make sure that the other executors do not start working without the previous authorization when a
permit is required, the emission and hand in at the working site.
Should discuss with the applicant the risks which could arise during the execution of the work.
Should verify his understanding of the dangers involved in the work and their corresponding measures of
protection by means of their signatures in back of the working permit (yellow sheet). If work is extended
to the next working shift, all new executors should review the permit and sign in back of the yellow
permit, accepting also their understanding of the hazards involved in the job and their measures of
control.
Working permits not properly issued, illegible or of dubious aspect, should not be accepted.
All personal protection equipment indicated in the permit and required for the plant safety precautions
should be checked and used.
Should verify together with the authorizer the nearest emergency concentration place, the emergency
showers and nearest eye-washing basin in relation to the working place.
Should constantly verify the working safety conditions.
Once the work is finished, should verify that the working place stays in good order and cleanness
conditions.
Should follow the instructions and procedures in case of emergency.
Must verify that in the working permit all the risks and perils related to the activity to be executed have
been contemplated, as well as the system blocking and shut off previous to the supervision of any
equipment or process system.
Must participate pro actively and advise during the planning stage, the identification of risks and
preventive measures and in the final decision of personal protection equipment required for the job
execution.
Jun 22 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 10 of 14
Should revise and verify that all safety measures in the safe working analysis be contemplated and that
personnel were notified of the risks they will be exposed during the work activities.
Jun 22 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 11 of 14
Permits to perform while cold or hot Works will be issued by only those workers previously authorized as
established in the Procedure to issue working permits.
The filling out of the while cold or hot working permit will be done as established in the corresponding
instructive related to the formulary of the above mentioned permit.
The supervisor authorized to issue while hot working permits is authorized to issue while cold permits
too.
The permits for cold and hot Works will be valid during the execution of the work for a period of time
specified by the supervisor responsible for issuing them or for a maximum of eight (8) hours, whatever
be the shortest period of time. In case there are shifts in personnel, it will be necessary that the supervisor
responsible for the installation, issues a new permit, one (1) hour after the shift has taken place, the latest.
Cold or hot working permits will not be valid if the work does not start within the next two (2) hours to
the issuance of the permit.
If cold or hot Works are suspended for more than two (2) hours, it will be necessary to issue a new permit
to continue working. If a gas test was necessary to issue the first permit, a new one should be performed,
before the emission of the second permit.
The working permit will be cancelled (or not authorized) if all the requirements established for its
emission are not fulfilled.
16. TRAINING
The authorizers must be certified in all the elements of the working permit system, gas test, isolation and
blocking, safety equipment, and be familiar with the other permits required, etc.
All employees of CONSORTIUM, either requesting or issuing permits must be trained once a year.
Jun 22 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 12 of 14
17. AUDITS
The health and safety at work representative, assigned to the project, will evaluate continuously the effectiveness
of the present document. In that study, the actions taken to correct the deficiencies and differences found in the
procedures will be analyzed, discussed in a proper manner with the members of the construction team to establish
working mechanisms that would lead to a better application of the same.
Jun 22 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 13 of 14
Working Permit
Request
Verify area conditions with
permit emitter
SI
Elaborate A.T.S
NO
Measures to be
implemented to reduce
risks are clear
SI
Working permit
is issued
Discussion of Working Permit identified risks
with all involved personnel
Signing of ATS
Start of a working day
programmed tasks
SI
NO
Files
END
Jun 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 12
FIRE PREVENTION
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
08-08-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
02-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
18-06-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
1.
Jun 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 12
OBJETIVE
To describe the general aspects of a fire prevention and control program and the causes of fires, to
help develop awareness of the importance of prevention to prevent the occurrence of these events,
and to provide guidance on fire personal protection, equipment, and facilities.
2.
SCOPE
Applicable to all the works carried out by CONSORTIUM and the Contractors in any of the Project
facilities, including workshops, offices, and parking areas.
3.
LEGAL REFERENCES
COVENIN 0810 Standard: Characteristics of Means of Escape in Buildings According to Type
of Occupancy.
COVENIN 0823-1 Standard: Fire Detection, Alarm and Extinguishing Systems in Buildings.
COVENIN 0823-2 Standard: Fire Detection, Alarm and Extinguishing Systems in Buildings.
COVENIN 0823-3 Standard: Fire Detection, Alarm and Extinguishing Systems in Buildings.
Generalidades.").
COVENIN 1041 Standard: Main Control Panelboard for Fire Detection and Alarm Systems
COVENIN 1176 Standard: Detectors. General Aspects.
COVENIN 1213 Standard: Inspection and Maintenance of Portable Extinguishers.
COVENIN 1329 Standard: Fire Protection Systems. Symbols.
COVENIN 1330 Standard: Fixed Extinguishing Systems without Automatic Water Supply
COVENIN 1331 Standard: Fire Extinguishing in Buildings. Fixed Extinguishing Systems with
Automatic Water Supply.
COVENIN 1377 Standard: Automatic Fire Detection Systems. Components.
COVENIN 1382 Standard: Spot-Type Heat Detectors
COVENIN 1420 Standard: Optical (Photoelectric) Smoke Detectors
COVENIN 1443 Standard: Ionization Smoke Detectors
COVENIN 1472 Standard: Emergency Lights (Self-Contained)
COVENIN 2061 Standard: Fire Protection. Fire Extinguishing Means. Powders.
COVENIN 2062 Standard: Carbon Dioxide Portable Extinguishers
COVENIN 2389 Standard: Extinguisher Recharging and Maintenance Workshops.
Requirements.
COVENIN 2605 Standard: Hand Portable Dry Chemical Extinguishers. Direct and Indirect
Pressurization.
COVENIN 3026 Standard: Wheeled Portable Extinguishers
COVENIN 3055 Standard: Fire Protection. Extinguishing Agents. Part 1: Specifications for
Halons 1211 and 1301.
COVENIN 3056 Standard: Fire Protection. Extinguishing Agents. Part 2: Practice Code for Safe
Halon Handling and Transfer Procedures.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 12
4.
5.
DEFINITIONS
4.1
FIRE PREVENTION: Fire prevention encompasses the entire set of actions to be taken to
prevent the occurrence of a fire, applying standards, techniques, and strategies that could
minimize its probability of occurrence.
4.2
4.3
HAND EXTINGUISHER: A fire extinguisher that the user may carry by its handle; its
weight shall not exceed 25 kg (weight of extinguishing agent plus cylinder and accessories).
4.4
RESPONSIBILITIES
The Site Supervisor is responsible for performing a fire risk analysis prior to activities to
determine the number, type, and capability of the extinguishers deemed necessary to keep at the
site.
The Site Supervisor is responsible for ensuring that all personnel working in activities such as
welding, fabrication, etc. have portable fire equipment available.
The Workplace Safety and Health Supervisor is responsible for verifying that personnel are
properly trained and that fire equipment is available in sufficient number and capability, in good
operating conditions, well located, and used in those activities that require it.
Workers are responsible for using and maintaining fire extinguishing equipment in good
conditions.
6.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Keep all materials and equipment in an orderly manner to reduce or prevent the possibility of
fire propagation.
Materials should be stored in such manner as to not obstruct fire hydrants, extinguishers,
sprinklers, alarm systems, emergency exits, electric panelboards, and corridors.
Equipment shall not be fueled while engines are running.
Areas should be properly indicated
Special care should be taken when performing hot work operations in places where combustible
substances may be present. This shall include precautions such as inspection of adjacent areas,
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 12
removal of any combustible material, protection with fire-resistant blankets, and provision of fire
extinguishers.
Compressed gas cylinders shall be kept closed when not in use and all necessary measures shall
be taken for their use, handling, and transport to prevent fires.
Due to their versatility, 20-lb. ABC extinguishers shall be the minimum standard used in the
Project. ABC extinguishers contain dry chemical agents.
To prevent dry chemical residue from ABC extinguishers, carbon dioxide (CO2) extinguishers
shall be used for the protection of electrical services or equipment. Care should be taken when
using CO2 extinguishers, to avoid contact with the skin since the low temperatures caused by an
exposure to the discharge could cause injuries.
All extinguishers shall have affixed their respective annual maintenance control tag; the annual
maintenance is to be conducted by a qualified contractor.
At the time an extinguisher is incorporated into the Project area, the date of its service life must
not have expired.
A stock of extinguishers shall be maintained to replace those extinguishers in the area that have
been used in minor fires or activated accidentally.
7.
FIRE CLASSIFICATION
According to the type of fuel involved, fires may be classified into five groups, as follows:
8.
Class A
Class B
Class C
Class D
Class E
INGNITION SOURCES
Electricity
Friction
Mechanical Sparks
Cigarettes and Matches
Spontaneous Ignition or Combustion
Hot Surfaces
Combustion Sparks
Open Flames
Cutting and Welding
Reheated Materials
Static electricity
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
9.
Jun 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 12
10.
11.
INSPECTION
Extinguishers shall be inspected monthly to ensure they have not been activated and to detect any
damages. An inspection tag / label shall be placed on each extinguisher, numbered for reference,
and suitable for outside use. The inspection tags / labels and documents shall be signed and dated
after each inspection. All inspection records shall be maintained.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 18 - 2007
12.
RECHARGING
Rev. 1
Page 6 of 12
Any discharged extinguisher or whose inspection period has expired shall be taken to the tool
warehouse or to the supervisor. The person in charge of the storage shall record it on the discharged
extinguisher report form and shall provide another extinguisher for replacement.
13.
TRAINING
Training shall be conducted by Services Safety and Health in Work personnel and by firefighters,
service employees, and fire brigades. Training shall cover the general principles of use of
extinguishers, how to attempt to extinguish incipient fires, when to use an extinguisher, and hazards
involved in the incipient stage of firefighting. A fire brigade program shall be developed when
required.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 7 of 12
DATE:
JOB:
INSPECTION
N:
CONDITION
(G = Good, B = Bad)
G
B
G
B
Contractor Workplace
Safety and Health
Supervisor
Contractor Construction
Supervisor
Contractor Construction
Manager
Warehouse
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 6
HEARING PROTECTION
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
07-08-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
31-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-07-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 6
1. OBJECTIVE:
Identify the dangers associated with the exposition of noise in the work areas and the preventive measures
to avoid hearing deterioration, loss of concentration or interference in oral communication of the workers.
2. SCOPE:
Applies to all the personnel of the Consortium and to all the contractors, who work in the construction of
the Fertilizer Plant at Moron.
3. LEGAL REFERENCES
4.1 Noise.
It is an undesired sound which because of its characteristics is susceptible to produce danger to the health
and well being of the human.
4.2 Sound.
Is a hearing sensation produced by a sound wave due to quick variation of pressure induced by the
vibration of any object.
4.3 Decibel meter.
Is an instrument to measure the sound pressure, whose value is measured in decibels.
4.4 Decibel (dB).
Refers to a sound pressure unit captured in an electronic system of ponderation, which proportions an
approximate level of sound, calculated on the totality of frequencies.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 6
4.5 Frequencies.
Is the number of times per second that a vibrating object compresses the air that circulates around. Its
measuring unit is the cycle by seconds or Hertz. It is associated with the tone of a noise; at a higher
frequency it becomes more acute.
4.6 Attenuation.
Is the reduction of noise obtained by means of hearing protectors.
4.7 Hearing Protector.
Is a device that is used to protect the hearing system from the effects of noise.
4.8 Auricular internal covering.
Is a soft material, non-permanent, because it can be molded in the form of the external hearing conduct of
the user.
4.9 Cover or cup hearing audiphones
Is a hearing protector that is adapted over the ear with a soft covering and is held in an adequate position
with a band or by a safety helmet.
4.10 Hipoacusia.
Is the loss of a persons hearing capacity.
4.11 Hearing Test.
Clinical test whose function is to determine the hearing capacity of the patient.
5. RESPONSABILITIES.
5.1 Construction Manager
Communicate to the whole team of the Consortium through regular means the requirements of this
Hearing Protection Procedure.
Request that all the Managers and Supervisors comply with all the safety recommendations
contemplated in this procedure.
Consider the levels of noise to which the personnel be exposed to, at the moment of planning the
work.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 6
Request the Safety and Health in the workplace Management, to perform analyses of the noise
levels, in case of having any doubts in this respect.
Supply adequate hearing protection to the workers, taking into account the attenuation factors of
the different hearing protectors.
Assure placement of informative signs on the use of the hearing protectors where required.
Proportion training to supervisors and workers, on the risks associated with noise and the use of the
hearing protectors.
6. HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM
The Hearing Conservation Program of the workers exposed to noise as a factor for generating some
damage, is established with the aim of identifying, evaluating and preventing risk exposure means of:
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 6
Identify medically the workers legibility or not to work in areas with levels of noise above 80dB, when
to suspend his activity and when to return to his work place.
6.2 Identify the criteria of application of the medical watch on personnel exposed to noise.
In areas where measuring of noise is representative of the conditions of exposure to the Worker, to
levels of continuous noise more than or equal to 85dB during 8 working hours per day.
In the cases of exposure to discontinuous noise or loud noises above 90 dB, the limits of
occupational exposure recommended should be established according to the exposure values
contained in the Covenin Norm 1565.
Clinical tests should be used as early detection of the adverse effects on health, to evaluate the
impact of noise on organs and different hearing systems through recommended medical evaluation
and of the hearing capacity.
To obtain the information of noise exposure by means of a combination of the analyses of medical
evidence, and the information that the Safety and Health in the workplace Service supply with
respect to measuring the noise exposure in the environment.
For the medical watch, the first eudiometry test for pre-employment as base element for future
comparisons for the worker occupationally exposed, which should be included in the program for
periodical evaluation with a frequency depending on the intensity or magnitude of the exposure,
with the purpose of early detection of significant changes in the workers hearing.
The frequency of the eudiometry periodic test should be yearly or before, according to the
established medical criteria.
The Safety and Health in the workplace Service, should generate a sheet of medical alertness on
how the noise may affect health detected in groups with the risk of hearing damages, for the
Supervisor of Safety and Health in the workplace, with the purpose of activating control
mechanisms.
Detect the health alterations, by organs and systems in the body, other than hearing, to establish
reference criteria to medical specialists and establish referential medical controls.
Establish instruments of recollection and registering medical information related to noise exposure.
The worker who will be occupationally exposed to noise should be periodically informed on the
health effects and the medical results obtained.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 24 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 6 of 6
The Service for Safety and Health in the workplace, should establish a specific procedure of
medical watch for the occupational workers exposed to noise where they should include reference
criteria to other medical specialists.
All this information will be filed for each worker who works for the Consortium and the contractor
companies, and will be controlled by the Safety and Health in the workplace Service. All workers would
have access to the results obtained in the medical evaluations, as established in the Organic Law of
Prevention, Conditions and Work Environment.
6.5 Identify the instruments for evaluation of results.
The results or medical data of the exposure to noise will be studied in order to generate the
respective technical analysis The Safety and Health in the workplace Service will prepare a
monthly report for the Safety and Health in the workplace Management, and another report each
Quarter for the IPSASEL that should contain:
Number of persons exposed to noise, statistics on their mobility and pathology, induced by noise
exposure.
The technical analysis of the medical results should be done through an epidemiologic design
represented by means of data and graphics.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jun 25 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 14
FALL PROTECTION
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
20-07-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
02-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
25-06-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
1.
Jun 25 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 14
OBJETIVE:
The purpose of this Procedure is to describe the minimum requirements in those cases where there
is a potential risk for falls. The Procedure specifies, in a general manner, prevention measures and
types of fall protection equipment.
2.
SCOPE:
This Procedure is applicable to all CONSORTIUM personnel, as well as to all Contractor personnel
working for the Moron Fertilizer Plant Project.
3.
LEGAL REFERENCES:
4.
Organic Act on Prevention, Conditions, and Environment at the Workplace and its Regulations
COVENIN 2116 Standard: Scaffolding. Safety Requirements
COVENIN 1042 Standard: Safety Belts and Body Harnesses for Personal Protection
COVENIN 2245 Standard: Ladders, Ramps, and Walkways. Safety Requirements
OSHA Code of Federal Regulations 29 CFR Subpart M, 1926.500-503: Fall Protection.
American National Standards Institute ANSI/ASSE Z359.1-1992 Standard: Safety Requirements
for Personal Fall Arrest Systems, Subsystems and Components.
DEFINITIONS
4.1
4.2
Accessory: Any element that can be added to the safety belt or body harness to improve its
comfort or operation, without modifying its essential requirements.
4.3
Fastening strap: The strap to which the D-rings are permanently fastened.
4.4
Body harness: A device composed of simple or compound straps that secure all the trunk area
of the body in case of a fall, and that, due to its design, distributes the shock load over several
parts of the body, reducing the possibility of an injury to the wearer.
4.5
Buckle: A device used for holding the safety belt or body harness closed around the user's
body. There are several types of buckles: tongue buckles; friction buckles with single pass of
webbing over a fixed bar; friction buckles with single pass of webbing over a sliding bar; and
friction buckles with double pass of webbing.
4.6
Competent Person: An individual trained in the use, handling, and maintenance of fall
protection equipment and who has the necessary knowledge and training to detect risk
conditions in said equipment. Additionally, the Competent Person has authority to take
immediate corrective measures to remove such risks. The Competent Person shall have
knowledge in the following areas:
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 25 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 14
Deceleration device (rope grab): A mechanism that serves to dissipate a substantial quantity
of the energy produced during a free fall of a person.
4.8
Deceleration distance: The vertical distance traveled by a person between the point at which
the deceleration system activates and the point at which the fall comes to a complete stop.
4.9
D-ring: A hot-forged steel ring in the shape of a "D" to which the spring-closed hook of the
sling or lanyard is attached.
4.10 Fall prevention: The set of measures planned to eliminate risk factors for falls from heights.
Said measures shall be assessed starting at the design phase and include modification of
worksites and use of adequate prevention systems, among others.
4.11 Fall protection: Equipment designed to effectively control fall hazards. Appropriate fall
protection equipment includes body harnesses, lanyards with shock absorbers and snap hook,
lifelines, etc.
4.12 Free fall: The act of falling before a personal fall arrest system begins to apply force to stop
the fall.
4.13 Free fall distance: The travel length, without restrictions, before the individual reaches grade
level or until the personal arrest system / equipment is activated.
4.14 Guardrail systems: Set of vertical barriers and poles installed to prevent the fall of workers
from higher levels or within dangerous equipment.
4.15 Hardware: Hooks, D-rings, buckles, adjusters, or other devices used to attach together the
components of the fall protection system.
4.16 Horizontal lifeline: A lifeline placed between two fixed points at the same level that serves as
anchorage point for personnel moving on an unprotected surface at height. Horizontal
lifelines can be permanent or temporary (portable) and must be placed at a minimum height
over the waist level of the workers. Horizontal lifelines shall be installed and used under the
supervision of a Competent Person.
4.17 Lanyard: A synthetic-material flexible line used to secure a body harness to a lifeline or an
anchorage point. The lanyard is coupled to the body harness by means of a hook or any other
safe mechanism that meets the manufacturer's specifications. Lanyards shall have shock
absorbers to allow dissipating the kinetic energy of a fall through its deceleration.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 25 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 14
4.18 Lifeline: A flexible line placed between two anchorage points (independent of the working
surface) to secure a fall protection system. Lifelines must be protected against cuts and wear
and shall have a minimum rupture strength of 2,268 kg (5,000 lbs.).
4.19 Lower level: An area or surface located beneath the positioning point of an employee
working at height on which he / she can fall.
4.20 Self-retracting line system (yo-yo): Deceleration accessory consisting of a drum-wound line
which can be slowly extracted from or retracted onto the drum under moderate tension during
normal worker movement and which, after onset of a fall, automatically locks the drum and
arrests the fall. This system must be secured directly to the D-ring of the body harness
4.21 Snap hook: A hook-shaped connector with a double locking system that enables securing the
lanyard to an anchorage point or a D-ring.
4.22 Total fall distance: The sum of the free fall and deceleration distances, additionally including
the height of the person.
5.
PROCESS DESCRIPTION
This Procedure includes the following stages:
Fall Prevention
6.
Fall Protection
Audit Program
5.1
The first phase, called "Fall Prevention", comprises those measures that shall be planned to
eliminate risk conditions for falls from heights. During this stage, the risks of an activity from
the design phase are assessed, including modifications to the worksites and use of adequate
prevention systems, among others.
5.2
The second phase, called "Fall Protection", comprises planning, installation, and use of fall
protection equipment for fall hazards that could not be eliminated during the previous phase.
It also includes the reduction of injury-related risks should a fall occur.
5.3
The last phase, called "Audit Program", comprises the periodic review plan for the
inspection, equipment maintenance, training, and documentation considered in this
Procedure.
RESPONSIBILITIES
6.1
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 25 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 14
Prepare or ensure the preparation of a fall risk analysis prior to authorizing or assigning a
work at height. This analysis should provide preventive measures that guarantee workers a
100% fall protection.
Verify that the personnel to perform work at height is trained, qualified, and with
acceptable physical conditions to carry out the task.
Assure the availability of the necessary fall protection equipment.
Effectively communicate the safety precautions to be taken.
6.2
6.3
6.4
Competent Person
Periodically inspect, according to the schedule established, all fall protection equipment,
color coding the equipment in optimal conditions for use or otherwise discarding and
destroying it.
6.5
7.
FALL PREVENTION
Once identified, all fall hazards should be eliminated or controlled. The risk analysis for such
hazards should not only consider the final location or specific worksite, but also the distance
traveled by the worker to reach and leave such site. Personnel working at height should be
guaranteed 100% protection at all times.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
8.
Jun 25 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 6 of 14
FALL CATEGORIES
To be able to determine the fall hazards associated with the different construction activities
according to the specific worksite, the Supervisor or Person in Charge of the activity should know
and identify those fall hazards. Falls may be classified as follows:
Falls on the same level.
Falls to another level.
The frequency of falls on the same level tends to be higher but the injuries generally consist of
strains and sprains, while falls from heights are less frequent but may result in serious or fatal
injuries. All these types of falls should be considered and treated as part of the Accident Prevention
Program. All working surfaces should be maintained appropriately and free from slip and trip
hazards. An appropriate Housekeeping Program and periodic inspections of the work area should be
undertaken to preserve aspects such as:
Maintenance of stairways / ladders / steps, platforms, and walkways to eliminate slip and trip
hazards.
Cleaning of surfaces that are oily, slippery, etc.
Adequate lighting.
Removal of projecting objects in personnel circulation areas.
9.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
The design and installation of the components of a normal guardrail system shall be in
accordance with the requirements established by current safety regulations (COVENIN, OSHA,
and ANSI).
Unless designed specifically to withstand the impact and arresting forces in case of a fall,
protection systems shall not be secured to guardrail systems.
All unprotected sides or edges of surfaces, floors, roofs, holes, etc. presenting risk of falling
from heights greater than or equal to 1.5 m shall be protected by appropriate guardrail systems;
if this is not possible, then the use of personal fall protection systems shall be considered.
Where feasible, temporary floors, planks / boards or other physical barriers against falls shall be
installed always instead of making the workers to depend on tie-offs and safety nets for fall
protection.
Guardrail systems should be capable of withstanding, without failure, an 80-kg (200-lb.) force
applied at 5.1 cm (2 in.) from the top of the system.
Guardrail systems shall be so surfaced as to prevent injuries to workers, as from punctures or
lacerations, etc.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 25 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 7 of 14
An area access control shall be used whenever load lifting operations or work at height are
performed, as a preventive measure for falls or damages due to falling objects from heights (see
the Procedure for Barricades).
Covers should be used whenever work is performed around openings / holes in floors, roofs and
other types of working / walking surfaces, as a fall prevention measure.
All covers shall be color coded yellow and bear a sign stating "PELIGRO: CUBIERTA DE
PISO. NO RETIRAR" (DANGER: FLOOR COVER. DO NOT REMOVE) in black letters.
Covers located in transitable roads and vehicle passageways should be capable of withstanding,
without failure, a load equal to at least twice the maximum axial load of the largest vehicle
expected to pass over the cover.
All covers should be capable of withstanding, without failure, a weight equal to at least twice the
weight of the employees, equipment, and materials that could stand or be placed on the cover at
any time.
All covers should be well secured during installation to prevent their accidental movement due
to the action of wind, equipment, or employees.
10.
FALL PROTECTION
As explained for the previous phase, guardrail systems or any other effective fall protection system
should be used to prevent accidental falls at the workplace. However, in some places it is not
feasible to place these preventive devices and, therefore, workers shall use approved fall protection
systems or positioning devices.
To describe this phase called "Fall Protection", several aspects shall be detailed:
11.
Particular requirements.
Uses of protection systems according to the work area / site.
Approval of protective equipment.
Inspection of protective equipment.
Training required.
Rescue plans.
PARTICULAR REQUIREMENTS
11.1 Body Harness
All workers should use a body harness with two lanyards and shock absorber secured to an
anchorage point in the following cases:
Any unprotected elevation of 1.5 m or more.
Sloped roofs.
All suspended / hydraulic platforms.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 25 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 8 of 14
All scaffolds.
Near platform openings.
Where floor plates / gratings or similar elements of temporary or permanent floors are
removed.
On fixed ladders with an angle of inclination between 75 and 90 degrees, or portable
ladders on which the worker has to use both hands to perform a task.
Where indicated by the risk analysis and/or work permit.
Each user should inspect his / her body harness prior to each use, following this Procedure
and the manufacturer's recommendations.
Only body harnesses approved and identified with the corresponding inspection color
shall be used. In case any body harness without its respective coding is detected, do not
use it and report it immediately to your Supervisor, who in turn shall notify it to the
respective Competent Person.
The body harnesses should be used in such manner as to not allow a free fall from a
height greater than 1.8 m (6 ft.).
It is important to consider the total fall distance to prevent the worker from making contact
with structures / lower levels in case of falling. To correctly calculate this distance the
following should be considered:
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 25 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 9 of 14
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 25 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 10 of 14
lifelines to secure the body harness. Portable ladders (extension ladders, rest platforms, etc.)
do not require self-retracting lifelines if used to perform only one specific task.
12.3 Work from Scaffolding
The use of fall protection may be dangerous during the erection of scaffolding, causing fall
hazards because workers need to move around when erecting and dismantling scaffolds,
besides the possibility that the lanyards could easily get entangled with scaffolding material.
Therefore, fall protection for employees hired for the erection and dismantling of scaffolds
might not be required always. A Competent Person shall determine the feasibility and safety
of tying-off while a scaffold is being erected or dismantled. However, employees carrying out
this task must use body harnesses and lanyards while working at a stationary location for a
given period of time, which allows the use of this practice and the use of fall protection
anchors.
12.4 Mobile Suspended Platforms or Aerial Lift Devices
Personnel working on mobile suspended platforms or aerial lift devices (elevators, scissors
type lifts, etc.) shall use body harnesses with lanyards attached to anchorage points or
guardrails. When working on a mobile lifting platform or aerial lift device, fall protection
shall be used.
12.5 Platforms Suspended from Cranes
All personnel working on a basket suspended from a crane shall use fall protection equipment
with lanyards attached to an independent support such as a cable supported on the crane
block, below the load block, etc. Workers shall use fall protection equipment at all times
while on a personnel basket suspended from a crane.
12.6 Work on Piping / Confined Spaces / Tanks
Employees performing construction work on top of piping shall be protected by personal fall
protection systems. When working on elevated piping, edges of tank roofs (or similar
structures), where no adequate anchorage points are available or their accessibility is not
easy, horizontal / vertical lifeline systems or any other type of anchorage shall be evaluated,
designed, or installed for its use. When working on or from these areas and there are doubts
with respect to the anchorage points, contact the Competent Person to evaluate the fall
protection requirements.
Fall protection / retrieval systems for confined spaces (towers, drums, tanks, etc.): When fall
protection and rescue systems are used in confined spaces, it is important to maintain an
appropriate communication to not jeopardize personnel safety. Where the confined space
presents potential fall hazards or atmospheres posing an immediate danger to life or health,
appropriate fall protection / retrieval systems to be used shall be identified.
12.7 Holes / Openings
Employees on working surfaces (scaffolds or platforms) shall be protected against falling into
holes, including floor openings for passage of piping or for installing equipment, open spaces
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 25 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 11 of 14
in roofs, etc. Normal guardrail systems or fall arrest systems shall be used to protect workers
and prevent their accidental fall. The covers used shall be constructed in such manner as to
support at least twice the weight of the workers. The covers shall be secured against
movement and display a sign indicating "ESPACIO ABIERTO" (OPEN SPACE) to warn all
personnel of possible fall hazards, as shown below in Examples A and B.
PELIGRO VACIO
NO RETIRAR
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 25 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 12 of 14
Inspect the metal components (D-rings, hooks, buckles, rivets, grommets) to detect
possible deformation, cracks, corrosion, sharp edges, improper function, loss of any metal
component, and evidence of exposure to excessive heat or chemicals.
Inspect all plastic components (D-ring pads, labels, strap guides, etc.) to detect cuts,
breaks, severe wear, missing parts, and evidence of exposure to excessive heat or
chemicals.
In addition to the inspection of the lanyard straps, check that the shock absorbers are not
activated.
Body harnesses and lanyards that have been subjected to falls shall be removed
immediately from service, irrespective of their physical condition.
13.2 Inspection Frequency
Body harnesses and lanyards shall be inspected by a Competent Person at intervals not
exceeding three (3) months. The Competent Person shall inspect in detail each component of
the body harness following the equipment manufacturer's specifications.
14.
TRAINING PROGRAM
A training program shall be established for all personnel that may be exposed to falls from heights.
A Competent Person shall give this training, including the following aspects, among others:
Appropriate use and restrictions of fall protection equipment.
Fall protection equipment maintenance and inspection.
Selection of anchorage points and adequate tie-off of fall protection systems. Calculation of fall
distances, shock absorbers, etc.
Safety regulations and standards for the use of fall protection equipment.
Identification and assessment of fall hazards / preventive measures.
Emergency and rescue plans.
14.1 Rescue Plans
Whenever fall protection systems are used, the supervisor in charge of the activities shall
ensure that each worker can be rescued immediately in case of falling from height. During the
preparation of the risk analysis, all rescue alternatives (ladders, elevation platforms, rope
systems, etc.) shall be established and informed to the workers involved, during the toolbox
safety talks prior to the activities. No work at height requiring the use of fall protection
equipment may be performed without prior planning of rescue systems. The rescue system
established shall enable a prompt retrieval of the personnel within five (5) minutes, to prevent
the "suspension trauma" effect that could cause the death of a worker that remains suspended
by a fall protection system for periods of time longer than 15 minutes. Workers shall be
trained in how to adopt body postures (in case of a fall) that minimize such effect.
15.
AUDIT PROGRAM
The Fall Prevention and Protection Program shall be periodically audited to assess its effectiveness.
The audit shall evaluate knowledge, inspections, equipment maintenance, training, and records.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
16.
Jun 25 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 13 of 14
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 25 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 14 of 14
Attachment A
Body Harness Inspection Form
NAME of User (or location of the body
harness, e.g. Tool Room, etc.):
Inspection Sheet N:
MANAGEMENT DIVISION:
AREA:
Identification N /
Body Harness Code:
COLOR CODING
PER QUARTER:
Date of Inspection
Legible Name of
Competent
Inspector
Signature
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Slings
Shock absorbers
D-rings, buckles
( Including buckle tongue)
Instructions:
Blue (Jan.-March)
Yellow (April-June)
Green (July-Sept.)
White (Oct.-Dec.)
Jul 20 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 9
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
30-07-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
25-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
20-07-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health in the workplace Program
Jul 20 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 9
1. OBJETIVE
Establish and determine the parameters or guidelines for the selection of the protection respiratory
equipments in the Project installations, the situations for its use and the training in the use of the selected
equipment.
2. SCOPE
Applies to all the personnel of CONSORTIUM, and all the Contractors, who work for the construction of
the Fertilizer Plant at Moron.
3. LEGAL REFERENCIAS
Organic Law for Prevention, Conditions and Environment in the workplace and its
Rule.
Environment Penal Law and its Rule
Organic Environment Law
Rule on Hygiene and Safety Conditions in the workplace
Covenin 1056-1-02 Respiratory Protection Equipment. Part I: Selection and use. 2002
Covenin 1056-II-91 Respiratory Protection Equipment against particles. Part II
maintenance.
Covenin 1056-III-91 Respiratory Protection Equipment combined with vapors and
particles.
4. DEFINITIONS
4.1 Respirator
A respirator is a device employed by a person with the aim to protect himself against inhaling air
contaminants or atmospheres lacking oxygen. The respirators employed in the construction industry and
maintenance activities are generally air supplied and purified.
4.2 Disposable Air Purifier
The Disposable Air Purifier uses a mask as a mechanical filter. It is principally against dust, snow, vapor
and smoke. It is recommended to employ this kind of respirators in a limited way for dust, as it is difficult
to check if they are well maintained.
4.3 Hart Mask
The air purifying respirators of half mask use a replaceable mechanical filter, chemical cartridge, or a to
combination remove air contaminants. The chemical cartridges are for specific risks and usually have a
color code for reference. The mechanical filters used with chemical cartridges increase its life span,
preventing the particles to obstruct the cartridge.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health in the workplace Program
Jul 20 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 9
Communicate to all the team workers, the requirements of this Procedure of Respiratory Protection
of the Consortium.
Request from all the Managers and Supervisors compliance with all the safety recommendations
contemplated in this procedure.
Assure that the personnel under his supervision, including the contractors, are competent and
qualified for the assigned jobs.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health in the workplace Program
Jul 20 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 9
Supply training on the use of the respiratory equipment of self contained air (SCBA) as required.
Make routine inspections of the equipment of self contained air (SCBA) and of the emergency
respirators, as considered necessary.
Return the respiratory equipment of self contained air (SCBA), for the service inspection by a
qualified service company regularly, according to the recommendations of the manufacturer.
5.3 Employees.
Use the supplied respiratory protection equipment, according to the supplied training instructions.
Protect the equipment against damages and report any fault to the supervisor.
Report to the supervisor any change in the physical and mental conditions that can limit the use of
a respirator. This includes the medical problems associated with the requirements related to facial
hair.
Apart from the specifications provided by the manufacturer, one should observe the following safety
recommendations during the use of the respiratory protection equipment.
Never use oxygen as a substitute for breathing air. The compressed oxygen for breathing should be
used only for medical needs.
The compressors used to supply breathable air, should be placed in a way that contaminated air
cannot enter (air contaminated with hydrocarbons, gases from the escape of motors, etc.), the
entrance of the compressor.
The supplied air from the compressors ought to be filtered to eliminate hydrocarbons, carbon
monoxide and carbon dioxide, and should also be equipped with an alarm for high temperature
and/or high content of carbon monoxide.
The couplings for the breathing air should be un-compatible with those for supplying air to the
plant, or with the coupling for different gases to those of breathable air Grade D.
The breathable air supplied through cylinders of compressed gas, should be approved by the
competent person, if the cylinders are filled by a specialized company for this equipment, the
company should supply a certificate for the quality of air supplied to the equipment.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health in the workplace Program
Jul 20 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 9
Note: for the workers who will use the respirators (complete face masks or hoods) and use corrective
spectacles, will have issued a corrective spectacle prescription that can be incorporated into the respirator.
8. CLEANSING OF THE RESPIRATORS.
The respirators should be cleaned and stored after each use, according to the specifications and/or
specifications of the manufacturer.
All respirators or its parts that are in bad state, should be re-emplaced before using.
Clean containers / plastic bags should be supplied to store the respirators.
The cartridges and filters of the respirators should be inspected and re-emplaced as indicated by the
specifications / instructions of the manufacturer.
9. STORAGE OF THE RESPIRATAORS.
All the respirators should be stored to protect them from damages, contamination, dust, solar light,
extreme temperatures and excess humidity and damaging chemicals, and also should be packaged
or stored to avoid deforming the mask and exhaling valve.
The emergency respirators, should be maintained accessible to the work area, and stored in
compartments or in clearly marked places, indicating that they contain emergency respirators.
10. REPAIRING RESPIRATORS.
The replacement of parts that are not disposable and any repair should be done only by the
personnel adequately trained, to guarantee that the equipment will be working perfectly after he
finishes the repair job.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health in the workplace Program
Jul 20 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 6 of 9
11. INSPECTION.
All the respirators used in routine situations, should be inspected before and after each use. The respirators
used only for emergencies, should be inspected monthly and should be checked to verify its adequate
functioning before and after each use.
The respirators only for emergency should be inspected before carrying to the work area to be used. The
self contained respiratory equipment o fair container (SCBA) should be inspected monthly. A register
should be kept of all the inspections by date with the corresponding results.
The inspection should include the following aspects:
A checking of the functioning of the respirator, the hermetical connections and the condition of its
various parts including, but not limited to, the mask, the headpiece and elastic bands, the valves,
the connecting tube and the cartridges, the canisters and the filters.
Checking of elastic parts for their flexibility and signs of deterioration.
Checking of the regulator and of the warning device to assure its adequate functioning.
Checking of the cylinder of air or of oxygen, to verify that the cylinder is completely full, and to
supply when the pressure reaches the 90% of the level of pressure recommended by the
manufacturer.
12. TRAINING.
The related training with the respiratory protection should include the following aspects l:
An explanation of the risks, against which one should protect himself, with the use of the
respirators and the consequences of its inadequate use.
An explanation of the administrative control and of the engineering used and the necessity of the
use of respirators.
An explanation on the criterion for the selection of respirators.
The functions, capacities and limitations of the respirators used.
The procedure for putting on the respirators and making the testing of the seal.
The objective and the procedure of the adjustment testing.
Procedures for the maintenance and cleansing of the respirators.
Recognizing and handling emergency situations.
Changes in the work area or the type of respirator make the previous training obsolete.
The insufficient knowledge and inadequate use by the employee, of the respirator, indicates that the
employee has not learnt the requirements, comprehension or ability.
Whatever other situation that may come up, by means of which additional training should seem
necessary to assure the safe use of the respirator.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health in the workplace Program
Jul 20 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 7 of 9
DATE:
EMPLOYEE No. :
WORK OF THE EMPLOYEE TITLE / DESCRIPTION :
________
EMPLOYER:
UBICATION / ADDRESS :
SELECTED RESPIRATOR :
MANUFACTURER:
____
__
MODEL:
CONDITIONS THAT MAY AFFECT THE ADEQUATE FUNCTIONING :
SHAVING
FACIAL SCAR
BEARD 1 - 2 DAYS
DENTAL ABSENCE
BEARD +2 DAYS
SPECTACLES
MOUSTACHE
NONE
COMMENTS:
CHECKS:
NEGATIVE PRESSURE
PASSED
FAILED
NOT DONE
POSITIVE PRESSURE
PASSED
FAILED
NOT DONE
SACARINA
QUALITY
ISOAMIL ACETATE
IRRITANT
QUALITY
PASSED
PASSED
FAILED
FAILED
SMOKE
QUALITY
PASSED
FAILED
COMMENTS:
I HAVE REVISED THE PROCEDURE ON THE SELECTION AND USE OF RESPIRATORS AND I HAVE BEEN INFORMED ON THE REQUIREMENTS
AND LIMITATIONS OF MAINTENANCE. I HAVE KNOWLEDGE OF THE RESULTS OF THE TEST AND I HAVE NO RESERVES AS TO THE
ADEQUATE USE OF THE RESPIRATOR.
EMPLOYEE SIGNATURE:
DONE BY:
DATE:
DATE:
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health in the workplace Program
Jul 20 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 8 of 9
REVISED BY
REFERRED BY THE
DOCTOR?
YES
DOCTORS NAME
NO
MARK THE APPROPRIATE BOX AND EXPLAIN IF THE REPLY IS "YES"
YES
NO
EXPLANATION
4.
I HAVE REPLIED TO THE QUESTIONS TO THE BEST OF MY ABILITY AND KNOWLEDGE, AND I ALSO UNDERSTAND THAT I HAVE TO REPORT TO
MY SUPERVISOR AND TO THE MEDICAL DEPARTMENT ANY CHANGE IN MY PHYSICAL HEALTH.
EMPLOYEE SIGNATURE
DATE
LIMITATIONS
QUALIFIED
YES
NO
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health in the workplace Program
Jul 20 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 9
Deficiencia de Oxgeno
SCBA
Presin Positiva
Contaminante Txico
Gases
Partculas
IDLH
SCBA
Presin Positiva
No-IDLH
Presin Positiva
combinacin
Lnea de suministro auxiliar
auto contenido
Respirador de
cartucho
qumico
IDLH
Respirador de
suministro de
aire
SCBA
Presin Positiva
No-IDLH
Presin Positiva
combinacin
Lnea de suministro auxiliar
auto contenido
Respirador de
polvo y humo
Respirador de
suministro de
aire
IDLH
SCBA
Presin Positiva
No-IDLH
Presin Positiva
combinacin
Lnea de suministro auxiliar
auto contenido
Respirador de
suministro de
aire
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health in the workplace Program
Jun 28 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 11
RADIATION PROTECTION
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
16-07-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
02-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
28-06-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
1.
Jun 28 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 11
OBJETIVE
To establish guidelines regulating the activities to be performed by all organizations involved in the
application of the Radiation Protection Program, control of ionizing radiation sources, and selection of
detection instruments used to measure radiation exposure and contamination produced by ionizing
radiation sources, as well as the measures to be implemented for the workers' protection.
2.
SCOPE
This Procedure is intended for personnel responsible for supervising and/or performing the abovementioned activities for CONSORTIUM, as well as for Contractors working on the Moron Fertilizer
Plant Project.
3.
LEGAL REFERENCES
4.
Organic Act on Prevention, Conditions, and Environment at the Workplace and its Regulations.
Environmental Organic Law.
Environmental Criminal Law.
Regulations for Health and Safety Conditions at the Workplace.
COVENIN 0096 Standard: Basic Symbols for Ionizing Radiation
COVENIN 2240 Standard: Ionizing Radiation. Radioactivity Quantity, Apparatus, and Sources
Exempted from Notification, Recording, and License Awarding.
COVENIN 2256 Standard: Radiation Protection. Definitions.
COVENIN 2257 Standard: Radioactive and Nuclear Facilities.
COVENIN 2258 Standard: Radiological Surveillance Minimum Requirements.
COVENIN 2259 Standard. Ionizing Radiation. Annual Dose Limits.
COVENIN 3190 Standard: Shieldings for Radioactive Source Containers.
COVENIN 3299 Standard: Radiation Protection Program.
COVENIN 3375 Standard: Radiation Protection. Industrial Radiography.
DEFINITIONS
4.1
ABSORBED DOSE: The fundamental dosimetric quantity in radiation protection that indicates
the energy absorbed per unit mass of matter. The international system (SI) unit for absorbed
dose is the gray (Gy), equivalent to 1 J/kg.
4.2
ABSORPTION: Energy partially or totally imparted by the radiation to the material through
which it passes.
4.3
ACCIDENT: Any unintended event, including operational errors and equipment failures, that
produces an effective dose exceeding the Limit for Planned Operations (50 mSv).
4.4
ACTIVITY: The mean number of atoms disintegrated during a given time interval. The activity
measures the strength of a radioactive source.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 28 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 11
4.5
4.6
BECQUEREL (Bq): The International System (SI) unit for activity, equivalent to one nuclear
disintegration or transformation per second (dps).
4.7
4.8
COLLIMATOR: A metal (lead, tungsten, residual uranium) device that allows directing the
radiation beam to the zone of radiographic interest and significantly attenuating the radiation not
incident on such zone.
4.9
4.10 CONTROLLED ZONE: Zone classification obtained when the exposure rate measured at
operator level, under normal working conditions, is greater than or equal to 0.5 mR/hr.
4.11 DIRECT READING DOSIMETER (DRD): Type of pencil-shaped ionization chamber with a
movable electrometer that indicates on a scale the quantity of radiation received by the user. It is
used as a supplementary dosimeter.
4.12 DISPERSION: Change in the direction of a radiation beam produced by collision or interaction
phenomena.
4.13 DOSE LIMIT: A dose value that may not be exceeded. The dose limits include the annual limit
of effective dose (entire body), annual limits of equivalent dose (for organs and tissues), and
those limits established for Planned Operations.
4.14 DOSE RATE: The ratio between the quantity of radiation incident on a human being and the
time interval in which it is produced.
4.15 EFFECTIVE DOSE: The sum of the weighted equivalent doses in all the organs and tissues of
the human body. The international system (SI) unit of the effective dose is the Sievert (Sv),
equivalent to 1 J/kg.
4.16 EMERGENCY: A situation in which the radioactive source is left outside or loses its shielding
due to the action of mechanical, physical or chemical agents.
4.17 EQUIVALENT DOSE: The quantity used in radiation protection to express the risk associated
with a given type of radiation. It is defined as the average absorbed dose in a tissue or organ
weighted to the quality of the radiation of interest. The international system (SI) unit of the
equivalent dose is the Sievert (Sv), equivalent to 1 J/kg.
4.18 EXTERNAL RADIOACTIVE CONTAMINATION: The contamination of external parts of
living beings or objects.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 28 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 11
4.19 GAMMA EMITTERS: Radioactive elements that emit electromagnetic radiation (gamma rays)
coming from the nucleus. Examples: Co-60, Tc-99m, 1-125, Cs-137, Yb-169, Tm-170, Ir-192.
4.20 GEIGER-MUELLER (G-M) COUNTER: Ionizing radiation measurement device based on the
principle of collection of ions formed by ionizing action on a gas (organic, inorganic or inert
gas-air mixture) tightly enclosed in a metal or glass container in which there are two electrodes.
The main characteristic of this detector is its great sensitivity.
4.21 HALF LIFE: The time necessary to reduce in half the original activity of a radioactive source.
4.22 IMMEDIATE ALARM AND INDICATION DOSIMETERS: Electronic devices that generate
an acoustic and/or optical warning signal and at the same time can provide an immediate
(direct) reading of the radiation dose. They are used as supplementary dosimeters.
4.23 INDIVIDUAL RADIOLOGICAL SURVEILLANCE OF INTERNAL CONTAMINATION:
Surveillance that allows determining the equivalent doses in internal organs or tissues due to the
incorporation of radioactive substances by inhalation and ingestion.
4.24 INDIVIDUAL RADIOLOGICAL SURVEILLANCE OF EXTERNAL RADIATION
(PERSONAL DOSIMETRY): Surveillance that provides data to estimate the effective dose
over the entire body and the equivalent doses over parts of the body, as well as the type and
quality of the radiation incident on the individual.
4.25 INTERNAL RADIOACTIVE CONTAMINATION: The contamination of internal organs of
living beings.
4.26 IONIZING RADIATION: Any radiation of electromagnetic nature (X-ray or gamma ray
photons) or of corpuscular nature (alpha or beta particles or neutrons) with sufficient energy to
break a chemical bond.
4.27 IONIZING RADIATION SOURCE (RADIOACTIVE SOURCE): An apparatus or substance
that emits or is capable of emitting ionizing radiation.
4.28 IRRADIATION: The exposure to ionizing radiation.
4.29 MONITORING: The continuous or periodic determination of the quantity of ionizing radiation
or radioactive contamination present in a work environment.
4.30 OPTIMIZATION PRINCIPLE: The conception, planning and execution of justifiable Practices
that must be performed in such manner as to assure that the exposure is maintained at a level as
low as reasonably achievable, taking into account economic and social factors.
4.31 PACKAGE: Packaging and its radioactive content as prepared for transport.
4.32 PACKAGING: The assembly of all components necessary to contain the radioactive material
and/or equipment containing radioactive material. It may consist of one or more containers,
absorbent materials, spacing structures, radiation shielding, and cooling, shock absorbing and
thermal insulation devices.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 28 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 11
4.33 PENETRANT RADIATION: Ionizing radiation with sufficient energy to pass through a
thickness of de 7 mg/cm2 (approximate thickness of the skin).
4.34 PERSONAL DOSIMETRY: Process that allows determining the dose received in the whole
body or in parts of the body, as well as the type and quality of ionizing radiation affecting an
individual.
4.35 PERSONAL FILM DOSIMETER: A plastic or metal device with special filters containing one
or more radiographic films enclosed in an envelope as recording medium. Once exposed, the
film is chemically processed and the dose received in the whole body or in parts of the body is
estimated by measuring the optical density and interpreting the exposure pattern.
4.36 PERSONAL THERMOLUMINESCENT DOSIMETER (TLD): Special, very sensible crystals
that when absorbing the radiation energy pass to a meta-stable excited state maintained at
ambient temperature. When the crystals are subjected to high temperatures, the molecules return
to their basal state, emitting a light whose magnitude is proportional to the radiant energy
deposited. The device containing the crystals is similar to the one used for the personal film
dosimeter.
4.37 PERSONS OCCUPATIONALLY EXPOSED (POE): Those individuals that, due to the
application and/or supervision of a Practice, are subjected to the risk produced by exposure to
ionizing radiation and will probably receive an annual effective dose greater than or equal to 1
mSv.
4.38 PLANNED OPERATION (EMERGENCY PLAN): The operations and procedures aimed at
controlling a radiological emergency.
4.39 PUBLIC: The members of the population, as well as the workers of a facility, not
occupationally exposed to ionizing radiation.
4.40 RADIATION DETECTOR: Any instrument capable of detecting the presence and quantity of
radiation.
4.41 RADIATION LEVEL: The exposure rate or dose measured in a given place.
4.42 RADIATION PROTECTION: The discipline whose purpose is to prevent in some cases or
minimize in other cases the harmful effects of ionizing radiation.
4.43 RADIOACTIVE CONTAMINATION: Unwanted presence of radioactive substances in living
beings, objects or the environment.
4.44 RADIOACTIVE DECONTAMINATION: Operation that allows removing or reducing
radioactive contamination from living beings or objects.
4.45 RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL: Any substance formed by one or more elements exhibiting
radioactivity.
4.46 RADIOACTIVE WASTE: Any radioactive material for which no further use is possible.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 28 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 6 of 11
RISK FACTORS
Possibility of being reached by the emission of radioactive particles and the occurrence of biological
effects, in workers, producing burns, cataracts or ionization in soft parts of the body, including the
following factors:
Environmental contamination and impact.
Accidents with slight or serious injuries.
Injuries produced by falls to lower levels or to the ground level, depending on the area where the
radiography is conducted.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
6.
Jun 28 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 7 of 11
GENERAL CRITERIA
The ionizing radiation sources used by the CONTRACTORS comprise the radioactive elements
commonly used to perform industrial radiography (iridium 192).
The materials in turn are classified as sealed (encapsulated) sources and open sources. The scope of
this guide is applicable mainly to the control of sealed sources; the open sources are used only
occasionally and specialized advice should be sought due to the complications involved in their use.
No work involving the use of ionizing radiation sources is permitted without the corresponding permit
granted by the facility custodian. The instructions included in the permit shall be strictly followed.
Workers involved in the handling of ionizing radiation sources shall be:
Appropriately trained, having completed a forty-hour course on radiation protection and rescue of
radiation sources given by a distinguished and certified company.
Qualified as Level II in nondestructive tests.
Provided with radiological surveillance (personal dosimetry).
The work area shall be classified, marked with signs, and demarked.
The access of non-authorized persons to the area where works are being performed using ionizing
radiation sources (iridium 192) is prohibited.
The techniques against external radiation (distance, time, and shielding) shall be used to guarantee that
the radiation doses are as low as practicable.
In case of industrial radiography, the use of appropriate collimators shall be mandatory wherever the
radiographic technique allows it; in case of panoramic radiographies, they shall be performed prior
evacuation of all personnel present at the worksite and its surroundings.
7.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 28 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 8 of 11
Work at the greatest distance possible from the ionizing radiation source, taking into account the
type of operation to be carried out.
Based on the exposure rates measured at the work zone, calculate the time of permanence to ensure
the operational limits established are not exceeded.
When required, interpose the necessary shielding to reduce the dose absorption rate.
Verify, through visual inspection, the physical integrity of the equipment (storage chamber or
shielding).
Ensure that the control cable and guide hose are free from impurities, deformation, and wear.
Without disconnecting the safety mechanism (cylinder lock and key), remove the plugs (front and
rear) and verify that the threaded connections are free from impurities, deformation and wear.
Verify the proper operation of the safety mechanism (cylinder lock and key). This mechanism
should easily open and close the system. If you observe any problem during the previous steps,
contact your supervisor and do not use the equipment until it has been repaired and/or replaced.
Properly connect the guide hose and the remote control unit and conduct a test exposure to verify
the correct operation of the equipment and its accessories.
8.
STORAGE
All radioactive sources not in operation shall be stored in a dedicated storage area outside the
project facilities.
The storage shall not be located at places adjacent to dining rooms, offices or other spaces with a
high occupancy rate by the public.
The storage location zone shall be classified, marked with signs and demarked, and shall have an
authorized-person access control system.
The door of the storage shall have a locking mechanism, whose keys shall be kept by personnel
authorized by the supervisor or area custodian.
In case of an underground storage, a barrier (fence, wall) should be installed around it.
When the storage is located in a surface building, it shall be provided with a door that can be
opened from the inside.
The storage shall remain closed when there are no persons inside.
The building destined to store the radioactive sources should only contain furniture strictly
necessary.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
9.
Jun 28 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 9 of 11
Jun 28 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 10 of 11
The equipment design should be such that the change of the batteries is easy, without need to
disconnect circuits.
The instruments should be sufficiently strong to not be damaged by blows and/or vibrations
associated with normal use.
Be compact, lightweight, and easy to handle.
Be provided with an audible signal.
12. PROCEDURE TO VERIFY THE CORRECT OPERATION OF EXPOSURE AND
CONTAMINATION DETECTION INSTRUMENTS
Before performing any measurement of radiation levels or determination of contamination, the
correct operation of the detection instruments should be verified.
If a deviation equal to or greater than 20% of the value determined by the reference radioactive
source is observed in the detection instrument, it shall be calibrated.
The companies to provide calibration services for detection instruments shall comply with the
requirements established by the Standards for Radiation Protection Requirements to be Complied
with by Contractors ("Normas sobre los Requisitos a Cumplir las Empresas Contratistas en
Materia de Proteccin Radiolgica").
12.1 Any person using a detection instrument shall follow the following procedure:
First, put on the personal dosimeter.
Verify that the load level of the batteries is within the specified range.
Calculate the exposure rate that the source with known activity will produce at a given
distance (e.g. 1 m).
Write down the result.
Place the source at a point previously demarked.
Place the detection instrument at a given distance.
Turn on the instrument.
Select the appropriate scale.
Remove the radioactive source from its shielding.
Verify the instrument reading.
Retract the source into its shielding.
Turn off the detector.
13. BASIC STANDARDS FOR EMERGENCY CONTROL
Evaluate the emergency.
Extend the area of the demarked zone and restrict the access of non-authorized persons.
Improvise an emergency shielding near the source to reduce the exposure rates.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 28 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 11 of 11
If it is suspected that a person has been irradiated accidentally, as result of the emergency,
communicate the case immediately to the Workplace Safety and Health Service of the Project.
14. ACTIONS TO FOLLOW IN CASE OF IRRADIATION
SURFACE
METHOD
TECHNIQUE
Hair.
Detergents.
Non-porous
surfaces (metal,
glass, plastic).
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jul 04 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 4
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
22-08-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
10-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
04-07-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
1.
Jul 04 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 4
OBJETIVE:
The object of this Procedure is to define the Workplace Safety and Health (WSH) meetings held at
the Project site between CONSOTIUM and the Contractor(s) to maintain good communications and
promote safety policies.
2.
SCOPE:
This Procedure is applicable to the following meetings to be held at the Project site, defined below
according to the types of meetings and participants:
3.
LEGAL REFERENCES:
Organic Act on Prevention, Conditions, and Environment at the Workplace and its Regulations.
Regulations for Health and Safety Conditions at the Workplace.
4.
and 82 of the Regulations of the Organic Act on Prevention, Conditions, and Environment at the
Workplace.
Workplace Safety and Health organization chart of the contractor for the Project.
Workplace Safety and Health requirements for vendors.
Requirements and profiles of the WSH personnel (Supervisor, Inspector, and Paramedics).
5.
Jul 04 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 4
6.
Suggested proposals.
Actions implemented during the previous meeting.
Accident reports, statistics, and analysis.
Setting up of special meetings to be held as necessary to discuss relevant development of the
Program.
7.
Jul 04 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 4
present, once a month, but may also meet extraordinarily upon joint request of a representative
of the workers and a representative of the employer, both of which are members of the
Committee.
These meetings shall be held during working hours and the time spent at the meetings shall be
The Company shall be responsible for facilitating and adopting all necessary measures for the
In case of urgencies, the prevention delegates may meet if a representative of the workers and a
representative of the employer attend the meeting, prior notification to the Project WSH
Coordinator.
Jul 03 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 7
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
06-08-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
10-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
03-07-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 03 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 7
OBJECTIVE
Establish support mechanisms to the drugs and alcohol policy in order to insure their implementation. The
Health and Safety at Work service of Consortium, is responsible for the application of this program.
SCOPE
It applies to CONSORTIUM personnel, as well as to all contractors working in the construction of the
Morn Fertilizers Plant.
LEGAL REFERENCES
Working Environment Condition Prevention Organic Law and its Rules and Regulations
Labor Organic Law and its Rules and Regulations
Safety and Sanitary Conditions at Work Rules and Regulations
Psychotropic and Narcotic Substances Organic Law
Legal Dispositions of CONACUID
DEFINITIONS
4.1 Illicit Drugs: All those drugs whose acquisition is illegal; those of facultative prescription illegally
obtained; those under prescription which are not being used as prescribed by the doctor; those prescribed
by another person; those sold without any restriction and not being used as recommended by the
manufacturing laboratory.
4.2 Drugs: It is any substance which could affect a person, such as narcotics, sedatives, stimulants,
hallucinogen or any other interfering in any way with the physical and psychological processes, and
consumed in an excessive dose.
4.3 Alcohol: The poisoning agent of an alcoholic beverage, ethylic alcohol or low molecular weight,
methyl or isopropyl alcohol. This includes beverages such as beer, wine, and distilled liquors.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 03 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 7
4.4 Under the influence: Detection of illicit drugs and/or alcohol level in the blood of 0,04 % or higher,
and/or physical impediment and/or mental by alcohol and drugs.
4.4 Abuse: It refers to the consumption of a substance which could affect the performance or behavior on
an individual, or leads probably to the physical or psychological damage to the employee, affecting also the
safety conditions at work.
4.5 Conacuid: National Commission against the Illicit Use of Drugs.
RESPONSIBILITIES
It is the responsibility of the area supervisor to watch for the fulfillment of this program and keep
in force a campaign of communication with his employees about the objective of this program.
It is the responsibility of the Health and Safety at work supervisor, to advise the construction
supervisors as well as the employees about this program.
It is the responsibility of all contractors that all personnel involved in the Project fulfill the
guidelines established in this program.
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS
The use, possession, distribution, transportation or selling of any of theses substances is strictly
prohibited and is a cause for immediate dismissal from the project.
No employee, contractor, or supplier will be allowed to transport or consume any type of alcohol or
substance not controlled by a medical specialist.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 03 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 7
If there is the suspicion of possession or presence of drugs or alcohol, the Consortium will have the
right not to allow the entry to the worker and will request the contractor to dismiss immediately the
involved employee from the project.
The refusal of an employee to be subject of revisions or tests will be processed as the nonfulfillment of this program and the laws that rule this matter with the corresponding
sanctions.
MEDICAL EVALUATION
All personnel admission is conditioned to a medical examination pre employment, which includes
drug control through urine and blood tests. An applicant whose results indicate the use of non
authorized drugs will not be considered for the post requested.
Prior to any biological test for illicit drugs or alcohol, or non authorized use of drugs or with
facultative prescription, a worker written approval should be procured. The refusal of any
employee to render this approval will be honored, but should be reported immediately to his
manager for the corresponding administrative action. The refusal is considered a positive test.
The Human Resources Management is responsible for notifying the selected employees, that they
should report to the assigned recollection center, in a period of time no longer than 12 hours. The
behavior of those employees who without a reasonable excuse to the management, do not arrive to
the recollection center within the specified period of time or try to delay the test, will be considered
as a serious fault (misdeed) or as the nonfulfillment of his work obligations, therefore, this
behavior is considered as a justified cause for dismissal. Under a test for a reasonable cause it is the
responsibility of the manager to guarantee that the employee is carried to the recollection facility.
Selective periodic evaluations will be performed in the construction area, offices and personnel
transport vehicles, in order to measure the results of alcohol in the body of an employee, according
to the tests performed with the alcoholmeter.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 03 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 7
Post accident test. As soon as possible in a period of time no longer than 32 hours after a reported
accident, the Construction Manager can make the arrangements for a drug test with the worker
consent or the workers involved in an accident and including the injured person, whose behavior
contributed to the accident, or his behavior can not be completely discarded as a contributing factor
to the accident. If an employee is seriously wounded, unconscious or simply unable to approve a
test, all the reasonable steps will be taken to obtain a sample.
Special tests to discard any possibility of drug and alcohol consumption will be required in case of:
Accidents with vehicles in which the causes are not well determined by the form by which the
event occurred.
Accidents with personal injuries in which it is presumed that the worker caused or contributed to
the occurrence of the same.
The policy of Consortium in the project establishes that the working areas should be free of alcohol
and drugs, emphasizing to personnel the total prohibition or the use of drugs and alcoholic
beverages in the installations.
The prohibition to the use of alcohol and drugs in the vehicles for the transfer of personnel and
direct assignment to work activities and non working hours.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 03 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 6 of 7
PUBLICATION
Discussions of Consortium policies and the perils of alcohol and drugs in site during the Health and
Safety at Work meetings.
ANTIDRUGS CAMPAIGN
As a part of the Health and Safety at Work Program developed by Consortium preventive campaigns
related to the use of drugs and alcohol drinking will be carried out, in order to:
Show the relation of the use of drugs and alcohol with the happening of accidents.
Information will be published in the bulletin boards located in the working areas.
DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS
A signature of commitment is mandatory. See Notification format and Faithful observance of policies
regarding the no use of alcohol and drugs.
Any person detected under the influence of alcohol or drugs will be subject to disciplinary measures
established in Article 102 of the Labor Organic Law and the legal dispositions contemplated in the Narcotic
and Psychotropic Substances Organic Law (LOSEP).
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 03 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 7 of 7
-----------------------------------------------Workers Signature
Name of employee:
-----------------------------------------
I.D. number
-----------------------------------------
Position:
----------------------------------------
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 5
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
10-08-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
31-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
23-07-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 5
1. OBJECTIVE.
Establish the general safety guidelines for the use of portable ladders within the Project installations.
2. SCOPE.
Apply to all the personnel of CONSORCIO, and to all the contractors working for the construction of the
Fertilizer Plant at Morn.
3. LEGAL REFERENCES.
Organic Law for Prevention Condition and Environment in the workplace.
Rules on Hygiene and Safety Conditions in the workplace.
Covenin Norm 2245-90 Ladders, Ramps y Walkways Safety Requirements.
4. DEFINITIONS.
The ladders are elements commonly used in all the constructions jobs, its purpose is the vertical
circulation of people by means of a series of steps which allows one to go up or down from one level to
another. These can be made of:
Fiber glass
Wood
Aluminum
5. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
Ladders made on the job or those that do not have any type of certification are not allowed.
When going up or down from a ladder one should not carry anything in their hands, which can
avoid their holding-on to the ladder in a safe manner.
Ladders will be inspected by the safety and health in the workplace supervisor before its use. Also,
the ladders will be inspected and coded monthly with the colors according to the procedure on
inspection of tools and these inspections will be duly documented. In the same way a worker
before using a ladder, should verify its condition.
A scissors like (shears) ladder will not be allowed in the inside of excavations.
The damaged ladders will be put out of service away from the project work area.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 5
The ladders should be positioned at a 45 angle at the base, so to obtain a safe angle for support.
All the ladders are to be assured {or tied} at the top. Another worker should hold the ladder while
the assuring process is completed.
The ladders should be placed on a solid base to avoid that they become unstable because of the
land.
The workers, who work on ladders of more than 1.5 meters of elevation, should use a body harness
completely tied to a fixed structure other than the ladder.
The ladders should be extended to a minimum of 1.20 meters over the top of a platform or land.
The worker should maintain himself facing the ladder ascending or descending, and should never
carry tools or materials in his hands.
The workers should not use the last two top steps of any ladder. In a hand ladder (sissors - like) the
top is not considered a step.
The ladders should not be placed near entrances, corridors or access to equipments, only if the
access route or door be closed temporary and the respective signs duly placed.
The materials should not be placed anywhere near the base or support of any ladder.
Before using a ladder the worker should verify that it is clean of all mud, grease or any slippery
material which can cause loss of balance.
6. TYPES DE LADDERS.
All the ladders should be placed at a 45 relation at the base and should overpass a surface of 1.20
meters of the height.
The extension ladder should not be unassembled to use sections separately, since they are not
designed for such purpose.
The upper section of the ladder should have a minimum superposition of 1 meter (3 feet) above the
inferior section, at all times.
When long or heavy ladders are being lifted, help should be obtained to avoid any extra effort. A
worker should assure the base of the ladder while another worker extends the ladder to its position.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 18 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 5
This kind of ladder should be used on a clean, flat and solid base.
Tools or materials should not be placed on the steps or platforms of the ladders.
The scissors- like ladders should be used in a totally open position, with the extension bars assured.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Inspectors Signature:
Page 5 of 5
Safety Feet
Dents or Bents
Inspection
date
Ladder
number
Rev. 1
Chipped
Location of Ladder
Rigidity
Area:
Project:
deteriorated
Date of
Inspection:
(clamps, strips,
propagations, screws, pins,
feet)
Jul 18 - 2007
Issued
Date:
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety and Health Program in the workplace
Jul 11 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 13
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
13-08-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
16-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
11-07-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 11 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 13
1. OBJECTIVE
List the types of existing compressed gasses, how to store them, use them with safety and establish the
guidelines for handling, their safe storage and actions to take in case of accidental leaks.
2. SCOPE
It applies to all CONSORTIUM personnel, as well as contractors working in the construction of the Morn
Fertilizers Plant.
3. LEGAL REFERENCES
Work Environment and Conditions Prevention Organic Law and its Rules and
Regulations.
Norm Covenin 695 Safety Measures to follow by the users of Chlorine Containers
Norm COVENIN 2239. Inflammable Materials and Fuel. Storage and Handling.
4. DEFINITIONS
4.1 Cylinder for Compressed Gas: It is all cylinders containing high or low pressure liquid gas.
4.2 Corrosive: It is any chemical substance causing visible destruction or irreversible alteration of the
living tissue by a chemical action at the point of contact.
4.3 Lethal Gas: It is a gas that causes poisoning and to determined concentrations, death of the person.
4.4 Compressed Gasses: It is any material or mixture contained in a receptacle at an absolute pressure over
40 psi at 70 F or independent from the pressure at 70 F, having an absolute pressure exceeding 104 psi at
130F or any inflammable liquid with a vapor (steam) pressure exceeding 40 psi at 100 F.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 11 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 13
4.5 Cryogenic Gasses: These are gasses cooled down below the boiling point, such as liquid nitrogen and
oxygen.
4.6 Inflammable Gasses: It is any gas that burns when mixed with air in concentrations of 13% or less per
volume or any gas with an inflammability range higher than 12% independently from its lower
inflammability limit.
4.7 Liquid Gasses: These gasses are liquefied to common temperatures at pressures going from 25 psi to
2500 psi. For example: Ammonium, Chlorine, Hydrogen Chloride and Propane.
4.8 Gasses for Calibration: These are compressed gasses used to calibrate equipment, usually in kits with
bottles containing a combination of gasses. i.e., Ammonium, Carbon Dioxide, Methane, Oxygen, Nitrogen.
4.9 Toxic Gasses: It is any gas producing lethal doses or lethal concentrations.
4.10 Products Safety Sheet (MSDS): It is a document designed to provide workers and personnel with
responses to emergencies with information related to chemical substances and adequate procedures for
their handling.
4.11 Irritant: It is a non corrosive chemical which causes reversible inflammatory effects in the human
tissue by the chemical action at the point of contact.
4.12 Oxidizing: It is a chemical, different from explosive agents or deflagration (burn with sudden
combustion) which starts or promotes combustion in other materials, causing ignition on the product by
freeing oxygen or other gasses.
4.13 Pyrophoric: It is a material which burns spontaneously in air at or below 130F (54.5C).
4.14 Cylinder Cap: It is the cap which screwed or threaded at the top of the cylinder surrounds the
complete valve.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 11 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 13
Nature of Gas
Basic Color
Combustible or inflammable
Red
Oxidizing
Green
Corrosive
Yellow
Toxic or Irritant
Orange
Inert
Gray
6. PROCESS DESCRIPTION
The process Safe Handling of Compressed Gas Cylinders is made up of the following stages:
Manipulation
Performance
in Escapes
Manipulation: This stage describes the classification of the compressed gasses and gives
guidelines for their transport and storage.
Performance in Escapes: Indicates the immediate actions to take in case of accidental escape
(leaks) of compressed gas in cylinders.
7. RESPONSIBILITIES
The contractors are under the obligation of applying this procedure when handlings of Compressed
Gas Cylinders are required to develop their activities.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 11 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 13
Preventive Measures
Fire, explosion
it
causing
can
go
damages
mutilation of
members by the action of Strictly forbidden to place horizontally any compressed gas cylinder.
compressed gas.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 11 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 6 of 13
Cylinders designed, fabricated, tested and identified according to the Safety Regulations in force.
Equipment intrinsically safe (ANTI EXPLOSION) will be used in storage areas and use of
compressed gas cylinders.
10. MANIPULATION.
This stage describes the classification and identification of compressed gasses and indicates the guidelines
for carrying and storing them.
10.1 Classification of Compressed Gasses:
Norm Covenin 2239 classifies compressed gasses according to the physical and chemical hazards they
represent in:
Inflammables
Non Inflammables
Toxics
Irritants
Oxidizing
Name of Gas
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Issued
Jul 11 - 2007
Nature of gas
Rev. 1
Page 7 of 13
In addition, the cylinder shall contain the following information in its upper part (shoulder) in a permanent
and visible way:
All cylinders shall be designed, fabricated, tested and stamped according to section VIII, Code ASME for
pressurized receptacles (See annex 1).
10.3 Carrying and handling of Compressed Gas Cylinders:
The contractor in charge of the work involving carrying and handling of compressed gas cylinders is
responsible for following.
The compressed gas cylinders shall be transported in a vertical position leaned on their base duly
fastened. If carrying of the cylinders is made manually inside the working area, they shall be placed
on appropriate wheelbarrows to facilitate transportation; this will prevent injuries and avoid
damages to the cylinder. The wheelbarrows (carts) shall be revised prior to loading the cylinders to
be carried.
Avoid at all times, down falls or violent impact to the cylinders. Place the valve protection caps
when moving gas cylinders or when not using them.
Cylinders in service should be fastened to avoid dropping or stumbling with other cylinders or
surfaces.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 11 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 8 of 13
When hoisting cylinders, they should be placed in approved cages or platforms complying with the
requirements of the Hoisting Procedure.
Once the work is finished, when the cylinder is empty or when it is being moved, valves should be
closed.
Keep the equipment, hoses, regulators, valves and blowtorches clean. Strange material in a gas
system could hinder the appropriate closing of the valve, which could produce gas leaks.
Do not allow that oxygen be mixed with oils, keep the cylinders, valves, couplings, regulators,
hoses and/or gloves impregnated in grease.
Never use oxygen to clean piping, tools or pressurize receptacles since there will be a high risk of
explosions.
Before connecting a regulator to the valve of a cylinder, the valve should be slightly opened and
then closed immediately to clear up dust or dirt in the regulator. While performing this operation,
do not stand in front of the exit opening of the valve but rather to the side.
Do not ever detach a gas cylinder valve near sparks, or any other source of ignition.
After connecting the regulator, the cylinder valves should be slowly opened to avoid their possible
damage. Do not spin the valve stem more than one and a half (1-1/2) turns to allow the exit of the
gas, that way you will be able to close it quickly in case of emergency.
Protect the valves from corrosive materials and make sure they are well kept and regularly
inspected to ensure a safe operation.
Keep order and cleanness while handling, using and storing pressurized cylinders.
Use the adequate EPP while storing and using pressurized cylinders.
Cylinders, full or empty, shall be stored separately and orderly to avoid confusion and facilitate
their use. The area assigned to each group shall be properly identified.
Cylinders shall be stored at a distance of at least 6.1 m (20 feet) from gasses or combustibles
(specially oil or grease), or any other substance which could produce fire.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 11 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 9 of 13
Combustible gas cylinders shall be at least 7 meters away from oxidant gasses.
Cylinders shall never be left under the sun direct light or near sources of heat. They shall not be
exposed to temperatures higher than 52C (125 F).
Compressed gas cylinders exposed to fire, shall not be used until they are certified again by the
manufacturer in agreement with code ASME.
Avoid putting the cylinders in places where they could contribute to form an electric circuit.
Smoking will be forbidden or any ignition source closer than 6.1 m (20 ft) from the place where the
cylinders with inflammable gasses, oxidants, pyrophoric or toxic are stored.
If there is electrical equipment near the storage area or inflammable compressed gas cylinders are
being used, they should be manufactured according to the Covenin 200 norm (National Electrical
Code). Avoid static electricity.
The premises where cylinders with inflammable compressed gasses are stored should be furnished
with sprinklers as established by the NFPA 13 or 15. In provisional cylinder storage areas, fire
extinguishers in a sufficient quantity according to the number and type of stored gasses should be
provided.
Identify the product leaking by reading the warning tag if it does not constitute a risk for you.
Evacuate immediately personnel near the area where the leak is found.
Put on the personal protection equipment, which can include a self-contained air apparatus to
breathe fresh air not contaminated with the leaking gas.
Once you get to the cylinder, cover the valve, if possible, with a clean cloth free of. Oil and grease
Take the cylinder out to fresh air before trying to restrain the leak to keep it away from personnel
or nearby installations.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 11 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 10 of 13
Locate the place of the leak. If it is necessary apply a soapy solution to the connections to identify
the exact area of the leak.
After the point of leak has been identified, adjust or replace if possible the leaking instrument.
A minimum of two (2) self-contained air equipment, located in a safe way in case of leak, when
compressed gas cylinder with toxic gasses are stored, should be available. If special clothing is required, it
should also be available. Additionally, at least two persons should be trained in the use of this equipment
and control the leak. An emergency plan should be available with at least the following:
Emergency Brigade.
These emergency plans should be made and disclosed to all personnel working in the project and whose
activities are related to the use of compressed gas cylinders.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 11 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 11 of 13
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 11 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 12 of 13
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 11 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 13 of 13
N/A
INIT
AUDITORIA
1
Is there a reliable registry of the use and handling of the compressed gas
cylinders?
Have the cylinder users been duly trained?
3
4
6
7
Are the responsibilities well defined in the use, storing and transport?.
Were the recommendation actions previous to the audit documented and
are they included in the audit report?
Recommendations:
Executed by:
Date :
Distribution:
Team Leader, Signature:
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 02 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 4
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
21-08-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
10-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
02-07-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
1.
Jul 02 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 4
OBJETIVE:
The object of this document is to propose an Incentive and Motivation Plan for the purpose of
achieving personnel interest and participation in all matters related to Workplace Safety and Health.
2.
SCOPE:
This Plan is applicable to all CONSORTIUM personnel, as well as to all its Contractors working on
the construction of the Moron Fertilizer Plant.
3.
LEGAL REFERENCES:
4.
Organic Act on Prevention, Conditions, and Environment at the Workplace and its Regulations.
INCENTIVES
The Incentive Program shall be based on the achievement of key milestones in terms of man-hours
worked by CONSORTIUM without lost workdays and with zero environmental damage. According
to the scope of the Project, when a certain number of hours worked without lost-workday accidents
and with zero environmental damage, CONSORTIUM shall reward all its personnel with prizes.
CONSORTIUM shall review the total work man-hours within the contract and shall establish the
following safety milestones for recognition and rewarding:
Periodic contests based on accident rates, zero lost-time accidents for a certain number of manhours worked (the number of man-hours shall be determined according to the scope of the
Project).
Safety slogan contests.
Best work crew of the month, based on Workplace Safety and Health aspects (order and
cleanliness, safe behavior, environment).
Prizes for the best toolbox talk or participation in safety groups or meetings.
Promotion and raising awareness in workers on the milestones and reward policy of
CONSORTIUM and its Contractors.
Determination of prices to be awarded to its direct personnel when achieving the established
milestones.
During the awards presentation, a control record of the event shall be kept and photographs shall be
taken to be posted on the bulletin board of each work area.
Jul 02 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 4
Each Contractor will be required to apply the Motivation Program. Before beginning the works,
each Contractor shall submit to CONSORTIUM a copy of its recognition program for Workplace
Safety and Health (WSH) activities, to be included in the monthly WSH schedule.
4.1
Incentive examples
The Project scope, the Client incentive specifications, and the complexity of tasks shall serve
as basis for incentives during the execution of the Project. The most common incentives
include the award of the following prizes:
4.2
Key chains.
Ballpoint pens.
Diplomas.
Baseball caps.
T-shirts.
Personal protective equipment and safety accessories.
Home appliances.
Raffles.
5.
MOTIVATION
The main objective of Incentive and Motivation Programs is to reinforce compliance with work
standards and procedures though an educational and incentive process which allows creating and
maintaining in the workers a proactive culture towards their responsibility for their own safety and
that of their coworkers and also to maintain adequate hygiene and environmental protection
conditions in their work areas.
Even though on some occasions the Client imposes its own incentive programs which must be
obviously followed and implemented, CONSORTIUM also maintains programs that are varied and
may be adapted to specific projects based on their scope and type.
This Plan contains an Incentive Program that can be varied or increased according to the assessment
of the results obtained through its implementation.
CONSORTIUM is convinced that a motivated worker will always be alert to prevent risks, will
perform his / her tasks according to safety standards, and will serve as a multiplying agent of these
principles among coworkers.
Compliance with the elements included in the Workplace Safety and Health Program will be
assured if there is an effective Motivation Program in place. Such Program is indispensable upon
Jul 02 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 4
the implementation of standards and policies, until they form part of the culture and values of
CONSORTIUM workers.
Additionally, the structuring of the Motivation Program includes verbal recognitions or diplomas to
those workers who through their participation contribute to maintain optimum safety, hygiene, and
environmental conditions in their workplace.
If the group witnesses such recognitions, it will make even greater efforts to adopt the conduct that
was recognized, and better results will be obtained in an environment of healthful competition.
If recognition for a job well done is made public and in writing, or through a letter, the continuity of
safe behaviors (worthy of reinforcement) will be encouraged for an even longer period of time,
acting as positive reinforcement in establishing safety as a personal / business value.
To develop an interest for safety requires that the supervisor takes into account the types of
employees and groups under his / her supervision. If it is desired to develop a good motivation, the
personality of each worker must be understood.
Interest in Workplace Safety and Health Program incentive programs shall be maintained through:
Participation of supervisors in inspection programs (scheduled and non-scheduled inspections).
Periodic distribution of information bulletins, brochures, and any other communication means
Establishment of monthly competitions and contests to develop personal interest and individual,
Development of interest and participation at individual, group, and immediate supervisor level.
The results of the Workplace Safety and Health Program inspection shall serve as basis for merit
awards in monthly assessments, contests, or temporary stoppage of the activity, as part of the
motivation programs (see Attachment 1).
The supervisor should warn each employee of the hazards to which he / she is exposed during the
performance of his / her tasks, training the employee to do the work in a safe manner and thus avoid
the occurrence of events that might leave the crew out of the monthly awards.
Jul 08 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 10
SAFETY FOR
VEHICLE DRIVING
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
06-08-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
16-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
08-07-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 08 - 2007
1.
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 10
OBJECTIVES:
To establish guidelines to rule the use of vehicles in and out the project installations to reduce the risks of
accidents.
2.
SCOPE:
It applies to all activities performed within the project Moron Fertilizers Plant executed by the
CONSORTIUM and contractors.
3.
LEGAL REFERENCES:
Terrestrial Transport and Traffic Law, Official Gazette of the Bolivarian Republic of Venezuela
Nr. 37332, dated November 26, 2001
Rules and Regulations of the Terrestrial Transport and Traffic Law, Official Gazette of the
Bolivarian Republic of Venezuela Nr. 5340, dated June 26, 1998
Signals Manual and Terrestrial Traffic Law Graphic Appendix
Rules and Regulations of Safety and Sanitary Conditions at Work
Work Environment Conditions, Prevention Organic Law
4. DEFINITIONS:
4.1 Accident
Any unexpected and non desired event which interrupts or interfere with the normal development of an
activity and originates one or more consequences or personal injuries, material damages and/or economic
loses.
4.2 Traffic Accident
It is any accidental event involving auto drivers, pedestrians, and vehicles and surrounding elements.
4.3 Vehicular Accident
This term applies to any accident / incident in which a vehicle is involved and there were mortal victims,
injured or damages to the property.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 08 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 10
GENERAL DISPOSITIONS:
It is strictly forbidden to drive under the influence of alcoholic drinks and/or drugs.
The driver must park in a safe place to allow workers get in or out of the car without interfering
with the traffic.
At all times it is mandatory to use the car safety belt, for the driver as well as the companions.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 08 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 10
Only workers assigned to the project will be allowed to travel in the car, and in no case, will the
number of them exceeds the seat capacity of the vehicle. It is also forbidden to travel on the
footboard of the car, standing up or sitting on the rear doors.
Passengers will not be allowed to travel in the back of a Pick-up vehicle, unless fixed seats, easy
access ways and roofs for their adequate protection against open air have been installed, as
established in the Rules and Regulations of the Terrestrial Traffic Law.
When carrying tools or light equipment as freight, passengers will not be allowed to travel in the
same compartment; tools and equipment will be placed in boxes conveniently fastened in such a
way that they do not represent any danger to the passengers.
Passengers will be entirely responsible for the fulfillment of the company internal rules related to
vehicle driving and all that is established in the Rules and Regulations of the Terrestrial Traffic
Law.
7. VEHICLE RELATED DISPOSITIONS
Vehicles and their safety devices shall be kept in perfect functioning conditions. Any vehicle
presenting mechanical defects or irregularities which could endanger persons as well as the vehicle
will not be used until the defect or irregularity has been corrected.
No vehicle will be put in service without been inspected previously by the Health and Safety at
Work supervisor of Consortium See Inspection format.
All vehicles should have a valid Civil Responsibility Insurance Policy and documentation updated,
as established in the Terrestrial Traffic Law and its Rules and Regulations, (copy of the automotive
vehicles owner certificate).
Vehicles will not be loaded with weight exceeding the capacity indicated for each one of them.
Provide all vehicles with fire extinguisher required by the National Legal Dispositions on that
matter according to the type of unit and the service they render.
Vehicles will be equipped according to the dispositions established in the Terrestrial Traffic Law
and its Rules and Regulations.
The vehicles will be provided of windshields, horns, rear-view mirrors (internals and externals,
speedometer, headlights, parking lights, brake lights, lamps for night illumination and any other
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 08 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 10
safety device demanded in the traffic regulations in force. The front lights will be kept duly
aligned.
Those vehicles in transit on public ways will be provided of the auxiliary safety devices demanded
by the traffic national laws, such as reflecting triangles and in cases of freight vehicles, red warning
flags when so required by the form or disposition of the freight.
All cars, station wagons, trucks and ambulances will be provided of safety belts at least for each
seat.
Vehicles carrying chemical or toxic products will show signs as established in the regulations of
the Safety and Sanitary conditions at work and the Terrestrial Traffic Law and its Rules and
Regulations.
The tanker trucks used for transportation of inflammable liquids will carry a minimum of two fire
extinguishers of 20 lbs. of dry chemical powder each one. They will also be provided of a set of
wedges to be used in the wheels while being served with supplies.
All tankers carrying inflammable liquids should be completely free of gas before repairing it.
Traffic regulations demand that freights do not stick out more than 1 meter at the vehicle front, and
1.8 meters at the back. When carrying freights sticking out 1 meter or more at front or at back of
the vehicle, on top of them a red flag will be placed (50 x 70 cm.) during the day and a red light at
night. The flags or lights will be placed on the freight ends.
Freights subject to motion or dangerous displacements will be fastened firmly with the appropriate
means. When transporting piping, freight should be held with chains as tight as possible; they will
be revised and fastened again during the trip since the piping freight has a tendency to settle and
the chains to turn loose.
Before unfastening piping or any other material tied with chains to unload it, make sure that the
posts are firmly placed to both sides of the truck or trailer, to avoid the material to run loose.
8. DISPOSITIONS FOR DRIVING AMBULANCES
The contractor will be responsible for keeping in good condition these vehicles and their safety
devices, such as brakes, steering wheel, tires, lights, windshields, horns, sirens, radio equipment
and any other device.
The use of ambulances in emergency cases will not constitute justification for violating the traffic
legal dispositions, nor the Defensive Driving rules. The driver shall not exceed the statutory speed
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 08 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 6 of 10
in populations or other controlled areas; infringe traffic lights indications, stop signs, direction of
traffic flow; overtaking other vehicles on blind curves or by the right side, obstruct the way; or
performing indiscipline actions such as not to stop or show credentials when a competent authority
so requires it.
When carrying sick persons or injured, the doctor responsible will decide if they should travel
accompanied by qualified personnel to render the patients the help required. The seat for the
companion shall have a safety belt. The driver will use the siren according to the established
instructions.
9. SAFETY RECOMENDATIONS FOR VEHICLE DRIVING
Avoid to start the motor of a vehicle in a closed garage or repair shop since the muffler releases
carbon monoxide, which is an odorless gas or lethal when inhaled even in small quantities.
Do not fill up the radiator of a vehicle when the motor is over heated, since the vapor jet thrown
when removing the cap could cause serious burns. The safe thing to do is waiting until the motor
has cooled off to remove the radiator cap.
To drive vehicles at night is considered more dangerous than doing it during the day. This is due
partially to the reduced visibility at night. Therefore, special care should be taken when driving at
night regulating the speed according to the limited visibility.
When traveling at night, keep the lights low when approaching a vehicle coming from the
opposite direction. If the lights of a vehicle coming from the opposite direction dazzle you, slow
down the speed and continue with precaution until visibility is restored.
On the slopes, it is good practice to descend with the gear box at the same speed used to climb the
same slope and use a lower gear in steep or sliding slopes.
Always park on the right side of the road, or off the road if possible. When parking a vehicle, turn
off the motor put the emergency brake and remove the key.
When parking on a slope, use a gear, apply the emergency brake and turn the tires towards the
side of the road or in any other way to avoid running the car accidentally. The wedges or other
objects used to pin down the vehicle must be removed when leaving the place.
The truck and bus drivers shall not move backwards without making sure that there is enough free
space, and if there are persons in the nearby should request a guide to help.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 08 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 7 of 10
One should not overtake a running vehicle on curves, road intersections, bridges, pedestrian
overpasses or limited front visibility.
In case of going off the main road, do not try to enter the road immediately, reduce speed and
chose the safest place to get back in the road again.
Check often the air pressure of the tires and make sure they are not flat. Insufficient air pressure
causes excessive wear and tear in the tires and can affect the stability of the vehicle in the curves.
When it is raining, reduce speed; that way you will compensate the poor visibility.
10. REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSPORTING PERSONNEL BY THIRD PARTIES OR
CONTRACTORS
All those companies carrying personnel or workers participating in the project shall fulfill the following
requirements:
The Consortium Health and Safety at Work supervisor, will make an inspection to all personnel
transport units to verify that they are comfortable and fulfill all the safety requirements established
in the Terrestrial Traffic Law for this service; the Consortium has the right to deny entrance to the
project, to any vehicle of personnel transport that does not fulfill all the requirements established in
the Terrestrial Traffic Law.
All auto drivers shall attend and afforded the course on Defensive Driving, given by Consortium to
pass this course they will have to answer satisfactorily 80% of the questions in the written test and
driving practice.
The transport company shall render a copy of the preventive and / or corrective maintenance
program of the units (buses).
All auto drivers for personnel transportation shall have the following valid documents:
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 08 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 8 of 10
The authorization to drive vehicles will be suspended as soon as any of the above mentioned requirements
expire. The Defensive Drive Course and the Driving Test will be valid for two (2) years. The driving
authorization will be extended to personnel that need to drive due to the nature of their work.
11. STEPS TO FOLLOW IN CASE OF VEHICLE ACCIDENTS
Every accident causing damages to the vehicle to Consortiums properties and to third parties will be
informed immediately to the Consortium Health and Safety at Work supervisor. Investigation Committee
will be developed. With the purpose of:
Will not move the vehicle or make any kind of arrangement with third parties.
Will wait in site until the Traffic Authorities, the immediate supervisor and the Health and Safety
at Work supervisor have taken action.
Will cooperate widely with the Investigation Committee and the Traffic authorities in the proper
and relevant investigation.
Will complete the accident report in the format Declaration of Accidents contemplated in the
Consortium accident investigation procedure.
Will notify the Construction Manager and go to the site of the accident.
Will remain in the site of the accident until the traffic authorities finish their intervention, if the
case so requires it.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 08 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 9 of 10
Will make the necessary arrangements for the involved worker to be attended by a doctor, and
return to his working site or home, according to the circumstances.
The occupational health coordinator in case the injured person is transferred to the medical center,
will render or verify the medical assistance according to the case.
The Human Resources supervisor will notify the traffic authorities and/or the National Guard and
will make the necessary arrangements with the forensic surgeon.
The Human Resources supervisor will assist the worker involved in the accident.
The general services supervisor will notify as soon as possible the insurance company to take care
of everything concerning the accident, as established in the corresponding insurance contract.
The Human Resources and the Health and Safety at Work supervisor will notify the relatives of the
worker.
The Construction Manager, the Health and Safety at Work supervisor and the immediate worker
supervisor together with the contractor involved, will constitute a work team in charge of
thoroughly investigating the case. If the deceased is a company worker and it is proven that the
accident occurred while working in matters related to the job, additionally, everything
contemplated in the Environment Conditions, Prevention Organic Law and its Rules and
Regulations, will be observed.
In case of a traffic accident, the authorization of the driver will be automatically suspended, will
not be allowed to drive any vehicle in the project or perform activities related to the same, until the
Constructions Manager authorizes it again depending on the results of the investigations of the
accident.
After a traffic accident all drivers should take and approve again the Defensive Driving course.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 08 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 10 of 10
VEHICLE INSPECTION
Data of the Vehicle
Owner:
Make:
Type:
Use:
PROJECT
WORK:
Model:
Color:
Plates:
DATE
Nr. OF INSP.
DESCRIPTION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
1
YES
2
NO
YES
3
NO
YES
4
NO
YES
NO
OBSERVATIONS:
S.S.T Contractor
Driver
S.S.T Consortium.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 29
EXCAVATION WORKS
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
10-08-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
31-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
23-07-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 29
1. OBJECTIVE
This procedure establishes the minimum safety requirements to be followed during the activities of
excavation in order to protect personnel working in the excavations and to protect underground installation
against damages.
2. SCOPE
Applies to all excavations performed by the CONSORTIUM personnel as well as contractors in the
different working areas, offices, workshops, storage rooms and construction areas.
3. LEGAL REFERENCES
4.1 Inquirer
Person originally requesting the Excavation Permit, usually assigned by the Construction Management
4.2 The Authorizing Person
It is the person capable of anticipating, recognizing and evaluating the exposition of the employees to risks
and unsafe conditions during the excavation process, as well as to specify control and protection actions to
guarantee safety. The authorizing person is responsible for the safety of the operation.
Authorization to Excavate: The area superintendent where the excavation is being made is responsible for
verifying that it is safe to proceed with the mechanical excavation.
The adequate Person to Enter: The health and safety supervisor at work must verify that the excavation
is initially safe to enter and complete the daily verification list prior to allowing the workers to come in see
annex B.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 29
4.3 Embankment
It is the inclined part of an excavation. The risks with embankments are the abrupt collapse from the
inclined part and overturn of mechanical equipment.
4.4 Excavation
Any extraction of material performed in the ground surface.
REFERENTIAL TABLE FOR SLOPES TO BE PERFOMED IN EXCAVATIONS
MXIMUM PERMISSIBLE SLOPE (MPS)
(MPS)
Type of soil
(H:V)
(Degree)
Stable rock
Vertical
90
Type A
:1
53
Type B
1:1
45
Type C
1 :1
34
NOTES:
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 29
4.7 Executor
Designated person for the satisfactory coordination of the work execution this person is responsible for
making sure that the job be done according to the criteria and measures established in the permit and
procedure, in addition he must complete the excavation verification list (Annex B) and attach it to the
excavation permit (Annex C).
4.8 Types of soils.
See Annex C
4.9 Slope requirements for types of soil
See Annex A
4.10 Support for ditches
It is commonly known as propping. The protection located between the walls of the excavations to
guarantee stability of the area begins excavated damages to the work, personnel and safety structures of
nearby facilities.
5. PROCESS DESCRIPTION
The excavation process includes the following stages:
Planning
During the
Excavation
Planning is a very important step in the process since it permits avoiding errors in the propping
and slanting. Planning also helps to avoid operational disturbances, increase in costs of excavation
and minimizes the possibility of failures in the excavation (collapse, hitting of an underground
service line by mechanical equipment).
Before starting the work it is required to define all the operational conditions, working permits,
training programs and legal permits to be finished before starting the excavation.
During the work special attention must be placed in all the activities and prevention measures
during the work execution, making reference to the hazards of excavation, authorization to
excavate, support systems, security precautions, equipment or materials which fall into the digging,
access and exit and dangerous atmospheres.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 29
6. RESPONSIBILITIES
The Construction Management is responsible for the implementations of this procedure.
The contractors Safety and Health in the work supervisors will evaluate the fulfillment of this
procedure and establish the necessary controls in case of deviations before or during the work.
The Construction Management is responsible for revising and updating this procedure, initially
after one year and then every two years.
7. ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS
These aspects can be summarized as follows:
Related Risks
Precautions
Ground Disposition
Oxygen Deficiency.
Falls
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 6 of 29
During this stage, the solicitor prepares an excavation permit, considering the following site conditions,
such as:
These and other conditions may be determined by in site studies, observations, trial pit to test conditions of
the type of soil and asking advice to the local neighbors (checking of diagrams, metal detection, and
manual exploratory excavation if necessary).
The most important step prior to starting the excavation work is the recognition of underground services
before authorizing mechanical excavation. This will include securing the underground relevant diagrams
and piping and instrumentation diagrams, etc., and verifying the diagrams through trial pits, manual
excavation, using metal detectors and finally using hydro-excavation (in those cases where personnel entry
is not necessary) following the exploratory phase of the excavation.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 7 of 29
Precaution
Manual tools can only be used once all underground obstacles have been identified and uncovered due to the
danger of cutting or penetrating pipe lines or cables. Those workers using peaks inside excavation places
should be separated among themselves at least by 8 feet (2.5 Mts).
Register and maintain files in site of all environmental permits, owners of the area and legal papers
required in the area.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 8 of 29
Provide to employees exposed to hazards of automotive traffic with alert sign vests or any other
available garment and with demarcation made from a visible material. Make sure all workers use
them
No employee should operate any equipment or tool without adequate instruction/training to handle
it and without being notified completely of the potential risks.
In case of underground services, the contractor must locate and mark with a non removable sign on
the surface the place, direction and type of service.
If the contractor does not take off the energy of services, then the services must be protected
against possible damages.
11. DURING THE EXCAVATION WORK
It is required that a competent person inspect daily the excavations using annex B format and adjacent areas
for possible collapses, equipment protection system failures, hazardous atmospheres and other dangerous
conditions. If any of these conditions are present, entrance to the area must be prohibited and any exposed
worker should be withdrawn from the dangerous area until necessary prevention measures are taken.
The excavation workers are exposed to many perils. The most frequent ones are the following:
It is required that in all excavations exposing the employees to potential collapses, they must be protected
the following way:
It is required the contractor to provide support systems such as propping, clamps, or supports to
insure stability to the nearby structures such as buildings, walls, sidewalks or paving. Excavations
under the base level or at the bottom of any foundation or wall retention are prohibited.
Excavations under sidewalks or paving are also prohibited unless an appropriately designed
support system or other effective methods are used.
When excavations with underground installations are performed, the machinery should not be less
than five (5) feet away from the affected installation. The first stage of the excavation should be
made carefully with manual operation until the machinery can work with safety, avoiding any
possibility of damage to the underground installations.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 9 of 29
When there are personnel working near electrical lines, gas or combustible, these lines must be
disconnected and protecting barricades placed in order to protect and separate the workers from the
dangerous area. An isolating operation should be authorized by the installation supervisor and
revised by the Safety and Health in the work personnel. All persons working in this area should be
vigilant of this danger. Alert signs and/or barriers must be installed to prevent non authorized
personnel to enter the area.
All excavations performed near building structures or under any wall or column, base, machinery
or equipment, should be supervised by specialized engineers on this matter, who will make an
exhaustive study to determine the measures required prior to starting the job.
The executor and authorizing person will examine the excavations after any rain or storm for safety
purposes and before allowing the workers to continue their activity and enter again the excavation.
The excavations should be covered at night with metal plates adequately installed to prevent falls
of personnel or vehicles inside the excavation when the work is dump along side roads.
Additionally, if the excavation is adjacent to a street, yellow flashing lights should be installed so
that the vehicles passing by are on the alert of the danger condition. Flashing lights should be
adapted to the area electrical classification of the zone in which the installation is located.
Excavations more than 1.2 meters deep (4 feet) should be protected with propping. Excavations
less than 1.2 meters should have at slope cut but those areas where the excavation has liquid leaks,
should also have propping for the propping process, the standard COVENIN 2247-91 norm should
be observed.
All excavations more than 1.2 meters deep (4 feet), should be provided with the required amount of
ladders, separated by 7.5 meters among them along the length of the hole.
All material removed from the excavation (surplus material) must be placed to a minimum distance
of 1 mts away from the edge of the hollow and a dumping place and transportation should be
arranged.
It is necessary to have a person in charge of the alert signs (signal man). This person should be
appropriately equipped with red and green flags and a yellow fluorescent vest to lead the traffic if
the excavation is close to a road.
When excavations present risks of falls, the edges must be protected at all times with barricades as
those indicated in the Project Barricade Procedure.
The executor is responsible for the safe condition of materials and equipment used in the protection
systems. The use of defective or damaged materials may result in failures to the protection systems
and cause damages to the excavation. The Safety and Health in the work contractor supervisor
should close all the entrances to the work if the supporting systems are faulty.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 10 of 29
Do not pile up any surplus material and other materials close to the edges of the excavation. The
waste could fall into the hollow and/or the extra load will cause the sides of the excavation to
collapse. Keep them at least 3 feet away from the excavation with elements of retention.
If manipulation or operation of equipment or materials or any heavy object near the edges of the
ditch is needed, its walls should be able to support overloads. On the contrary, the heavy
equipment should not be operated less than 1 mts if excavations are not protected.
It should be prohibited to those employees working on the excavation inclined or stepped in level
sides to have other persons working under them, unless these workers in the lower level are
adequately protected against the danger of falls or sliding materials or equipment.
Forbid the workers to stay under loads that are being lifted by hauling up or excavation equipment
to avoid being hit by any material overturned or put in the excavation, it should be demanded to the
workers to stay away from the vehicles being loaded or unloaded.
When portable equipment is being operated near an excavation or it is required to get close to the
edges and the operator does not have a clear, direct vision of those edges, an alarm system will be
used such as barricades, manual or mechanical signals.
The equipment used for excavations must be kept at least 2 meters (6.5 feet) away from the edge of
the excavation.
The supervisor must provide safe entrances and way outs to the excavations. When workers are
required to stay in ditches of 1.2 mts or more, an adequate way out should be provided, such as
ladders.
The wood used to construct crossovers should be free of nails, chips, big knots or wood shavings
the platform must resistant to the numbers of persons.
When there are adverse atmospheric conditions during the execution of an excavation, the
contractor will provide and secure the availability of emergency rescuing equipment
When a worker enters in excavations with a depth that characterizes the work as confined space
should comply with the confine space procedure.
Internal combustion motor equipment should not be placed (such as generators or compressors)
near the edges of the excavation.
The equipment used to take out the water from excavations must be monitored by the Safety and
Health in the Work Supervisor, so as to guarantee the appropriate protection of the activity.
As soon as the work is finished, the excavation must be filled up and the protection system
dismantled after the excavation has been cleared out, the workers should remove slowly the
protection system from bottom up, considering to liberate the elements slowly.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 11 of 29
1
20 MAX.
3/4
FIGURE A
20 MAX.
1
1
FIGURE B
20 MAX.
1
1 1/2
FIGURE C
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 12 of 29
TIME:
*TYPE OF SOIL:
*CLASS OF SOIL:
DEPTH:
WIDTH / LENGTH:
_______________
Indicate for each item: Yes, NO or N/A (non applicable)
1. Working Area General Inspection:
Does the competent person have the authority to move out immediately the workers from the excavation?
Has the solicitor the responsibility to do the same?
Are warning signs and flashing lights installed, indicating the automotive traffic on the hazards associated to
the excavation?
Have road closings or obstructions to the same been notified?
Are the workers protected in case of stones falling and/or sand inside the excavation?
Are the workers using safety helmets? Do they use all the required personal protection equipment?
Is there a minimum distance of three (3) feet from the border of the excavation in relation to the location of
the material removed and the place where the machinery and equipment are located?
Are barricades installed in all the excavations, pits, fosses, hollows, etc, located in far away areas (The
permanent metallic barricades should be installed at a minimum distance of three (3) feet from the edge of
the excavation)?
Are the peddler crossings and bridges constructed on excavations larger or equal to four (4) feet deep
equipped with rails and standard foot rails and adequately supported (free of chips on the handrails)?
Are the workers exposed to automotive traffic and using the fluorescent yellow vest or any other type of
garment highly visible?
Have the workers been requested to stay away from load and unload areas?
When portable equipment is being operated near the edge of the excavation, is any alarm system being used?
Have the workers been notified that it is prohibited to work on excavations near mechanical portable
equipment?
Has it been prohibited to the workers to work under suspended loads (Piping, etc.)?
Has it been prohibited to the workers to work in the surface of the slopes or on the terraces above other
workers ?
2. Services / Facilities
Is the exact location of the service facility identified / marked?
Has it been protected, supported or removed the underground installation when the excavation is open?
3. Entry and exit ways
Are the exit ways located at a side distance not bigger than 25 feet in four (4) feet deep or more
excavations?
Are the entry and exit ladders safe, supported in both sides and projected three (3) feet from the excavation
edge?
Do the ramps used by personnel as well as equipment meet safety specifications?
Have the ramps been constructed with materials of the same thickness, assembled at the bottom, equipped
with slip proof surface (free of nails), knots and chips (on the handrails)?
Have the employees been protected of submerging / tumble down at the excavation entrance and/or exit?
Other:
4. Atmospheric Conditions (to avoid landslides / sinking, any water should be eliminated)
Have precautions been taken to protect employees from the accumulation of water?
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 13 of 29
Is the training equipment being supervised by the solicitor or the person assigned?
Has surface water been deviated or controlled to prevent its accumulation inside the excavation?
Has inspection been performed after raining and before allowing personnel to enter the excavation?
5. Hazardous Atmospheres (If Confined Space is considered, a permit from EEC is required)
Have atmospheric evaluation been made before allowing entry of the workers into the excavation, where a
deficiency / sufficiency of oxygen, gasses / inflammable steam or any other dangerous contaminant is
possible, (toxic) exposing the employees to danger?
Have the adequate precautions been taken to protect the workers of being exposed to an atmosphere
containing less than 19.5% of oxygen and/or any other hazardous atmosphere (toxic) Have they been
provided with the respective respiratory protection ?
Is mechanical ventilation required to remove hazardous atmospheres from the excavation?
Are atmospheric evaluations continuously made to insure that the atmosphere remains secure?
Is the equipment available to face emergencies such as, self contained air, safety harness, life lines and / or
stretchers, where hazardous atmospheres could exist or generate?
Have the workers been trained on the use of equipment of personal and rescue protection?
Is a harness or life line being used in bell-shaped bottom or any other deep type excavations?
6. Support Systems
Are the selected materials and/or equipment in accordance with a soil analysis, excavation depth and loads to
be used?
Have the materials and equipment used as protection systems been inspected and are in good condition. (If
not so, the work can not be authorized until this condition is guaranteed?
Have those materials and equipment that are not in good condition been discarded and removed from site?
After being repaired and prior to be fitted for work, have the materials and equipment been inspected by a
professionally registered engineer?
Has the protection system installation been set up, without exposing the workers to the dangers of sinking,
landslides or being hit by materials or equipment?
Have the parts of the support system been fastened to prevent failures?
Has a support system been provided to insure stability to structures, buildings, roads, walls, crossovers, etc.
close to excavation?
Are those excavations under the base level prop installed, approved by a professionally registered engineer?
The propping removal will begin from the bottom of the excavation and its parts will be removed in such a
way as to grant identification of any possible failure?
Has the excavation refill been made according to the propping removal?
Is the excavation material at a level not greater than two (2) feet underneath the bottom of the support system
and if so, has the propping been designed to hold the calculated load for its total depth?
Is there a screen system to prevent lateral movements?
Has the stay of the workers in the screen system during the vertical movement been prohibited?
Corrective actions and considerations:
________________________________
Supervisor responsible for the work
_____________________________
Supervisor Consortium VEC,
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 14 of 29
Notes
Calculations to be made by a
professional engineer
Compact soils with capacity Compact soils are: clay, However, no soil is type A if it is
compressible non confined sedimentary clay, sandy or has fissures:
of 1.5 ton/ft2 [tsf] (144kPa) clay and muddy clay.
Subject
to
heavy
traffic
or higher
vibration,
accumulation
of
conduction, or similar effects,
previously disturbed,
part of a system inclined in layers
which enter the excavation in a
slope of four horizontal to one
vertical (4H:1V) or higher, or
subject to other factors requiring
to be classified as less stable
material
Compact
soil
with
a Angular gravel (similar to Soils Type B would include:
compressible capacity not fragmented
rock), Soils previously disturbed except
confined more than 0.5 tsf sedimentary mud and clay those otherwise classified as Type
(48 kPa) but less than 1.5 sandy mud .
C soils,
ton/ft2 [tsf] .
Soils having a compressible
Cement like soils such as capacity
non
confined
or
pebble are also considered requirements of cementation for
as Type A soils.
Type A, but has fissures or
subject to vibration,
Non stable dry rock, or material
which is part of an inclined
system of layers entering at the
excavation in a slope
less
inclined than four horizontal by
one vertical (4H:1V), but only if
the material would be otherwise
classified as Type B.
Compact soils with a Granulated soils including
compressible capacity not gravel, sand and muddy
confined of 0.5 tsf (48 kPa) sand.
or less.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jul 23 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 15 of 29
EXCAVATION PERMIT
1
No
Has an area evaluation been made to verify the existence of service installations; such as, drainages,
hydrocarbon and water lines, electrical conduits, Optic fibber cables and/or telephone, etc. The identified
services include:
Has the equipment to be used for the excavation, the welded small iron plate which protects the teeth of the shovel, so that
they can not hook and drag the service installation. Yes / No
Has the Working Permit been obtained? Yes / NA
ADDITIONAL SAFETY PROTECTIONS REQUIRED:
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________
Health and Safety Supervisor at Work of Consortium,
____________________
Date
5. Entry to the Excavation (Note: Nobody will enter the excavation until the authorization has been granted)
Does the excavation performed allow a safe entrance / exit? Yes / No (If No, protection is required)
Have protection systems been installed (prop / metallic cases, etc.)? Yes / No / N/A
Is the excavation minor to 4 feet deep? Yes / No (If No, a permit from EEC could be required)
Has the excavation been inspected (Is the daily checking list complete)? Yes* / No
Contactor Supervisor
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Safety at Work Program
Jun 19 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 9
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
15-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
11-07-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
27-06-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
19-06-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Security Program at Work
Jun 19 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 9
1. OBJECTIVE
To control the risks of personal accidents, damages to installations, degrading and environmental impact
and minimizing the risks of fire, originated by inadequate conditions of order and cleanness.
2. SCOPE
It applies to all CONSORCIO personnel as well as to all contractors working for the construction of the
Morn Fertilizers Project.
3. LEGAL REFERENCES
Conditions Prevention and Work Environmental Organic Law.
Decreed N 2216. Norms for the handling of non dangerous solid waste (domestic,
commercial or industrial)
Norms COVENIN 1566. Minimum security conditions for works executed by contract.
Environmental Penal Law and its By-Laws
Environmental Organic Law
Rules and Regulations for the Sanitary Conditions and safety at work
Sanitary Norms for Construction Projects.
4. DEFINITIONS
4.1 CLEANNESS: The action of keeping the working atmosphere free of all unnecessary waste, providing
this way a first level of defense against accidents and injuries.
4.2 WASTE: Material, substance, mixed solution or object with no immediate destination and should be
eliminated or disposed in a permanent way.
4.3 DANGEROUS WASTE (DP): Material simple or combined, solid, liquid or gas with hazardous
properties or created with dangerous substances, keeping or not its physical, chemical or biological
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Security Program at Work
Jun 19 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 9
properties, and considered not useful, so that a final disposal method should be implemented. The term
includes their containers or which would have contained.
4.4 PATHOLOGIC: Biological waste or biological by-product which could be potentially the cause of
illnesses in the human being.
4.5 NON HAZARDOUS WASTE: those in lich do not present any risks neither to the health nor the
environment if they are handled in an adequate way. The following are considered non hazardous waste:
food left overs, stationery, cardboards, cloth, bottles, hoses, weeds, wood pieces, ferrous and non ferrous
material, construction rubbish free of asbestos, road asphalt, paint tins, empty barrels, pebble, and
fiberglass isolating material, among others.
4.6 FINAL DISPOSITION OF HAZARDOUS WASTE. Process which allows to maintain minimized the
possibilities of migration of the hazardous waste components to the environment in a permanent way, in
agreement with the technical regulations in force.
4.7 ELIMINATION OF HAZARDOUS WASTE. It is a transformation process of hazardous waste,
previous to final disposal, with no intention of using any of its components, neither its energetic contents,
nor conducting to the recovery of the resulting elements.
4.8 INTERNAL FOLLOW UP SHEET. Project mandatory form, used for the registry and control of the
generation and handling of waste, and through which its temporary storage is authorized in the assigned
areas (Annex B).
4.9 MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT AND NATURAL RESOURCES (MARN) FOLLOW UP SHEET.
This form issued by the Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources (MARN) is of mandatory use for
those handling hazardous recoverable material and dangerous waste, and is used for the registry and control
of handling operations performed outside the generation area (Annex C).
4.10 HANDLING. Number of operations dedicated to give the most adequate destination to those
substances, materials and hazardous waste, according to their characteristics, with the object of preventing
health injuries and damages to the environment. They cover generation, minimization, identification,
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Security Program at Work
Jun 19 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 9
characterization, segregation, recollection, storage, transportation, final disposition or any other use
involved.
4.11 HANDLERS OF HAZARDOUS WASTE. Natural or legal person authorized to perform any of the
operations and activities included in the handling of hazardous waste (storage, packing, transport,
treatment, elimination and final disposition).
4.12 MARN. The Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources, is a government entity which rules the
environmental policies.
4.13 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL. Substance or a mix of substances that due to its physical, chemical or
biological characteristics is capable of producing injuries or damages to the property or the environment.
4.14. RECOVERABLE DANGEROUS MATERIAL (MPR). Material with dangerous characteristics
which after serving a specific purpose still keep physical and chemical properties, therefore it can be
reusable, recycled, regenerated, or used for the same or different purpose.
4.15 RECYCLING OF HAZARDOUS MATERIAL. It is the use of recoverable hazardous materials in the
same cycle of production as in the Recovering of Hazardous Materials. Operations or processes covering
the recollection, transportation, storage, treatment and
Jun 19 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 9
4.19 SEPARATION AND CLASSIFICATION: It covers a number of activities performed to separate and
classify waste in a safe environmental way, according to its origin, type, characteristics, composition and
compatibility with the end of giving it the most appropriate destination.
4.20 RECOLLECTION: Includes placing hazardous recoverable materials and dangerous waste in
adequate containers as those to give them the most appropriate destination in agreement with their
characteristics and composition.
4.21 IDENTIFICATION: Process through which the name, origin, peril and risk level associated to the
recoverable hazardous material or dangerous waste are assigned and registered. To achieve this, the
respective labels designed for this purpose (they are placed only in the containers) are used.
4.22 CHARACTERIZATION: The number of physical, chemical and biological analysis made to the
materials and waste with the object of determining their dangerousness, associated risk and minimization
potential. The characterization should be made in laboratories authorized for this purpose by MARN.
4.23 TRANSPORT: Process of internal and external transfer of recoverable hazardous material and waste
(solids or fluids, in separated and packed conditions) from one area to another, through pipelines and a
pumping system designed for this purpose and vehicles certified by MARN, in accordance with the danger
and risk involved.
4.24 TEMPORARY STORAGE: Place or area prepared for the location and temporary storage of
hazardous materials and waste produced under controlled conditions and environmentally safe.
4.25 REDUCTION: Strategies and actions which allow reducing the volume and/or toxicity recoverable
hazardous materials and dangerous waste. It includes the acquisition, purchasing and handling of materials
and substances, design processes, incorporation of new clean technology, among others.
4.26 RE-USE: The use of the produced waste material physical-chemical characteristics, and the re-use in
other operational activities, without having to go through any type of pre-treatment, fulfilling the
requirements of environmental regulations.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Security Program at Work
Jun 19 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 6 of 9
4.27 RECOVERY: Operations or processes which include the recollection, transport, storage, treatment
and transformation of recoverable hazardous materials for its re-use, recycling or regeneration.
4.28 TREATMENT: A number of methods, techniques or processes used to neutralize, decrease or
eliminate hazardous conditions and risk level (volume or toxicity) associated to any material or waste
classified as dangerous. Includes changes in the physical, chemical or biological properties until their
neutralization or until energy or waste material resources have been recovered, to transform them into less
dangerous, safe to transport, store or final disposition.
4.29 FINAL DISPOSITION: Operation which allows keeping minimized the possibilities of migration of
the components of a material or waste risky to the environment in a permanent way, in conformity with the
technical regulations ruling this subject. The final disposition of recoverable hazardous materials, Risky
Waste and risky, recoverable materials and non hazardous recoverable Materials varies according to the
physical-chemical characteristics and to the risk level of the running waste produced. In those cases, where
the selected handling option is associated to recoverable hazardous materials and imported hazardous
waste, permits should be requested to the MARN, involving the preparation of documents from the
exporting and importing country.
5.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Order and cleanness is the working environment fundamental element and it is the key to
execute a project in a safe way.
Keeping the working place in good conditions of order and cleanness insure, in a great
measure, the reduction of accidents caused by falls, slips, strokes, etc.
Keeping at all times the working areas, stairs, and evacuation exit free of materials,
debris and waste.
Cleaning the working areas daily and while the works are in progress or finished.
In case of having objects with sharp edges or nails, these will be removed from the wood
and/or bended by the worker so as not to have deep penetrating objects and avoid
undesired events.
Those areas located near emergency equipment such as extinguishers, hoses and personal
protection equipment, will be kept clear of materials that could in a specific moment
obstruct their access in case of emergency.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Security Program at Work
Jun 19 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 7 of 9
Measures should be taken to insure that the handling of hoses, cables and ropes are
controlled and located in an orderly way to avoid the risk of running into them.
Any liquid spill, specially oily or greasy liquids should be cleaned immediately with sand
absorption or other inert adequate material to be carried later to a final disposition centre.
Toxic liquids, corrosive or other hazardous liquids will be removed in accordance with the
manufacturer instructions or in conformity with the data sheet for safe handling of
hazardous substances of the supplier.
A minimum quantity of tools, equipment and raw material should be kept in site; only
those required for an efficient execution of the work.
Materials should be piled up, safely stored to avoid their slip, fall or collapse.
Containers for the disposal of food left overs will be identified with a GREEN color; they
will be metallic or plastic barrels with plastic bags and their respective covers to avoid flies
or insects, and the eating room areas will be kept clean and in order. These garbage
containers will have daily maintenance.
The waste containers will be provided in all working areas depending of the type of waste
produced by the activity to be performed, resulting in the existence of some containers
identified for different type of waste.
Do not throw rubbish of material from high places, bring them down in containers or install
gutters to the containers in the lower zone.
Insure that materials are steadily resting in elevated zones to avoid they move with intense
wind conditions.
6. RESPONSIBILITIES:
The supervisor is responsible for his working area; therefore he will assign a person to keep the
area clean and in order, placing all domestic waste and construction surplus material in the
assigned containers.
The safety and health supervisor at work is responsible for the follow up to the fulfillment of the
order and cleanness procedure in site and in the offices.
All employees are responsible for keeping their immediate working area clean and in order, and
should notify their supervisor of any spill or waste produced by the activities carried out.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Security Program at Work
Jun 19 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 8 of 9
Each working area will have a collection centre awaiting the waste recollection unit for its
final disposition in the municipal dumping place, and acknowledging its reception by the
municipal entity.
9. FORMATS:
Generated Waste
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Health and Security Program at Work
Jun 26 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 10
ELECTRICAL WORK
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
27-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
02-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
26-06-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
1.
Jun 26 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 10
OBJETIVE:
The purpose of this Procedure is to prevent accidents that cause injuries to personnel and/or
damages to equipment and facilities when performing inspection, maintenance, and erection work
on electrical equipment and facilities.
2.
SCOPE:
This Procedure is applicable to all CONSORTIUN personnel and its Contractors working in the
different work areas of the Project, including offices, workshops, warehouses, and construction
areas.
3.
LEGAL REFERENCES:
Organic Act on Prevention, Conditions, and Environment at the Workplace and its Regulations
Regulations for Health and Safety Conditions at the Workplace.
COVENIN 200:2004 Standard: National Electrical Code.
4.
PERMITS REQUIRED:
Electrical works require an additional permit. The requester, jointly with the authorizing person,
shall discuss in detail the work planning to determine which additional assessments or permits will
be necessary. In addition to the work permit, the following permits shall be required to perform
electrical works:
5.
DEFINITIONS
Work permit: A permit issued by the Operations Team (as a general rule) for personnel that need
to complete work in an area under the control of the Operations Team in its respective zone. This
document authorizes a company worker or of a hired maintenance company worker to carry out a
specific task in a defined location, during certain period of time and under certain pre-established
safety conditions.
Hot work: Those operations that generate flames, sparks, electric arcs, etc. In general, hot work is
any activity capable of providing a source of ignition for flammable vapors, if present. If carried out
in a hazardous area, this type of work requires a hot work permit.
Authorizing person: The person appointed, certified, and responsible for issuing work permits.
This person is the facility custodian.
Jun 26 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 10
Requestor: The appointed supervisor that requests a work permit. This person is responsible for the
activity performed under his / her supervision.
Executant: The person (employee or Contractor) assigned to carry out the work.
Job Safety Analysis (JSA): A useful tool employed by a team with varied functions to analyze the
hazards associated with a job. A JSA consists of preparing a specific step by step procedure once
the potential hazards in each step have been identified.
Certificate: Document issued by a competent organization certifying that the holder of said
certificate has completed the training required for the work permit process.
Mobile equipment: Any equipment that requires a motive power to be transferred from one place
to another and that, according to its design characteristics, may be used to carry out a specific task.
6.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Before starting any electrical work, the supervisor responsible for such work shall request and
obtain, in advance, from the Operations Supervisor responsible for the affected equipment,
facility, or plant, the corresponding work permit for a cold or hot work.
The Construction Supervisor and the Electrical Supervisor responsible for the work shall ensure
that the personnel under their charge take the necessary precautions to protect their physical
integrity and that of the equipment and facilities of the plants.
Workers shall not be permitted to wear metal objects such as chains, wristwatches, rings, etc.
The work should be carried out preferably in absence of electric power; otherwise, a justification
must be included to obtain approval by management.
Before beginning the work, it is mandatory to place a lockout device and safety tag with the
warning "DANGER DO NOT OPERATE" on the power supply switches to deactivate the
electric circuit.
Before using any test equipment in process areas, the Operations Supervisor shall conduct the
respective explosimeter tests.
Work being performed in presence of voltage shall be suspended in the event of adverse weather
conditions, such as humid weather, storms, fog, high winds, etc.
If a person receives an electric shock, do not intervene until the power is disconnected.
Verify that lighting is adequate and that there are no obstructions in the work area.
Work performed near energized circuits and high voltage equipment shall be done by not less
than two workers.
Horseplay, skylarking, or any other similar conduct shall not be permitted during the
performance of electrical works.
Electrical works shall no be carried out where there is any potential danger of electric arcs
(replacement of light bulbs, opening of distribution panelboards, etc.) in the process areas and
Jun 26 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 10
other areas where inflammable and/or explosive vapors / gases may be present, without
previously disconnecting the electric circuit.
All workers shall be and stay alert to prevent short circuits caused by accidental contact with any
energized adjacent part while doing the work.
When work is being performed near live low or high voltage conductors that might be
accidentally touched due to involuntary movements (slips, falls, etc.), it shall be mandatory to
use appropriate personal protective equipment.
Protective suits and faceshields against arc flash shall be used for working with energized
equipment.
Work uniforms must be examined before each use. If they are contaminated, soiled with grease,
torn or otherwise damaged, they should be cleaned, washed or replaced, as required.
All personnel performing electrical works shall have basic knowledge in first aid, especially in
cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR), to be able to apply it in case of electrical shock.
When testing equipment in a workshop, a ground connection shall always be made. Live parts
shall always be isolated or segregated for the entire duration of the tests. Make sure that the
electric line being used is grounded.
It is supposed that any electrical equipment is energized until proven otherwise. Preventive
measures shall be taken as if all the low or high voltage circuit installations are energized. The
corresponding tests shall be conducted and the equipment shall be grounded. This equipment
shall never be touched or used to experiment with them.
Any excavation work to be carried out in the different areas of the Project shall require an
excavation permit, approved by the Operations Supervisor, the Electrical Supervisor, and the
Engineering Supervisor.
Non-authorized personnel are absolutely prohibited from entering electric power transformation
and distribution substations. Authorized personnel shall notify the facility custodian supervisor
in advance of their entry into the substation.
All underground electrical circuits shall be covered with a layer of sand and an upper layer of
cement mixed with a red colored powder.
Before beginning the work, the equipment involved shall be identified on the electrical diagram
of the plant, to be able to work with greater safety at the time of verifying the voltage and isolate
the equipment. Special attention shall be given to the return flow of electricity.
Power panelboards and motor control centers shall be kept clean and shall not be used as storage
areas for fittings, accessories, and materials.
Under no circumstance shall workers take unnecessary risks during the execution of the work.
Personnel with excessive fatigue must not be permitted to carry out any work, or while under the
influence of alcohol and/or drugs (prescription and/or illegal).
7.
Jun 26 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 10
RESPONSIBILITIES
7.1
Electrical Supervisor
The Electrical Supervisor shall have the following responsibilities:
Ensure that all personnel under his / her supervision have been trained and have acquired
the necessary competencies for the work assigned. In other words, make sure that
personnel have understood the contents of the safety standards, the reasons for such
standards, and how will such standards be implemented in the field.
Be fully responsible for having his / her personnel carry out the correct and appropriate
isolation of the equipment / facility and ground connection in that part of the electric
system.
Provide on-site direction of those works deemed hazardous.
Make certain that workers are knowledgeable in the standards and procedures for
electrical works and work permit system, as well as in the proper use of personal
protective equipment.
Verify and ensure that test tools and equipment are calibrated and maintained as
applicable (COVENIN-SENCAMER standards).
Shall not allow the use of defective or unsuitable tools and equipment.
Replace defective equipment immediately. Shall not allow temporary repairs or the
fabrication of artisan tools (homemade).
Prohibit the passage of non-authorized persons to prevent them from entering work sites.
Install signs, barricades, or any other means for this purpose.
Designate an employee responsible for order and cleanliness (housekeeping) in the areas
under his / her charge.
Make sure that each area under his / her responsibility has dry chemical or carbon dioxide
fire extinguishers, as required.
Ensure that fire extinguishers containing an electrically-conductive extinguishing agent,
such as foam or water, are never used.
Carefully train new employees in the fulfillment of their responsibilities and duties and
explain them in detail the general and work-specific standards and procedures,
emphasizing their mandatory compliance.
Identify and explain to all workers (new and with experience) the associated risks and
hazards (JSA) present in electrical works and the precautions that must be taken to prevent
the occurrence of incidents / accidents.
Shall not allow any new inexperienced employees to work near any hazardous equipment
until he / she has been duly instructed. If necessary, shall make an experienced, competent
and authorized person to accompany the new worker, who shall follow his / her
instructions at all times. Authorize an experienced and competent person to take his / her
place during his / her absence.
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 26 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 6 of 10
Shall not allow workers to throw tools and materials to other workers.
Before giving instructions for work deemed hazardous, conduct a risk assessment to
ensure that the prevention measures to be taken guarantee the physical integrity of the
workers, equipment, and facilities.
7.2
Electricians
The Electricians shall have the following responsibilities:
Ratify that the instructions given by the supervisor were clearly understood.
Before and after work, examine the tools and equipment and use them according to their
intended use. Discard and remove those tools in bad conditions, as well as inform and
request the respective supervisor to replace such tools immediately.
Know and comply with the best work practices and safety standards and procedures when
performing electrical works.
Make sure they are working under safe conditions and shall not reach conclusions and
make decisions on their own.
Inform / report to their supervisor any unsafe act and/or condition, as soon as such act
and/or condition is observed / detected.
Examine the personal protective equipment (body harness, rubber gloves, fastening straps,
etc.) required for the task to be carried out, as well as the electric current measuring
equipment / instruments.
Participate, jointly with the Electrical Supervisor, in the identification of hazards and in
the assessment of risks associated with the task to be performed.
Request and receive (sign) the work permit required according to the type of work, the
equipment to be worked on, and the area where such equipment is located.
Shall not allow any Contractor worker to begin working near any dangerous equipment
with which such worker is not familiarized, until he / she has been duly instructed. If
necessary, the Electrician shall accompany and instruct the worker. The instructions given
shall be ratified and followed at all times.
8.
Jun 26 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 7 of 10
operated firmly and fast, extending one arm as much as possible, avoiding positioning the body
in front of the current interrupt device (operations).
Wherever possible, visually verify the opening of the current interrupt devices (operations).
Place the lockout device to prevent the deenergized equipment from being operated.
Verify the absence of voltage in the equipment before beginning to work, using a tester that
detects the absence or presence voltage (voltage meter or voltmeter). Verify the proper operation
of the voltmeter before and after each test.
The accumulated energy shall be released / relieved and a safety ground connected. In the case
of charged capacitors, induced voltages on adjacent circuits, possibility an incorrect connection
that could energize the circuit, and possibility of atmospheric discharges, the circuits may be
energized by the load end of the circuit.
Provide signs and barricade the zones where there is a risk of direct electrical contact. Barricade
tape and warning signs (DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE) shall be installed to prevent access to
hazardous areas.
9.
10.
Jun 26 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 8 of 10
The use of dielectric shoes and safety hard hats (ANSI approved plastic, non metal hard
Excessive force or pressure shall not be used when putting on and/or removing gloves.
Before wearing gloves for working, all personnel shall examine them carefully to make
sure they do not present pinholes or weak parts. A leak test shall be made by rolling the
cuff toward the palm so that air is entrapped within the glove, grasp it around the wrist
and squeeze the palm of the hand and fingers as if squeezing a ball; in case the glove has
any pinholes, you will feel and/listen the air escaping through the pinholes. Those gloves
showing weak points or any escape of air shall be immediately replaced.
Two rubber or neoprene gloves shall not be worn one over the other to increase insulation
because this produces a crown effect that tends to puncture the gloves.
When not in use, gloves shall be stored in protective bags to segregate them from tools.
Prevent gloves from being impregnated with oil.
Gloves shall be cleaned, washing them with an approved substance. After using them,
sprinkle talcum powder in the gloves. The inside part of the glove shall be free of moisture
during use.
No electrician shall use cowhide gloves for working on energized lines. Cowhide gloves
may be used only to climb poles and structures up to a safe distance; upon reaching the
safety point, the cowhide gloves shall be replaced by rubber or neoprene gloves with
leather cover gloves.
Rubber or neoprene gloves for high-voltage work shall be used when conducting tests on
the high or low voltage sides of transformers, to remove and replace fuses, disconnect
primary distribution circuits, open or close isolators and others.
conditions of its parts (leather / nylon, seams, hooks, rivets, etc.). If any defect is detected,
Jun 26 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 9 of 10
the user shall notify it to his / her immediate supervisor to determine if the body harness
may be used or in any case be replaced.
Body harnesses shall be stored in adequate places where they are protected against cuts,
tears, and scratches from tools. No substance that could damage the harnesses may be
applied on them.
11.
Important
An Equipment and Tool Maintenance Program shall be established according to COVENIN
standards.
battery systems.
Measuring equipment such as voltmeters, amp meters, and phase sequence meters, shall
be stored in dry, cool places and shall be tested periodically on energized circuits to verify
their proper operation.
in safe places in adequate boxes. They shall be examined prior to use and dielectrically
tested every four months.
Before using them, the isolating poles and rods shall be cleaned using a dry cloth / rag to
If any isolating pole or rod presents any deterioration, it shall be removed from service
11.3 Ladders
Prior to use, any ladder shall be carefully inspected to verify its conditions. If any
deterioration is observed, its use shall be discarded and the ladder shall be replaced.
Metal or metal-reinforced ladders shall never be used. Use fiberglass or treated wood
ladders.
Boxes, chairs or any other objects shall not be used instead of a ladder.
No more than one worker shall be on a ladder at any time.
Short ladders shall never be spliced or lashed together to increase their length.
Jun 26 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 10 of 10
The provisions of the COVENIN 2245:90 standard: Ladders, Ramps, and Walkways.
conditions. Broken, defective, or excessively worn tools shall not be used and shall be
immediately replaced.
13.
AUDITS
The Workplace Safety and Health (WSH) Supervisor assigned as liaison with each operation work
team shall assess on an on-going manner the effectiveness of this Procedure. During such
assessment, all actions taken to correct deviations shall be analyzed and any discrepancies identified
shall be discussed in the best possible manner with the operation work team members.
14.
TRAINING
All personnel working for CONSORTIUN and its Contractors shall attend and complete the
training that qualifies it as competent to apply this safe work procedure.
Jun 27 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 1 of 10
2
1
A1
A
Rev.
Definite Implant
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
27-08-07
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
24-08-07
Traslate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
02-07-07
Elaborate
Angel Fratello
Omar Cardozo
Vincenzo Rossi
27-06-07
Descripcin
Elaborado
Revisado
Aprobado
Fecha
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
1.
Jun 27 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 10
OBJETIVE
The purpose of this Procedure is to provide requirements for the selection and installation of safety
signs, signals, and barricades in all those facilities where works are being performed, according to
the particular assessment of the risks associated with the equipment, use, and storage of materials,
and work or operation to be performed.
2.
SCOPE
This Procedure is applicable to all activities performed for the Moron Fertilizer Plant Project by
CONSORCIO and all the Contractors of the Project.
3.
LEGAL REFERENCES
COVENIN 187 Standard: Definitions and Classification of Safety Colors and Signs
("Definiciones y Clasificacin de los Colores y Seales de Seguridad").
Regulations for Health and Safety Conditions at the Workplace.
Organic Act on Prevention, Conditions, and Environment at the Workplace and its Regulations.
("Ley Orgnica de Prevencin Condiciones y Medio Ambiente de Trabajo y su Reglamento").
4.
DEFINITIONS
4.1
SIGNS: Audible, visible, and moving signs, affixed and/or temporary or permanently placed
in a risk or hazard area, giving warning of a hazard or danger.
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
PROHIBITION SIGN: Safety sign prohibiting a behavior likely to incur or cause a hazard. Its
strict compliance is mandatory.
4.7
FIRE SAFETY SIGN: Safety sign that serves to locate and identify fire protection equipment,
materials, or substances.
4.8
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 27 - 2007
4.9
Rev. 1
Page 3 of 10
4.10 SYMBOL (PICTOGRAM): An image that describes a given situation and is used in
safety signs.
4.11 IDENTIFICATION CARDS: Cards placed on all barricades to warn and/or indicate to all
personnel in the area the purpose or reason for such barricades, what type of personal
protective equipment (PPE) is required, and the date the barricades are placed.
4.12 BARRICADE: An obstruction placed to stop the passage of persons, animals, bicycles,
and/or vehicles.
4.13 DEMARCATION TAPE: Plastic tape, with the respective identification sign of the
hazard involved, used to communicate or warn personnel that the demarked area is a
hazardous or potentially hazardous area.
4.14 SAFETY COLOR: The color to which a given safety-related meaning is attributed.
4.15 HAZARD MAP: A document indicating, using colors, lines, and/or symbols, the hazards
inherent to a specific area.
5.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Prevention barricades do not provide physical protection but serve to alert personnel in the areas
where there are hazards present.
The location and installation should be such that the safety signs, signals, and barricades can be
seen and interpreted by the workers to which they are destined, and prevent their obstruction.
The workers should be informed of the meaning and application of the safety signs, signals, and
barricades located in the respective work areas, as well as the disciplinary sanctions and
administrative measures to be applied in case of noncompliance with or disrespect for such
signage.
In the case of one-off and limited time works, the demarcations should be removed once the
activity is completed.
For the installation of a demarcation, the height and length, alternative accesses, detours, and/or
possible obstacles that could be included in the information of the demarcation should be
considered, so that the blocking action is not disturbed and the preventive action has maximum
effect.
The cards should be placed on all barricades to warn / indicate to the personnel in the area the
purpose or reason of such barricades, what type of personal protective equipment (PPE) is
required for entry into the area, and the date on which the barricade is placed. Make sure all
writing is legible.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 27 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 4 of 10
Protection barricades do not only prevent a hazard but also provide a physical isolation or
protection against such hazard. For example, they include guardrails, wire ropes, and chains.
Barricades or any other protection element should be placed to prevent the passage of
animals, particularly cattle, to those areas requiring such restriction.
All emergency exit passageways, fire escape stairs, first aid stations, eye wash stations, and
emergency muster points should be clearly marked with safety signs.
Warning signs should be placed and displayed where fire hazards, electrical installations,
openings, work at height, noisy areas, and any other kind of hazards exist.
Mandatory signs should be placed requiring personnel to comply with the use of protective
clothing and equipment, and relevant instructions should be given according to the task or
condition.
Prohibition signs should be displayed for restricted access or entry, no smoking areas, no parking
areas, and any other unauthorized action.
Fire signals should be placed in those areas where fire-fighting equipment is located; for example:
extinguishers, alarms, fireproof blankets, hoses, etc.
Barriers and warning tape shall be placed where required; fixed and solid barriers shall be used
only as protection for excavation edges, openings, and floor drill holes.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
6.
Jun 27 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 5 of 10
RISK ASSESSMENT
NO
CONTROLLED
HAZARDOUS
AREA
YES
REMOVAL OF SIGN, SIGNAL,
AND/OR BARRICADE
Workplace Safety
and Health
Supervisor
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
7.
Jun 27 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 6 of 10
PROTECTION BARRICADES
Fixed barricades below depths of 1.20 m shall be used as physical barriers to prevent entry of
personnel and their contact with a hazard. The barricade shall be placed at a depth greater than or
equal to 0.5 m from the excavation edge.
The barricades may be portable wooden barricades as in the case of the barricades required in
excavations, poles and temporary fencing or poles and ropes.
The barricades should be of the fixed type to prevent the access of personnel in those situations in
which crossing the barricade represents an immediate and serious danger.
8.
PREVENTION BARRICADES
Barricade tapes are used as a warning to personnel of the hazards present at the work areas. Two
types of barricade tape shall be used:
- RED - "PELIGRO NO ENTRE" (DANGER DO NOT ENTER). This type of barricade tape is
used where there is a risk of an imminent danger, such as falling objects. Only personnel
involved in the work and aware of the hazards shall be admitted to these areas. The area shall
be cordoned off with red barricade tape only under the authority of the first-line supervisor,
who shall tag it with his / her name and identification number, date, and reason for its use.
- YELLOW - "CUIDADO" (CAUTION). This type of barricade tape provides warning of an
existing hazard in the area. Personnel other than those that install the barricade may enter into an
area cordoned off with yellow tape, but a greater awareness is required in the surrounding work
areas. Workers or the supervisor shall place all yellow flagging.
RADIATION SIGNS: The radiation barriers may consist of barricade tape or signs. The personnel
shall not enter into these areas unless authorized and escorted by the radiologist. All cordoning off
of radiation areas shall be placed by the radiologist.
9.
CORDONING OFF
Only the area where the hazard exists shall be cordoned off. Cordoning off an excessively large
area will cause interference with other works.
Remove all barricade tape once it is not longer required and recover it for subsequent use.
Use the type of flagging appropriate for each hazard. Check with the supervisor for the placement
of "PELIGRO - NO ENTRE" (DANGER - DO NOT ENTER) red barricade tape.
All cordoning off shall be tagged and identified with the employee's name and number, date, and
reason for its use.
Jun 27 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 7 of 10
Warning signs shall be used in the Project to indicate specific hazards. Some examples of warning
signs in projects are:
-
Table 1
N CHARACTERISTIC
DESCRIPTION
Visible
Its location should be carefully studied so that the greatest number of persons
possible in the facility may see the sign from different angles. It should not be
exposed in such manner that it may be concealed by equipment or materials,
making it difficult to be seen.
The sign shall be easily understood by all that see it and its content shall
be easily understood.
This condition is the most important because the sign (and its location)
shall depend on the hazards present at the facility and shall comply with
the specific objective for which it was designed.
The number of signs shall depend on the type of hazard and size of the
facility. It is necessary to conduct a particular assessment of each facility
and to have knowledge of its hazards and risks to be able to determine
which signs should be placed.
Following is a list of some specific risks of accidents or occupational
illnesses that may be found in a given area:
- Fire and/or explosion.
- Falls.
- Environmental hazards (noise, extreme temperatures, etc.).
- Ionizing radiation.
- Asphyxia.
- Electrocution.
- Injuries in eyes / vision, head, feet, hands, etc.
- Toxic substances.
- Corrosive substances.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 27 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 8 of 10
MEANING
Caution signs
Information symbols
Directional signs
COLOR
Red and
white
Yellow
Yellow
HIGH VOLTAGE
OPEN TRENCH,
CONSTRUCTION,
MAINTENANCE
CAUSTIC HAZARDS
Yellow
Yellow
RADIATION ZONE
Yellow
Yellow
USE
Used when required to warn of or draw attention
to physical hazard situations.
Used when required to warn of or draw attention
to physical hazard situations.
Used when work is performed at heights and the
risk of falling is minimal.
Used when electrical hazards are present.
Used to warn personnel of excavation,
maintenance, and construction works adjacent to
process units in operation.
Used for access to a caustic area or where
required to control spills.
Used to restrict passage to radiation zones
only to authorized persons.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 27 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 9 of 10
NOTIFICATION
CONTENT / SYMBOL OR
PICTOGRAM
MANDATORY ACTION
PROHIBITION
Smoking prohibited
Lighted cigarette.
CAUTION
Caution: Toxic substance
EMERGENCY
Location of an emergency
exit
FIRE PROTECTION
EQUIPMENT
Location of a fire
extinguisher
PROTECTION
BARRICADE
Location of barriers
EXAMPLE
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program
Jun 27 - 2007
Rev. 1
Page 10 of 10
NO
N/A
Others
AUDIT
1 Do the safety signs comply with established parameters in force per
COVENIN standards?
2 Have the recommendations from the results of the field inspections been
resolved?
3 Do the Contractors know the standardized procedure for safety signs and
comply with the standard required?
Were the workers warned, prior to starting the work, of the importance of
4 complying with the indications of the safety signs?
Are the records on instructions / training on safety signs available at the
5 Health and Industrial Safety offices?
6 Do the signs located in the area correspond to the existing hazards?
7 Are demarcations installed according to procedure?
8 Are demarcations removed after use according to procedure?
9 Are the most recent audit reports filed?
Recommendations:
Performed by:
Date:
Distribution:
Team Leader, Signature:
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Workplace Safety and Health Program